You are on page 1of 464

Cambridge Assessment International Education

Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS
Paper 1 and 2
MARK SCHEME

2016 - 2020

1
Table of Contents

2016
m16_ms_12 2
m16_ms_22 7
s16_ms_11 14
s16_ms_12 21
s16_ms_13 28
s16_ms_21 35
s16_ms_22 42
s16_ms_23 50
w16_ms_11 57
w16_ms_12 63
w16_ms_13 69
w16_ms_21 77
w16_ms_22 83
w16_ms_23 89
2017 95
m17_ms_12 95
m17_ms_22 102
s17_ms_11 110
s17_ms_12 118
s17_ms_13 129
s17_ms_21 137
s17_ms_22 144
s17_ms_23 158
w17_ms_11 165
w17_ms_12 172
w17_ms_13 182
w17_ms_21 192
w17_ms_22 199
w17_ms_23 207
2018 213
m18_ms_12 213
m18_ms_22 220
s18_ms_11 227
s18_ms_12 237
s18_ms_13 247
s18_ms_21 257
s18_ms_22 266
s18_ms_23 276
w18_ms_11 285
w18_ms_12 294
w18_ms_13 304
w18_ms_21 315
w18_ms_22 323
w18_ms_23 333
2019 341
m19_ms_12 341
m19_ms_22 347
s19_ms_11 355
s19_ms_12 365
s19_ms_13 375
s19_ms_21 381
s19_ms_22 388
s19_ms_23 395
w19_ms_11 403
w19_ms_12 411
w19_ms_13 419
w19_ms_21 427
w19_ms_22 433
w19_ms_23 441
2020 446
m20_ms_12 446
m20_ms_22 454
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – March 2016 0606 12

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied
www without wrong working

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1 ax + 9 = −2 x 2 + 3 x + 1 M1 for attempt to equate the line and


2 x 2 + ( a − 3) x + 8 = 0 the curve and obtain a 3 term
2
quadratic equation
For 2 distinct roots, ( a − 3) > 64 M1 for use of the discriminant
Critical values −5 and 11 A1 for critical values
a > 11, a < −5 A1 for correct range

13
2 a=− , b = 0, c = 1 B3 B1 for each
6

3 log 5 x + log 25 x = 3
1 log5 x 1
log5 x + =3 B1,B1 B1 for log 5 x
2 log 5 25 2
log 5 x = 3 log 5 x
B1 for
log5 25
x = 125 cao B1 for final answer

Alternative scheme:
log 25 x
+ log 25 x = 3 B1 for change of base
log 25 5
1
log 25 x
2 1
+ log 25 x = 3 B1 for log 25 x (must be from correct
log 25 5 2
3 work)
log 25 x =
2
x = 125 cao B1 for final answer

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


4
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – March 2016 0606 12

Question Answer Marks Guidance

4 (i) 8 y

B1 for a line in correct position


for ( 0, 2 ) , ( 2, 0 )
6

4
B1
2 B1 for correct shape for
y = 3 + 2 x , touching the x-axis
x
−4 −3 −2 −1 1 2

for ( −1.5, 0 ) , ( 0, 3)
−2

−4
B1

1 1
(ii) 2 − x = 3 + 2 x leading to x = − B1 for x = −
3 3

2 − x = −3 − 2 x leading to x = −5 M1 for correct attempt to deal with


‘negative’ branch.
A1 for x = −5

2 2
Alternative: ( 2 − x ) = ( 3 + 4 x ) M1 for equating and squaring to obtain
a 3 term quadratic equation
leading to 15 x 2 + 28 x + 5 = 0
1
x = − , x = −5 A1,A1 A1 for each.
3

9
5 (a) (i) P6 = 60480 B1 Must be evaluated

4
(ii) P2 × 3 P2 × 2 =144 M1,A1 M1 for attempt a product of 3
perms

(iii) 840 × 2 B1,B1 B1 for either 840, or realising that


1680 there are 2 possible positions for
the symbols
10
(b) (i) C6 × 5C3 M1 for unsimplified form
2100 A1

8
(ii) C4 × 4C2 M1 for unsimplified form
420 A1

6 (i) f ( x) > 6 B1 Allow B1 for y > 6

1
(ii) f −1 ( x ) = ln ( x − 6 ) M1 for a complete method
4
A1 must be f −1 ( x ) = or y = …
Domain: x > 6 B1 must be using the correct variable
Range: f −1 ( x ) ∈ » B1 in both

(iii) f ′ ( x ) = 4e 4 x B1

(iv) 6 + e 4 x = 4e 4 x M1 for a complete, correct method


1
leading to x = ln 2 A1
4

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


5
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – March 2016 0606 12

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1 a 7 9 1
7 (i) f  = + − +b ( = 0) M1 for attempt at f  
2 8 4 2 2
a + 8b = 22

8a + 28 − 18 + b = 5 ( − a + 7 + 9 + b ) M1 for attempt at f ( 2 ) = 5f ( −1)


13a − 4b = 70 Allow if the ‘wrong way’ round
DM1 for attempt to solve simultaneous
equations
leading to a = 6, b = 2 A1 A1 for both

(ii) ( 2 x − 1) ( 3 x 2 + 5 x − 2 ) B2,1,0 –1 each error

(iii) ( 2 x − 1)( 3x − 1)( x + 2 ) M1 for attempt to factorise their


quadratic factor
A1FT must be 3 linear factors

8 (i) lg y = lg A + b lg x B1 may be implied by later work


Gradient = 1.2 M1 for attempt at gradient
so b = 1.2 A1 for b = 1.2

Intercept = 1.44 M1 for attempt to find y-intercept


A = 27.5 A1 for , allow awrt 28

(ii) when x = 100 , lg x = 2 M1 for correct use of graph or equation


lg y = 3.84 ( allow 3.8 to 3.9) A1

(iii) when y = 8000, lg8000 = 3.9 , lg x = 2.05 M1 for correct use of graph or equation
leading to x = 113, 10 2.05 or 112 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


6
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – March 2016 0606 12

Question Answer Marks Guidance

7 2 1
9 (i) r θ = r 2 ( 2π − θ ) M1 for a valid method
2 2
π
θ = oe A1 allow in degrees
4

π
(ii) r + r + r = 20 , leading to M1 for valid method
4
r = 7.180(3..) A1 Must show enough accuracy to get
A1

π π
(iii) Perimeter = r + 2r tan B1,B1 B1 for arc length, B1 for twice AC
4 8
= 5.6394 + 5.9484
= 11.6 B1 for 11.6

1 π
(iv) Area = (r × AC ) − r 2
2 4 B1,B1 B1 for area of quadrilateral, allow
= 21.356 − 20.246 or equivalent unsimplified,
method using triangles B1 for sector area

1.08  Area  1.11 B1 for area in given range

3 1 3
3 1
10 (i) x × × 2 ( 2 x − 1) 2 + ( 2 x − 1) 2 B1 for × 2 ( 2 x − 1) 2
2 2
M1 for attempt at differentiation of a
product
A1 for all else correct
1 3 3
(ii) 3 x ( 2 x − 1) 2 dx = x ( 2 x − 1) 2 −
∫ ∫ ( 2 x − 1) 2 dx M1 for attempt to use part (i)
3 3
1 2 5
= x ( 2 x − 1) 2 − × ( 2 x − 1) 2 B1,B1 B1 for x ( 2 x − 1) 2 , allow if divided
2 5
by 3
1 2 5
B1 for × ( 2 x − 1) 2 , allow if
2 5
divided by 3
1 3
( 2 x − 1) 2  x − ( 2 x − 1) 
1 1
∫ x ( 2 x − 1) 2 dx = M1 for taking out a common factor of
3  5  3
3 ( 2 x − 1) 2
( 2 x − 1) 2
= ( 3x + 1) DM1 for attempt to obtain a linear factor
15 A1

1 
(iii)  × 4 − 0 M1 for attempt to use limits correctly
 15  px + q
A1FT FT on their
15

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


7
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – March 2016 0606 12

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1 1 cosecθ + 1 − cosecθ + 1
11 (i) − = M1 for attempt to obtain a single
cosecθ − 1 cosecθ + 1 cosec 2θ − 1 fraction
A1 all correct as shown
2
= M1 for use of correct identity
cot 2 θ
= 2 tan 2 θ A1 for ‘finishing off’

Alternative scheme:
1 1 sin θ sin θ
− = − M1 for attempt to obtain a single
cosecθ − 1 cosecθ + 1 1 − sin θ 1 + cos θ fraction in terms of sinθ only

=
( sin θ + sin θ ) − ( sin θ − sin θ )
2 2

A1 all correct as shown


1 − sin 2 θ

2sin 2 θ
= M1 for use of correct identity
cos 2 θ

= 2 tan 2 θ A1 for ‘finishing off’

(ii) 2 tan 2 θ = 6 + tan θ M1 for attempt to use (i), to obtain a


( 2 tan θ + 3)( tan θ − 2 ) = 0 quadratic equation and valid
attempt to solve
3
tan θ = − , tan θ = 2 DM1 for attempt to solve trig equation
2

θ = 63.4o , 123.7o , 243.4o , 303.7o A1,A1 for each ‘pair’

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


8
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MARK SCHEME for the March 2016 series

0606 ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS


0606/22 Paper 22, maximum raw mark 80

9
Pag
P ge 2 Mar
M k Sch
S hemmee Sylllab
S bus Pape
P er
Cam
mbrridge
e IG
GCSEE – Marc
ch 20
016
6 0 06
060 2
22

Abbbrrev
viattion
ns
aw
wrt a werrs whi
answ w ich h roound to o
caoo c rectt an
corr nswwerr onnly
depp d end
dep dennt
FTT fo ow
follo w thrrouughh affterr errrorr
isw
w ig
gnoore suubseequuennt work
w kin ng
nfw
ww w n fro
not om wrrong gw worrkinng
oe o eequivaalen
or nt
rott roounndeed or
o trun
t ncaated d
SCC S eciaal Case
Spe C e
soii seenn orr im
mplliedd
wwww w w hou
with ut wro
w ong g woorkking g

Q esttion
Que n An
nsw
wer M rkss
Ma Gu
uid
dan
nce
dy −3
1 ((i) = k ( x − 9) 2 M
M1 Iff M0 t en S
M the SC1 for
fo the
t e coorreect
dx answ
a werr with
w h ann exxtraa teerm
m.
5 1
k= − isw
w A
A1 cond
c donne 5×
×−
2 2
 dy 
(ii) δ y = the
t ir  ×h M
M1
 dx x =13 

− 312
−0.3 h oee
25h A
A1
2 B2
B for
f
C ass a pro s sett off A
opeer sub
A an
nd B with
w h ana in
nteerseectiion
A B B an
nd C mut
m tuaally
y exxcluusivve
5 B3,2
2,1,,0
2 10
0 Or
O
2
B1
B for
f an ny ttwo o off th
he th
hesse
C and
a
B1
B for
f thee nnum mbeer ofo elemmen nts
corr
c recttly plaaceed

5 B FT
B1F T FT
F theeir 5
3 I egraates 99x 2 − 33x −2
Inte M
M1 cond
c donne one
o e reearrran
ngem
meent errror
9 x 3 3xx −1
( y =) − ( +c) A
A1
3 −1
S bstiitutte x = 1 aand
Sub dy=7
7 in
nto theeir exp
e pressioon with ‘c’ M
M1 th
heir exprressioon mus
m st be
b ffrom
m an
a
attem
a mp pt to
o innteg
graate
y = 3xx3 + 3xx−1 + 1 oe issw A
A1 cond
c donne y = 3xx3 + 3x
3 −1 + c
a c = 1 seeen,, isw
and w

© Ca
amb
brid
dge
e In
nterrnattion xam
nal Ex mina
atio
ons
s 20
016
6
10
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – March 2016 0606 22

Question Answer Marks Guidance


4 (a) a = 10
b=6 B2,1,0 for B1 allow correct FT of c from
c=4 a
or 10cos6 x + 4 e.g. their c = 14 – their a
(b)
y

1
B3,2,1,0 Correct shape; two cycles; both
O 45° 90° 135° 180° x maximum at 1 and minimum at
–5; starting at (0, –2) and ending
-2 at (180, –2)

-5

5 (i) 2187 + 5103kx + 5103k 2 x 2 B3 1 for each term; ignore extra terms
(ii) 2(5103k ) = 5103k 2 M1 must not include x, x2
k=2 A1 A0 if k = 0 also given as a solution
x 5− 3
6 = oe soi M1
1+ 3 3 6 + 2 3

−4 + 14 3
( x =) oe M1
6+2 3

−4 + 14 3 6 − 2 3
( x =) × M1
6+2 3 6−2 3

−27 + 23 3
p = −27, q = 23 isw A1 + A1 allow ( x =)
6

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


11
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – March 2016 0606 22

Question Answer Marks Guidance


 4 6 8   18 3 6
7 (a)   −  M1 for attempt to multiply and
 −2 0 4   21 −6 3  subtract
 −14 3 2 
  A1
 −23 6 1 
1  1 0 1 
(b) (i) −   oe B1 + B1 1 mark for −   and 1 mark
2  −4 −2  2 
 1 0
for k  
 −4 −2 
(ii) Valid method M1 XD–1D = CD
 −8 −6 
  A2,1,0 −1 each error
 13 7 
If M0 then SC1 for
 4 3
DC =  
 −14 −5 
2
8 (i) Eliminate x (or y) M1 3 ( 2 y − 2 ) + ( 2 y − 2 ) y − y 2 = 12
2
 x+2  x+2
3x 2 + x  −  = 12
 2   2 
13 2
13 y 2 − 26 y = 0 or x − 13 = 0 oe A1
4
13y(y – 2) or x2 = 4 M1
x = −2, x=2 A1 or for (−2, 0) or (2, 2) from correct
+ working
y=0 y=2 isw A1FT FT their x or y values to find their
y or x values;
or A1 for (−2, 0) and (2, 2)
1
(ii) their m AB = or their mBC = −2 soi M1 may be unsimplified
2 or Pythagoras’ theorem correctly
applied to their (0, −2),
their (2, 2) and (0, 6)
use of (mAB ) × ( mBC ) = −1 and conclusion A1 or use of h2 = a2 + b2 and
conclusion

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


12
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – March 2016 0606 22

Question Answer Marks Guidance


1
9 (i) RT = B1 or RT = cot θ
tan θ
1
RS = B1 or RS = cosecθ
sin θ
1 1
x =1− − oe B1FT FT their RT and their RS,
2 tan θ 2sin θ provided both are functions of trig
cot θ cosecθ ratios
or x = 1 − − oe
2 2
1
(ii) A = x + cot θ oe soi M1
2
cosecθ
correct completion to given answer A = 1 − A1
2
2 3
(iii) cosecθ = oe M1 equivalent must be exact
3
π
θ= cao A1 implies M1
3
10 (a) (i) (α + β)i – 20j = 15i + (2α − 24)j M1 implied by α + β = 15
or 2α − 24 = −20
α=2 A1
β = 13 A1
2
(ii) (theirα + their β ) 2 + ( −20 ) oe M1
15i – 20 j
oe A1FT FT their α + β provided non-
25 zero
    
(b) OC = OA + λ AB or OC = OB + (1 − λ ) BA B1

[OC =] a + λ( b – a) or
 M1
[OC =] b + (1 − λ)( a – b)

[OC =] (1 − λ)a + λ b A1
2 µ
(c) = M1 or multiplies one of the vectors by
µ +3 9 a general scale factor and finds a
pair of simultaneous equations to
solve
Solves µ 2 + 3µ − 18 = 0 M1 or solves their correct equation to
find their scale factor and attempts
to use it to find µ
µ=3 A1 A0 if −6 not discarded

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


13
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – March 2016 0606 22

Question Answer Marks Guidance

11 (i)
dy
=
( )
x 2 + 1 (1) − ( x ) (2 x)
oe M1* Attempts to differentiate using the
( )
2
dx x2 + 1 quotient rule

A1 correct; allow unsimplified


their (1 − x2 ) = 0 M1 dep*
x = 1, x = −1 A1 from correct working only
y = 0.5 , y = −0.5 oe A1 from correct working only

or A1 for each of (1, 0.5),


(−1, −0.5) oe from correct
working;

unsupported answers do not score

(ii)
d
dx (( x + 1) ) = 2 ( x + 1) ( 2x ) soi
2 2 2
B1
d 4
dx
( )
x + 2 x 2 + 1 = 4 x3 + 4 x

d2 y ( )
x 2 + 1 ( their − 2 x ) − their 1 − x 2 2 ( 2 x ) ( ( ))
2
= x +1( ) M1 Applies quotient rule and factors
dx 2 ( )
4
x2 + 1 out

d 2 y 2 x3 − 6 x
Correct completion to given answer = A1
dx 2 ( )
3
x2 + 1

d2 y 2(1)3 − 6(1)
When x = 1 their = oe < 0 therefore B1FT Complete method including
dx 2 (1 + 1)
2 3
x =1 comparison to 0; FT their first or
second derivative
maximum

d2 y 2( −1)3 − 6(−1)
When x = −1 their = oe > 0 B1FT Complete method including
dx 2 ( (−1) )
2 3
x =−1 +1 comparison to 0; FT their first or
second derivative
therefore minimum

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


14
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – March 2016 0606 22

Question Answer Marks Guidance


12 (i) 9t 2 − 63t + 90 = 0 M1
( 9t − 18 )( t − 5 )
showing that t = 2 is smaller value of t A1 must see evidence of solving
e.g. t = 5 and t = 2 or factors
dv
(ii) ( a =) attempted M1
dt
18(3.5) – 63 = 0 cao A1

∫ ( 9t − 63t + 90 ) dt
2
(iii) M1

9t 3 63t 2
( s =) − + 90t isw A2,1,0 −1 for each error or for +c left in
3 2
2
9(2)3 63(2) 2  9t 3 63t 2 
(iv) (a) ( s =) − + 90(2) M1 or  − + 90t 
3 2  3 2 0
FT their (iii)
78 [m] A1
9(3)3 63(3) 2
(b) ( s =) − + 90(3) = 67.5 M1 FT their (iii)
3 2
their 78 + 10.5 = 88.5 [m] A1FT

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


15
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/11


Paper 1 May/June 2016
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

16
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 11

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied
www without wrong working

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1 (i) −27 B1

(ii) 9 − 8k = 0 M1 for use of discriminant with a complete


method to get to k =
9
k= A1
8

dy
Or = 4x − 3 M1 for a complete method to get to k =
dx
dy 3
when =0 , x=
dx 4
9 A1
so k =
8

Or completing the square


2
 3 9
y = 2 x −  + k − M1 for a complete method to get to k =
 4 8
9
k= A1
8

2 (a) 2 ( ) =2 ( )
4 3 x −1 3 x+2

3
( x + 2)
or 4 ( ) = 4 2
2 3 x −1

4
( 3 x −1) B1 B1 for a correct statement
or 8 3 = 8x+2
3
( x + 2)
or 163 x −1 = 16 4
M1 for equating indices
10
leading to x = cao A1
9

(b) 5 B1
p=
3
q = −2 B1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


17
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 11

Question Answer Marks Guidance

3 On x-axis, 2 x 2 − 7 = 1 M1 for equating to 1


x=2 A1
dy 4x
= B1
dx 2 x 2 − 7
dy
When x = 2, =8
dx
1
Gradient of normal = −
8
1
Equation of normal y = − ( x − 2) M1 for attempt at perpendicular through their
8
( 2, 0 ) , must be using y = 0
Required form x + 8 y − 2 = 0 A1 must be equated to zero with integer
coefficients

 7 −2 
4 (a) A2 =   B1
 −3 6 
 1 −2  M1 for their A 2 − 2B
A 2 − 2B =  
 −5 2 A1

(b)  4 1  x   1
   =  
 10 3  y   1
 x  1  3 −1 1 M1 for pre-multiplication by their inverse
so   =   
 y  2  −10 4 1 matrix
DM1 DM1for attempt at matrix multiplication
 x   1
leading to   =  
 y   −3 
x =1 A1 Allow in matrix form
y = −3 A1

d  e4 x  d  e4 x
 4x
5 (i)

dx  4
− xe 4 x  = e 4 x −

(( )
x × 4e 4 x + e 4 x ) B1 for 
dx  4
=e

M1 for attempt to differentiate a product
A1 for a correct product
= − 4 xe 4 x A1 for correct final answer

ln 2
(ii) ln 2 1  e4 x  1  e4 x 
− xe 4 x  , must

4x
xe dx = −  − xe 4 x  B1FT FT for use of their ×
0 4 4 0 p  4 
be numerical p, but ≠ 0
1   16  1 B1 for e 4ln 2 = 16
= −   − 16ln 2  −  M1 for correct use of limits, must be an integral
4  4  4
of the correct form
15 A1
= 4ln 2 −
16

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


18
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 11

Question Answer Marks Guidance

6 (i) 2 − 5 < f ( x) ≤ 2 B2 B1 for ≤ 2


B1 for 2 − 5< or awrt –0.24
Must be using f, f(x) or y, 2 − 5< , if not
then B1 max

(ii) M1 for a correct method to find the inverse


2
f −1 ( x ) = ( 2 − x ) − 5 A1
Domain 2 − 5< x ≤ 2 B1 Must be using the correct variables for the B
Range y or −5 ≤ f −1 ( x ) < 0 B1 marks

(iii) 4
fg ( x ) = f  
 x
M1 for correct order of functions
4 DM1 for solution of equation
=2− +5
x
leading to x = −4 A1

7 (i) Finding an angle of 68.2o or 21.8o B1


4.5 2.4
= B1 for the sine rule
sin 68.2 sinα
leading to α = 29.7 o (allow ±0.1 ) B1
Direction is 82.1o to the bank, B1
upstream(allow ±0.1o )

(ii) 4.5 2.4 vr


= = B1 for the sine rule
sin 68.2 sin 29.7 sin82.1
leading to vr = 4.8 B1 for resultant velocity
M1 for attempt to find AB and hence the time
taken
80.78
time taken = = 16.8 A1
4.8

Alternative method:
Finding an angle of 68.2o or 21.8o B1
4.52 = 2.42 + vr2 − ( 2 × 2.4 × vr cos 68.2 ) B1 for correct use of the cosine rule
leading to vr = 4.8 B1 for resultant velocity

Use of sine rule to obtain angle and B1 for use of the sine rule
direction to obtain direction is 82.1o to the B1 for α = 29.7 o
bank, upstream B1 for 82.1o

M1 for attempt to find AB and hence the time


taken
80.78 A1
Use of time taken = = 16.8
4.8

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


19
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 11

Question Answer Marks Guidance

4
8 (i) y−6=− ( x + 8) M1 for a correct method
12
( 3 y + x = 10 ) A1 allow unsimplified

(ii) y − 7 = 3 ( x + 1) DM1 for attempt at a perpendicular line using


( y = 3x + 10 ) ( −1, 7 )
A1 allow unsimplified

(iii) point of intersection ( −2, 4 ) which is the M1 for attempt to find the point of intersection
midpoint of AB using simultaneous equations
M1 for attempt to find midpoint
A1 for all correct

Alternative method:
Midpoint ( −2, 4 ) M1 for attempt to find midpoint
Verification that this point lies on CP. M1 for full verification
A1 for all correct

(iv) CP = 10 or 3.16 B1

(v) 1
Area = × 10 × 4 10 M1 for correct method using CP
2
= 20 A1 for 19.9 − 20.1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


20
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 11

Question Answer Marks Guidance

9 (i) 2cos x cot x = cot x + 2 cos x


cos x cos x cos x
2cos x +1 = + 2cos x M1 for use of cot x = for both terms
sin x sin x sin x

2cos 2 x + sin x = cos x + 2cos x sin x DM1 for multiplication throughout by sin x

2 cos 2 x − 2 cos x sin x = cos x − sin x

2cos x ( cos x − sin x ) = cos x − sin x DM1 for attempt to factorise

( 2cos x − 1)( cos x − sin x ) = 0 A1 for completely correct solution www

Alternative method:
a cos 2 x − a cos x sin x − b cos x M1 for expansion of RHS
+ b sin x = 0
a cos x cot x − a cos x − b cot x + b = 0 DM1 for division by sin x
DM1 for comparing like terms to obtain both a
and b
a = 2, b = 1 A1 for both correct www

(ii) ( 2cos x − 1)( cos x − sin x ) = 0


1
cos x =
, tan x = 1 M1 for either
2
π π A1,A1 A1 for each, penalise extra solutions within
x= ,x=
3 4 the range by withholding the last A mark

Alternative method:
( 2cos x − 1)( cot x − 1) = 0
1
Leading to cos x = , tan x = 1 M1 for attempt to factorise the original equation
2 and attempt to solve
π π A1,A1 A1 for each, penalise extra solutions within
x= ,x=
3 4 the range by withholding the last A mark

10 (i) f ( −2 ) = −32 − 2k + p = 0 M1 for attempt at f ( −2 )


 1  12 M1 1
f ′  = + k = 0 for attempt at f ′  
2 4 2
leading to k = −3 and p = 26 A1,A1 A1 for each

(ii) p
B1FT FT for their
2
( x + 2 ) ( 4 x 2 − 8 x + 13) B1 all correct

(iii) Showing that 4 x 2 − 8 x + 13 = 0 has M1, M1 for a valid attempt at solution of


no real roots equation leading to no solution or
consideration of the discriminant
so x = −2 only www A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


21
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 11

Question Answer Marks Guidance

11 (i) AB = 2r sin θ B1
2 2 2
or r + r − 2r cos 2θ

r sin 2θ
or
π 
sin  − θ 
2 

r sin 2θ
or
cos θ

(ii) 2r sin θ + 2rθ = 20 M1 for use of (i) + arc length = 20, oe


10
r= A1 must be convinced
θ + sin θ

(iii) dr 10 (1 + cos θ ) M1 for a correct attempt to differentiate


=− A2,1,0 –1 each error
dθ (θ + sin θ )2
π dr
When θ = , = −17.8 A1 allow awrt −17.8
6 dθ

(iv) dr
= 15 B1 may be implied
dt
dθ dr dr 15
M1 for use of
= ÷ their (iii)
dt dt dθ

= −0.842 A1 allow −0.84 or −0.843
dt

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


22
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/12


Paper 1 May/June 2016
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

23
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 12

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied
www without wrong working

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1 (a) Y ⊂ X or Y ⊆ X only B1
Y ∩ Z = ∅ or { } only B1

(b) (i) (ii)

B1
B1

2 (i) 20 5 B3 B1 for each correct term – must be integers


32 − +
x x2

20  their ( −20 )
(ii) ( 3 × 32 ) +  − 
× 4 x  = 16 M1 for ( 3 × their 32 ) + 

× 4x 
 x   x 
A1
Accept 16x o

 6 B1 may be implied by further correct working


3 (i) b−c = 
 −2 
M1 for one correct attempt at using the modulus
2
4 + y = 36 + 4
y = ±6 A1

(ii) µ + 4 = 2λ or −4 µ + 24 = 7λ B1 for one correct equation in µ and λ


µ − 4 = −λ or 8µ − 8 = λ B1 for a second correct equation in µ and λ
4 8
leading to µ = , λ = oe DB1 for both, must have both previous B marks
3 3
allow 1.33 and 2.67 or better

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


24
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 12

Question Answer Marks Guidance

4 (4 + 5 ) x + (2 − 5 ) x −1 = 0
2 You must be convinced that a calculator is
not being used.

( ) ( 2 − 5 ) − 4 ( 4 + 5 ) ( −1)
2
− 2− 5 ±
x= M1 for use of quadratic formula (allow one sign
2(4 + 5 ) error), allow b 2 = 9 − 4 5
A1 all correct

x=
( )
− 2 − 5 ± 9 − 4 5 + 16 + 4 5
DM1 for attempt to simplify the discriminant
(
2 4+ 5 ) (minimum of 4 terms must be seen in
discriminant, 2 terms involving √5 and 2
constant terms)

=
(
− 2− 5 +5 )
(
2 4+ 5 )
3+ 5 3+ 5 3+ 5
= A1 for or , ignore negative
(
2 4+ 5 ) (
2 4+ 5 ) 8+ 2 5
solution if included

=
(3 + 5 )( 4 − 5 ) M1 for attempt to rationalise an expression of the
2 ( 4 + 5 )( 4 − 5 ) a±b 5
form as part of their solution of the
c±d 5
quadratic
7+ 5 Must obtain an integer denominator
=
22 A1
Final A1 can only be awarded if all previous
marks have been obtained

5 (i) (1 − cosθ )(1 + secθ )


1 cosθ 1
= 1 − cosθ + − M1 M1 for expansion and use of secθ =
cosθ cosθ cos θ
= sec θ − cos θ consistently, allow one sign error
1
= − cos θ
cos θ
1 − cos 2 θ
= DM1 for attempt at a single fraction, dependent on
cos θ first M1
sin 2 θ
= A1
cos θ

= sin θ tan θ www A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


25
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 12

Question Answer Marks Guidance

Alternative method:
cosθ + 1 
(1 − cosθ )  
M1 for attempt at a single fraction for second factor
 cosθ  1
and use of secθ =
1 − cos 2 θ cos θ
= DM1 for expansion
cos θ
sin 2 θ
= A1
cos θ

= sin θ tan θ www A1

(ii) sin θ tan θ = sin θ


sin θ ( tan θ − 1) = 0
π π
tan θ = 1, θ = , allow 0.785 or better B1 for θ = from tan θ = 1
4 4
sin θ = 0, θ = 0, π or 3.14 or better B1 for θ = 0 from sin θ = 0
B1 for θ = π from sin θ = 0

1
6 d  3x 
 e ( 4 x + 1) 2 
dx  
1
1 −
1 1
for re3 x ( 4 x + 1)

=e × 4 ( 4 x + 1) 2 + 3e3 x ( 4 x + 1) 2
3x B1 2 must be part of a sum,
2 1 1
r= or 2 or × 4
2 2
1
B1 for se3 x ( 4 x + 1) 2 must be part of a sum, s is 1
or 3
2e3 x 1
= 1
+ 3e3 x ( 4 x + 1) 2 B1 for all correct, allow unsimplified
( 4 x + 1) 2

e3 x e3 x
= 1 (
2 + 12 x + 3) DM1 for 1 ( a + bx ) , dependent on first 2 B
( 4 x + 1) 2 ( 4 x + 1) 2
marks , must be using a correct method,
e 3x collecting terms in the numerator correctly
= 1 (12 x + 5) A1
( 4 x + 1) 2

1 π
7 (i) cos3x = , x = or 0.349, 20o , M1 for correct attempt to solve the trigonometric
2 9 equation
allow 0.35 A1

π 
(ii) B  , 3  or (1.05, 3) , 60o , 3
3 
( ) B1B1 B1 for each, must be in correct position or in
terms of x = and y =

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


26
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 12

Question Answer Marks Guidance

π
π
 2 3
(iii)
∫ π 1−
9
3 2cos3x dx =  x − sin 3x 
 3 π
M1 for x ± a sin 3 x attempt to integrate at least one
9 term
A1 for correct integration
π π 2 3 
= −  −  ×  DM1 for correct use of limits from (i) and (ii), must
3  9  3 2   be in radians
2π 3
= + oe or 1.28 A1
9 3

8 (i) lg y = x 2 lg b + lg A
lg b = ±0.21 B1 for lg b = ±0.21 may be implied
−0.21
b = 0.617 allow 0.62, 10 B1
lg A = 0.94 allow 0.93 to 0.95 B1
A = 8.71 allow awrt 8.5 to 8.9 B1

Alternative method

5.37 or 100.73 = Ab
B1 for both equations, allow correct to 2 sf
1.259 or 100.1 = Ab 4
b3 = 10 −0.63 B1
b = 0.617 allow 0.62, 10 −0.21 B1
A = 8.71 allow awrt 8.5 to 8.9 B1
2
(ii) x = 1.5, x 2 = 2.25 M1 for correct use of graph y = theirA × theirb1.5

y = 2.93 , allow awrt 2.9 or 3.0


(
or lg y = lg theirA + 1.52 lg theirb )
A1

x2
(iii) lg y = 0.301, or 2 = '8.71( 0.617 ) ' M1 for correct use of graph to read off x 2
x2
2 = theirA ( theirb ) or
lg 2 = ( lg theirb ) x 2 + lg ( theirA )
x = 1.74 , allow 3 or awrt 1.7, 1.8 A1

1
2 1
9 (i) y= ( 3x + 10 ) 2 ( +c ) B1 for p ( 3 x + 10 ) 2 where p is a constant
3
2 1
B1 for ( 3x + 10 ) 2 oe unsimplified
3
 4
passes through  2, −  , so c = −4 M1 for attempt to find c, must have attempt to
 3 integrate, must have the first B1
2 1
y = ( 3 x + 10 ) 2 − 4 oe A1
3

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


27
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 12

Question Answer Marks Guidance

(ii) When x = 5 ,
2
y=− B1
3

perpendicular gradient = −5 B1

M1 for attempt at the normal using their


perpendicular gradient and their y value (but not
4 5
y = − or − ).
2 3 3
Equation of normal: y + = −5 ( x − 5 ) A1
3
5 5
When y = − , DM1 for use of y = − in their normal equation to
3 3
get as far as x = ...
x = 5.2 oe A1

10 (i) Area: 20 = πx 2 + xy B1
2
20 − πx
y= B1
x
P = 2πx + 2 x + 2 y
 20  M1 for attempt to use perimeter and obtain in terms
= 2πx + 2 x + 2  − πx 
 x  of x only
40
= 2x + A1 all steps seen, www AG
x

Alternative method:
20 = πx 2 + xy B1
P = 2πx + 2 y + 2 x
2
x
(
= πx 2 + xy + 2 x) M1 for attempt to use perimeter and write in
πx 2 + xy
x
2
= ( 20 ) +2x B1 for replacing πx 2 + xy with 20
x
40 A1 all steps seen, www AG
= 2x +
x

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


28
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 12

Question Answer Marks Guidance

dP 40
(ii) =2− 2 M1 for attempt to differentiate
dx x
dP
When =0, DM1 for equating to zero and attempt to solve at least
dx
as far as x 2 =

x=2 5 allow 4.47, 20 A1


leading to P = 8 5 , allow 17.9 A1
2
d P 80
= , always positive so a A1 for this statement or use of gradient inspection
dx 2 x3
either side of correct x
minimum

11 (a) (i) Distance = area under graph M1 for attempt to find the area, one correct area
seen ( triangle, rectangle or trapezium) as part of
a sum.
= 1275 A1

(ii) deceleration is 1.5 oe B1

for a straight line between ( 0,0 ) and (10,60 )


100 y

(b) 90 B1
80

70

B1FT FT a straight line between (10, 60 ) and


60

50

 10 
40

( 20, 90 ) , a displacement vector   from their


30

20

10

x
 30 
(10, their 60 )
5 10 15 20

(c) (i) e 2t is always positive or oe B1

(ii) a = 8e 2t M1 for attempt to differentiate, must be of the form


3 pe2t , equate to 12 and solve.
e 2t =
2
1 3 3 1 3
t = ln , ln or ln1.5 A1 Allow fractions equivalent to
2 2 2 2 2

0.5
(iii) s =  2e 2t + 6t  M1 for attempt to integrate to get qe 2t + 6t
0.4
A1 all correct

(
= ( 2e + 3) − 2e0.8 + 2.4 ) DM1 for correct use of limits or considering distances
( = 8.436 − 6.851) separately, ignore attempts at c
= 1.59 , allow 1.58 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


29
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/13


Paper 1 May/June 2016
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

30
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 13

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied
www without wrong working

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1 (i) −27 B1

(ii) 9 − 8k = 0 M1 for use of discriminant with a complete


method to get to k =
9
k= A1
8

dy
Or = 4x − 3 M1 for a complete method to get to k =
dx
dy 3
when =0 , x=
dx 4
9 A1
so k =
8

Or completing the square


2
 3 9
y = 2 x −  + k − M1 for a complete method to get to k =
 4 8
9
k= A1
8

2 ( ) =2 ( )
2 (a) 4 3 x −1 3 x+2

3
( x + 2)
or 4 ( ) = 4 2
2 3 x −1

4
( 3 x −1) B1 B1 for a correct statement
or 8 3 = 8x+2
3
( x + 2)
or 163 x −1 = 16 4
M1 for equating indices
10
leading to x = cao A1
9

5
(b) p= B1
3
q = −2 B1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


31
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 13

Question Answer Marks Guidance

3 On x-axis, 2 x 2 − 7 = 1 M1 for equating to 1


x=2 A1
dy 4x
= B1
dx 2 x 2 − 7
dy
When x = 2, =8
dx
1
Gradient of normal = −
8
1
Equation of normal y = − ( x − 2) M1 for attempt at perpendicular through their
8
( 2, 0 ) , must be using y = 0
Required form x + 8 y − 2 = 0 A1 must be equated to zero with integer
coefficients

 7 −2 
4 (a) A2 =   B1
 −3 6 
 1 −2  M1 for their A 2 − 2B
A 2 − 2B =  
 −5 2 A1

(b)  4 1  x   1
   =  
 10 3  y   1
 x  1  3 −1 1 M1 for pre-multiplication by their inverse
so   =   
 y  2  −10 4 1 matrix
DM1 DM1for attempt at matrix multiplication
 x   1
leading to   =  
 y   −3 
x =1 A1 Allow in matrix form
y = −3 A1

d  e4 x  d  e4 x
 4x
5 (i)

dx  4
− xe 4 x  = e 4 x −

(( )
x × 4e 4 x + e 4 x ) B1 for 
dx  4
=e

M1 for attempt to differentiate a product
A1 for a correct product
= − 4 xe 4 x A1 for correct final answer

ln 2
ln 2 1  e4 x  1  e4 x 
− xe 4 x  , must

4x
(ii) xe dx = −  − xe 4 x  B1FT FT for use of their ×
0 4 4 0 p  4 
be numerical p, but ≠ 0
1   16  1 B1 for e 4ln 2 = 16
= −   − 16ln 2  −  M1 for correct use of limits, must be an integral
4  4  4
of the correct form
15
= 4ln 2 − A1
16

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


32
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 13

Question Answer Marks Guidance

6 (i) 2 − 5 < f ( x) ≤ 2 B2 B1 for ≤ 2


B1 for 2 − 5< or awrt –0.24
Must be using f, f(x) or y, 2 − 5< , if not
then B1 max

(ii) M1 for a correct method to find the inverse


2
f −1 ( x ) = ( 2 − x ) − 5 A1
Domain 2 − 5< x ≤ 2 B1 Must be using the correct variables for the B
Range y or −5 ≤ f −1 ( x ) < 0 B1 marks

4
(iii) fg ( x ) = f  
 x
M1 for correct order of functions
4 DM1 for solution of equation
=2− +5
x
leading to x = −4 A1

7 (i) Finding an angle of 68.2o or 21.8o B1


4.5 2.4
= B1 for the sine rule
sin 68.2 sinα
leading to α = 29.7 o (allow ±0.1 ) B1
Direction is 82.1o to the bank, B1
upstream(allow ±0.1o )

(ii) 4.5 2.4 vr


= = B1 for the sine rule
sin 68.2 sin 29.7 sin82.1
leading to vr = 4.8 B1 for resultant velocity
M1 for attempt to find AB and hence the time
taken
80.78
time taken = = 16.8 A1
4.8

Alternative method:
Finding an angle of 68.2o or 21.8o B1
4.52 = 2.42 + vr2 − ( 2 × 2.4 × vr cos 68.2 ) B1 for correct use of the cosine rule
leading to vr = 4.8 B1 for resultant velocity

Use of sine rule to obtain angle and B1 for use of the sine rule
direction to obtain direction is 82.1o to the B1 for α = 29.7 o
bank, upstream B1 for 82.1o

M1 for attempt to find AB and hence the time


taken
80.78 A1
Use of time taken = = 16.8
4.8

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


33
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 13

Question Answer Marks Guidance

4
8 (i) y−6=− ( x + 8) M1 for a correct method
12
( 3 y + x = 10 ) A1 allow unsimplified

(ii) y − 7 = 3 ( x + 1) DM1 for attempt at a perpendicular line using


( y = 3x + 10 ) ( −1, 7 )
A1 allow unsimplified

(iii) point of intersection ( −2, 4 ) which is the M1 for attempt to find the point of intersection
midpoint of AB using simultaneous equations
M1 for attempt to find midpoint
A1 for all correct

Alternative method:
Midpoint ( −2, 4 ) M1 for attempt to find midpoint
Verification that this point lies on CP. M1 for full verification
A1 for all correct

(iv) CP = 10 or 3.16 B1

(v) 1 for correct method using CP


Area = × 10 × 4 10 M1
2
= 20 A1 for 19.9 − 20.1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


34
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 13

Question Answer Marks Guidance

9 (i) 2cos x cot x = cot x + 2 cos x


cos x cos x cos x
2cos x +1 = + 2cos x M1 for use of cot x = for both terms
sin x sin x sin x

2cos 2 x + sin x = cos x + 2cos x sin x DM1 for multiplication throughout by sin x

2 cos 2 x − 2 cos x sin x = cos x − sin x

2cos x ( cos x − sin x ) = cos x − sin x DM1 for attempt to factorise

( 2cos x − 1)( cos x − sin x ) = 0 A1 for completely correct solution www

Alternative method:
a cos 2 x − a cos x sin x − b cos x M1 for expansion of RHS
+ b sin x = 0
a cos x cot x − a cos x − b cot x + b = 0 DM1 for division by sin x
DM1 for comparing like terms to obtain both a
and b
a = 2, b = 1 A1 for both correct www

(ii) ( 2cos x − 1)( cos x − sin x ) = 0


1
cos x =
, tan x = 1 M1 for either
2
π π A1,A1 A1 for each, penalise extra solutions within
x= ,x=
3 4 the range by withholding the last A mark

Alternative method:
( 2cos x − 1)( cot x − 1) = 0
1
Leading to cos x = , tan x = 1 M1 for attempt to factorise the original equation
2 and attempt to solve
π π A1,A1 A1 for each, penalise extra solutions within
x= ,x=
3 4 the range by withholding the last A mark

10 (i) f ( −2 ) = −32 − 2k + p = 0 M1 for attempt at f ( −2 )


 1  12 1
f ′  = + k = 0 M1 for attempt at f ′  
2 4 2
leading to k = −3 and p = 26 A1,A1 A1 for each

(ii) p
B1FT FT for their
2
( x + 2 ) ( 4 x 2 − 8 x + 13) B1 all correct

(iii) Showing that 4 x 2 − 8 x + 13 = 0 has M1, M1 for a valid attempt at solution of


no real roots equation leading to no solution or
consideration of the discriminant
so x = −2 only www A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


35
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 13

Question Answer Marks Guidance

11 (i) AB = 2r sin θ B1
2 2 2
or r + r − 2r cos 2θ

r sin 2θ
or
π 
sin  − θ 
2 

r sin 2θ
or
cos θ

(ii) 2r sin θ + 2rθ = 20 M1 for use of (i) + arc length = 20, oe


10
r= A1 must be convinced
θ + sin θ

(iii) dr 10 (1 + cos θ ) M1 for a correct attempt to differentiate


=− A2,1,0 –1 each error
dθ (θ + sin θ )2
π dr
When θ = , = −17.8 A1 allow awrt −17.8
6 dθ

(iv) dr
= 15 B1 may be implied
dt
dθ dr dr 15
M1 for use of
= ÷ their (iii)
dt dt dθ

= −0.842 A1 allow −0.84 or −0.843
dt

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


36
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/21


Paper 2 May/June 2016
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

37
Pag
P ge 2 Mar S hem
M k Sch me
e Sylllab
S bus Pape
P er
Cam
C mb
brid
dge
e IG
GC E–M
CSE Mayy/Jun
ne 20
2 16 0 06
060 2
21

Ab
bbrrev
viattion
ns

wrt
aw aanswwerrs whi
w ich h roound to o
caoo c rectt an
corr nswwerr onnly
depp d end
dep den nt
FTT fo ow
follow thrrou ughh affterr errrorr
isw
w ig
gnoore suubseequuennt work
w kin ng
oe o eequivaalen
or nt
rott ro
ounndeed or
o trun
t ncaated d
SCC S eciaal Case
Spe C e
soii seenn orr im
mplliedd
wwww w w hou
with ut wro
w ong g woorkking g

Que
Q estiion
n A sweer
Ans M rkss
Mar G dan
Guid ncee

1 x 2 − 2xx − 155 M
M1 ex
xpanndss an
nd rea
r arraanges to form
f ma3
terrm quadrratiic

critiicall vaaluees −3
− and 5 A
A1 no
ot frrom
m wron
w ng wo
orkking
g

x < −3 x>5 A
A1 maark
k finnal ineequualiity;;
A00 iff sppuriiou
us attem
a mppt to o co
om
mbin
ne ee.g.
5 < x < ––3

2 (
(a)
B C
A B1 It mu
must bbe cleear how
w tthe setts are
a
nesteed

(
(b) (
(i) h∈P B1 w {m, a, t , h, s} foor P
Alllow

(iii) n ∩ Q) = 2
n(P caao B1

(iiii) { t, h,
h s}
s B1

3 (
(i) −2 B1

(
(ii) −n B1

lg
g5 llg 220 − lg
g4
( )
(iii) = [(llg y)2 ] or = [((lg y )2 ] M
M1 On
ne log
l g law
w use
u ed corr
c recctly
y
log
l 5 100 1
g5
lg

2
o ( lg55) issw
omppleetion to
corrrectt co A
A1 an
nsw
wer onlly doe
d es not
n sco
oree

( )
(iv) [log 6x2 = [lo
g r ]6 og r ]60
] 00 B1 Co
ond
donne base
b e miss
m singg

x = 10 on
nly B1

© Ca
amb
brid
dge
e In
nterrnattion xam
nal Ex mina
atio
ons
s 20
016
6
38
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 21

Question Answer Marks Guidance

π
4 (i) isw B1
3

1  π
(ii) [Area triangle ABC =] × 102 × sin  their  M1 seen or implied by 25 3 or 43.3(0...)
2  3
oe

1 π 25π
[Area 1 sector = ] × 52 × their oe M1 seen or implied by or 13.0(8...)
2 3 6
their 60° or 13.09
or π × 52 ×
360

Complete correct plan M1 e.g. their triangle – 3(their sector)

25π
4.03(1...) or 25 3 − isw A1 Units not required
2

5 (a) 8 (×
7+ 5 ) and attempt to M1
( 7− 5) ( 7+ 5)
multiply

56 + 40
oe A1 not from wrong working
2

14 + 10 A1

(b) q2 + 4q 3 + 12 soi B1

28 = q 2 + 12 oe M1 can be implied by 4 and 16 or –4 and


–16

q = 4, −4 p = 16, −16 A1 all values

2
6 (i) 4 ( x + 1) − 9 B3,2, one mark for each of p, q, r correct in
1,0 a correctly formatted expression;
allow correct equivalent values;

If B0 then SC2 for 4 ( x + 1) − 9 or


SC1 for correct 3 values seen in
incorrect format e.g. 4 ( x + 1x ) − 9 or
( )
4 x2 + 1 − 9
or for a correct completed square form
of the original expression in a
different but correct format. e.g.
2
2( 2x + 2 ) − 9

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


39
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 21

Question Answer Marks Guidance

(ii) (−1, 9) B2FT B1FT (–q , –r) r < 0 for each correct
coordinate

(iii) 10
9 B1 Correct symmetric W shape with
8 cusps on x-axis
7
6 B1 y-intercept marked at 5 only or coords
5 indicated on graph
4
3 B1 x-intercepts marked at –2.5 and 0.5
2 only x-axis or coords indicated on
1 graph or close by

−2.5 -1 0.5

7 (i) (a) q–p B1

(b) 2q – 2p or 2 ( q − p ) B1

(ii) The points are collinear oe B1


   
PQ is a (scalar) multiple of QR and they B1 Condone PQ is parallel to QR and …
have a point in common. oe

(iii) [ OR =] 4i – 3j oe soi B1

42 + (−3) 2 (=5) M1 condone 42 + 32 ; may be implied by


correct answer or correct FT answer

1
( 4i – 3j) oe A1
5

a 4 + 4a 3b + 6a 2b 2 + 4ab3 + b 4 final answer B2,1,0 −1 each error/omission


8 (a) (i)
2
2  1 
(ii) 6 ( 2 x )   soi M1 Could be in full expansion
 5x 

24
or 0.96 isw A1 Must be explicitly identified
25

1  n(n − 1)(n − 2)  5n
(b)  = soi leading to a M1 Must attempt to expand and remove
8 6  12 fractions
cubic or quadratic ( n 2 − 3n − 18 = 0 )

Solves their quadratic [(n – 6)(n + 3)] M1 must have come from a valid attempt

[n =] 6 only, not from wrong working A1 Must be n if labelled

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


40
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 21

Question Answer Marks Guidance

9 (a) a=2 b = 4 c = −2 B3 B1 for each correct value

(b) (i)
3 B3,2,1, sinusoidal curve
0
2 symmetrical about y-axis
1
clear intent to have amplitude of 2

2 cycles
-1
If not fully correct max B2

π π π π π π
(ii) − , − , , , − , cao B2 B1 for any 4 correct
2 6 6 2 3 3

2
10 (a) (i) 2 × 4! or × 5! oe M1
5

48 A1

5 5!
(ii) P3 or or 5 × 4 × 3 oe M1
2!

60 A1

(b) (i) 4 × 2[!] × 3oe M1 Correct first step implied by a correct


product of two elements

24 A1

(ii) 3! or 3 × 3 seen M1

18 A1
5
3x 2 2 x 2
11 (i) − ( +c ) isw B1+B1
2 5

(ii) (9, 0) oe B1 Not just x = 9

(iii) Substitute (3, 9) into both lines 27 − 3 × 3


B1 3 × 3 = 9 and =9
2
Or solves simultaneously (6x = 27 – 3x oe) to
get x = 3, y = 9

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


41
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 21

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1 81
(iv) [ Area AOB =] × 9 × 9 oe ( or 40.5) M1 Uses their (ii). May split into 2
2 2 triangles (13.5 and 27). May integrate.
Must be a complete method.

 3(9) 2 2(9) 5 2 
their  −  − [ 0] (= 24.3) M1 lower limit may be omitted but must
 2 5  be correct if seen

81 243
their − their M1 must be from genuine attempts at area
2 10 of triangle and area under curve

16.2 A1

 dy  2 ( x − 1) − ( 2 x − 5 ) du dv
12 (i)  dx = M1A1 Allow slips in and but must
  ( x − 1)2 dx dx
be explicit.
Allow ( x − 1)2 = x 2 − 2 x + 1

− 12 isw B1

−12 x 2 + 14 x − 5
ALT using y =
x −1
−24x + 14 B1
2
 dy  ( x − 1)( −24 x + 14) − ( −12 x + 14 x − 5)
 dx = M1
  ( x − 1) 2
A1FT FT on their derivative of 3 term
quadratic

 d2 y  −3
(ii)  2 =  k ( x − 1) M1 No additional terms
 dx 

k = − 6 isw A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


42
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 21

Question Answer Marks Guidance

 3 
(iii) their  2
− 12 = 0 and find a value for x M1 12 x 2 −24x + 9 = 0 oe
 ( x − 1)  (2x − 3)(2x − 1) = 0 oe

x = 0.5 and x = 1.5 A1

y = 2 and y = −22 A1 if A0 A0 then A1 for a correct


(x, y) pair

−6  −6 
> 0 therefore min when x = 0.5 oe B1 or  3
=  48 therefore min when
(−0.5)3  (−0.5) 
x = 0.5 oe

−6  −6 
< 0 therefore max when x = 1.5 oe B1 or  3
=  − 48 therefore max
(0.5)3  (0.5) 
when x = 1.5 oe

M1A1 is possible from other methods

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


43
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/22


Paper 2 May/June 2016
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

44
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 22

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied
www without wrong working

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1 (i) (2k)2 – 4 (1)(4k – 3) [< 0] M1 clear attempt at b2 – 4ac


Correct completion to given inequality A1
k 2 − 4k + 3 < 0 isw

(ii) Critical values 1 and 3 soi M1 May be implied by incorrect inequalities


1 < k < 3 as final answer A1

2 (i) Clear attempt at quotient rule or M1 condone omission of brackets


equivalent product rule
 dy  14
 dx =  A1 allow recovery from bracketing errors or
( 3 − x )2 omissions if implied in correct work to the
 dy  14 correct answer
or  =  2 cao
 dx  x − 6 x + 9
or correct simplified equivalent

(ii) [y = 9] x = 2 B1
0.07  dy  0.07  dy 
≈  their  oe M1 condone =  their 
δx  dx x=2  δx  dx x = 2 
0.005 oe A1 not from wrong working;
answer only does not score

3 Any one of: M2 M1 for  6C0 × 7C3


 6C0 × 7C3 + 6C1 × 7C2 or 6C1 × 7C2
 
or 35 + 126 or 13C3 − 6C2 × 7C1
or 13C3 − 6C2 × 7C1 − 6C3 or 13C3 − 6C3
or 286 – 105 – 20
or 6C2 × 7C1 + 6C3
or for the numerical equivalent of one of
these calculations
161 A1 If M0 then B3 for answer only of 161

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


45
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 22

Question Answer Marks Guidance

4 (i) 2(2)3 − 3(2) 2 + 2q + 56 = 0 with one B1 allow for only 16 – 12 + 2q + 56 = 0


correct interim step leading to q = −30 q = −30

NB = 0 must be seen
or may be implied by e.g. −60 = 2q or
60 = −2q;

or convincingly showing
2(2)3 − 3(2) 2 − 30(2) + 56 = 0 ; allow for only
16 – 12 + 2(−30) + 56 = 0

or correct synthetic division at least as far as


2 2 −3 q 56
4 2 2q + 4
2 1 q+2 0
then q = −30

(ii) 2 x 2 + x − 28 B2 B1 for any two terms correct


( x − 2 )( 2 x − 7 )( x + 4 ) M1 For factorising the correct equation;
condone = 0; condone ( 2 x − 7 )( x + 4 ) only
for M1 but for A1 must see all 3 factors in
 7
this part; do not allow  x − 
 2

x = 2, x = −4, x = 3.5 oe A1 not from wrong working;


answers only do not score

5 (i) (2, 8) B1, B1

their 8 − 0
(ii) = −2 or better M1 Condone
their 2 − p their 8 − 0 −1
= oe
their 2 − p their gradient AB
[p =] 6 A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


46
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 22

Question Answer Marks Guidance

(iii) [ MB =] ( 6 − their 2 )2 + (10 − their8)2 M1 implied by [ MB =] 20 or


soi 1 1
1 1 2 2  2 AB =  2 80 e.g. 4.47,
or  AB =  ( 6 − −2 ) + (10 − 6 )
2 2
soi
or or [ MC =] 80 or e.g. 8.94
2 2 or 63.4° or equivalents
[ MC =] (their 2 − their p ) + ( their 8 − 0 )
soi
8
or tan[...] = soi
4
or
4.47 2 = 8.942 + 102 − 2(8.94)(10) cos[...]
or 8.942 = 102 + 102 − 2(10)(10) cos[...]

 20   80 
sin −1   oe soi M1 or cos −1  
 10   10 
 20 
or tan −1  
 80 
4
or tan −1  
8
8
or 90 − tan −1  
4
or equivalent complete correct method;
implies first M1

26.56 to 26.6° A1 Not from wrong working


or 0.4636 to 0.464 rads cao

6 (i) Valid explanation B1 e.g. arc length is greater than the radius
or 7 is greater than 5

(ii) 7 = 5θ M1
θ = 1.4 oe A1 implies M1

1 2
(iii) × 5 × their1.4 oe M1
2
17.5oe A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


47
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 22

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1 2
(iv) [ triangle area = ] × 5 × sin their1.4 M1 may be embedded in a difference calculation
2
or 12.3 to 12.32
1
or for [ × base × height=]
2
1
× 6.4[4...] × 3.8[2...] oe
2

5.18 to 5.2 inclusive A1 implies M1

 12 15   4 2 
7 (i)  +  soi M1 if no method shown, may be implied by their
 9 6  1 3 answer with at least 2 correct elements

 16 17 
  A1
 10 9 

(ii) detA = 4 × 2 – 3 × 5 = −7 B1 allow for e.g.


or detB = 4 × 3 – 2 × 1= 10 (4 × 2 – 3 × 5) × ( 4 × 3 – 2 × 1) = −70

or detA = 8 – 15 = −7

or detB = 12 – 2= 10
 21 23 
AB =   B2 or B1 for two elements correct
 14 12 
det(AB) = 21 × 12 – 23 × 14 = −70 B1 allow for
det(AB) = 252 – 322 = −70

For full marks must conclude that


detAB = detA × detB
or show the product –7 × 10 = –70

otherwise max 3 marks

1  12 −23 
(iii) × their   isw B2 correct or correct FT;
their det AB  −14 21 FT their AB and their non-zero det AB;

their AB must be an attempt at a matrix


16 10 
product e.g.  
3 6

1  
B1 for × their  
their det AB  
 12 −23 
or for k × their  
 −14 21 

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


48
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 22

Question Answer Marks Guidance

8 5 3 M1 allow even after incorrect rearrangement of


Eliminates y e.g. 4 + + =0 the equation of the curve (dependent on
15 x + 10 x
or eliminates x resulting equation still in terms of x and y);
5 3 y + 10
e.g. 4 + + =0 condone substitution of e.g.
y ( y − 10) 15
15

Rearrange to a 3-term quadratic M1 condone sign slips / arithmetic slips


60 x 2 + 90 x + 30 = 0 oe A1
or 4 y 2 + 10 y − 50 = 0 oe

Factorise or solve 3-term quadratic M1


1 1
x = − , x = −1 isw A1 or y = 2 , y = −5
2 2
1 1
y = 2 , y = −5 isw A1 or x = − , x = −1
2 2

If final A marks not awarded then A1 for a


correct x, y pair

x2 1
9 (a) + x − (+ c) isw B3 B1 for each term
2 x
x2 x −1
allow +x+ ( + c) isw for B3
2 −1

(b) (i) k cos(5 x + π) where k < 0 M1


cos(5 x + π)
or
5
− cos(5 x + π) A1
(+ c)
5

− cos(5(0) + π) − cos(5( − π 5 ) + π)
(ii) − M1 correct substitution of the given limits into
5 5
their expression of the form k cos ( 5 x + π ) ,
− cos(π)  − cos(0) 
or −  dep on M1 in (b)(i)
5  5 
0.4 oe A1 answer only does not score

10 (a) 2 = p − q and 14 = 4 p − 2q oe M1
p=5 A1
q=3 A1

(b) Factorise 102 x − 2(10 x ) − 24 [= 0] M1 or applies the formula or completes the


2
or factorise u − 2u − 24 [= 0] square

10x = 6 A1 ignore 10x = −4 for this mark


x = lg6 cao as final answer A1 or exact equivalent

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


49
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 22

Question Answer Marks Guidance

x +1
(c) = 23 oe www M2 combines logs and anti-logs
x or B1 for one correct log move
 x +1
e.g. log 2  =3
 x 
or log 2 ( x + 1) − log 2 ( x ) = log 2 8
or log 2 ( x + 1) − log 2 ( x ) = 3log 2 2
1
x= or 0.143 or 0.1428 to 0.1429 A1
7

11 (a) Valid method M1 Completing the square as far as


2
 1
e.g. constant −  x − 
 2

or calculus as far as 1 − 2x = 0

or finding roots x = 0 and x = 1and using


symmetry soi
1
when x = A1 Implies M1 if not clearly from wrong
2
working
1 B1
[greatest value =]
4

(b) Valid comment B1 Allow e.g. a sketch with a comment


e.g. when x ≥ 1, f ′ is always such as the curve is one-one [when x ≥ 1]
decreasing 1
or e.g. the curve is one-one when x >
2

(c) (i) k(10) = 8 or 5 + 10 − 1 = 8 or stating M1 or [hk( x) =] lg(7 + x − 1)


h(8)

h(8) = 1 or lg(8 + 2) = 1 cao A1 [hk(10) =] lg(7 + 10 − 1) = 1

(ii) ( y − 5 )2 = x − 1 M1
2
or ( x − 5 ) = y − 1
2
k −1 ( x) = ( x − 5) + 1 isw A1
−1 2
or k ( x) = x − 10 x + 26 isw
5 < x < 15 B1, B1 B1for 5 < x oe and B1for x < 15 oe

allow (5, 15); one mark for each limit of the


interval;

if B0 then SC1 for 5  x  15 or ‘5 to 15’ or


[5, 15] etc.

1 < k −1 ( x) < 101 B1 allow (1, 101)

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


50
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 22

Question Answer Marks Guidance

12 (i) 8(1 − cos 2 A) + 2cos A = 7 or better B1


Solves or factorises their 3-term M1
quadratic in cosA

60, 104.477... rounded or truncated to A2 with no extras in range;


1 dp or more; not from clearly wrong working but allow
recovery from minor slips
or A1 for either, ignoring extras

1
(ii) sin(3B + 1) = 0.4 soi B1 may be implied by = 2.5
sin(3B + 1)
[3B + 1 =] 0.41 or better M1 implies B1

0.577, 1.9[0], 2.67 A2 with no extras in range;


or 0.57669..., 1.89823... , 2.67108... or A1 for any one correct ignoring extras
rounded or truncated to 4 or more sf
If M0 then B2 for all 3 correct angles found
or B1 for 1 or 2 correct angles found

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


51
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/23


Paper 2 May/June 2016
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

52
Pag
P ge 2 Mar S hem
M k Sch me
e Sylllab
S bus Pape
P er
Cam
C mb
brid
dge
e IG
GC E–M
CSE Mayy/Jun
ne 20
2 16 0 06
060 2
23

Ab
bbrrev
viattion
ns

aw
wrt aanswwerrs whi
w ich h roound to o
caoo c rectt an
corr nswwerr onnly
depp d end
dep den nt
FTT fo ow
follow thrrou ughh affterr errrorr
isw
w ig
gnoore suubseequuennt work
w kin ng
oe o eequivaalen
or nt
rott ro
ounndeed or
o trun
t ncaated d
SCC S eciaal Case
Spe C e
soii seenn orr im
mplliedd
wwww w w hou
with ut wro
w ong g woorkking g

Que
Q estiion
n A sweer
Ans M rkss
Mar G dan
Guid ncee

1 x 2 − 2xx − 155 M
M1 ex
xpanndss an
nd rea
r arraanges to form
f ma3
terrm quadrratiic

critiicall vaaluees −3
− and 5 A
A1 no
ot frrom
m wron
w ng wo
orkking
g

x < −3 x>5 A
A1 maark
k finnal ineequualiity;;
A00 iff sppuriiou
us attem
a mppt to o co
om
mbin
ne ee.g.
5 < x < ––3

2 (
(a)
B C
A B1 It mu
must bbe cleear how
w tthe setts are
a
nesteed

(
(b) (
(i) h∈P B1 w {m, a, t , h, s} foor P
Alllow

(iii) n ∩ Q) = 2
n(P caao B1

(iiii) { t, h,
h s}
s B1

3 (
(i) −2 B1

(
(ii) −n B1

lg
g5 llg 220 − lg
g4
( )
(iii) = [(llg y)2 ] or = [((lg y )2 ] M
M1 On
ne log
l g law
w use
u ed corr
c recctly
y
log
l 5 100 1
g5
lg

2
o ( lg55) issw
omppleetion to
corrrectt co A
A1 an
nsw
wer onlly doe
d es not
n sco
oree

( )
(iv) [log 6x2 = [lo
g r ]6 og r ]60
] 00 B1 Co
ond
donne base
b e miss
m singg

x = 10 on
nly B1

© Ca
amb
brid
dge
e In
nterrnattion xam
nal Ex mina
atio
ons
s 20
016
6
53
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 23

Question Answer Marks Guidance

π
4 (i) isw B1
3

1  π
(ii) [Area triangle ABC =] × 102 × sin  their  M1 seen or implied by 25 3 or 43.3(0...)
2  3
oe

1 π 25π
[Area 1 sector = ] × 52 × their oe M1 seen or implied by or 13.0(8...)
2 3 6
their 60° or 13.09
or π × 52 ×
360

Complete correct plan M1 e.g. their triangle – 3(their sector)

25π
4.03(1...) or 25 3 − isw A1 Units not required
2

5 (a) 8 (×
7+ 5 ) and attempt to M1
( 7− 5) ( 7+ 5)
multiply

56 + 40
oe A1 not from wrong working
2

14 + 10 A1

(b) q2 + 4q 3 + 12 soi B1

28 = q 2 + 12 oe M1 can be implied by 4 and 16 or –4 and


–16

q = 4, −4 p = 16, −16 A1 all values

2
6 (i) 4 ( x + 1) − 9 B3,2, one mark for each of p, q, r correct in
1,0 a correctly formatted expression;
allow correct equivalent values;

If B0 then SC2 for 4 ( x + 1) − 9 or


SC1 for correct 3 values seen in
incorrect format e.g. 4 ( x + 1x ) − 9 or
( )
4 x2 + 1 − 9
or for a correct completed square form
of the original expression in a
different but correct format. e.g.
2
2( 2x + 2 ) − 9

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


54
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 23

Question Answer Marks Guidance

(ii) (−1, 9) B2FT B1FT (–q , –r) r < 0 for each correct
coordinate

(iii) 10
9 B1 Correct symmetric W shape with
8 cusps on x-axis
7
6 B1 y-intercept marked at 5 only or coords
5 indicated on graph
4
3 B1 x-intercepts marked at –2.5 and 0.5
2 only x-axis or coords indicated on
1 graph or close by

−2.5 -1 0.5

7 (i) (a) q–p B1

(b) 2q – 2p or 2 ( q − p ) B1

(ii) The points are collinear oe B1


   
PQ is a (scalar) multiple of QR and they B1 Condone PQ is parallel to QR and …
have a point in common. oe

(iii) [ OR =] 4i – 3j oe soi B1

42 + (−3) 2 (=5) M1 condone 42 + 32 ; may be implied by


correct answer or correct FT answer

1
( 4i – 3j) oe A1
5

a 4 + 4a 3b + 6a 2b 2 + 4ab3 + b 4 final answer B2,1,0 −1 each error/omission


8 (a) (i)
2
2  1 
(ii) 6 ( 2 x )   soi M1 Could be in full expansion
 5x 

24
or 0.96 isw A1 Must be explicitly identified
25

1  n(n − 1)(n − 2)  5n
(b)  = soi leading to a M1 Must attempt to expand and remove
8 6  12 fractions
cubic or quadratic ( n 2 − 3n − 18 = 0 )

Solves their quadratic [(n – 6)(n + 3)] M1 must have come from a valid attempt

[n =] 6 only, not from wrong working A1 Must be n if labelled

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


55
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 23

Question Answer Marks Guidance

9 (a) a=2 b = 4 c = −2 B3 B1 for each correct value

(b) (i)
3 B3,2,1, sinusoidal curve
0
2 symmetrical about y-axis
1
clear intent to have amplitude of 2

2 cycles
-1
If not fully correct max B2

π π π π π π
(ii) − , − , , , − , cao B2 B1 for any 4 correct
2 6 6 2 3 3

2
10 (a) (i) 2 × 4! or × 5! oe M1
5

48 A1

5 5!
(ii) P3 or or 5 × 4 × 3 oe M1
2!

60 A1

(b) (i) 4 × 2[!] × 3oe M1 Correct first step implied by a correct


product of two elements

24 A1

(ii) 3! or 3 × 3 seen M1

18 A1
5
3x 2 2 x 2
11 (i) − ( +c ) isw B1+B1
2 5

(ii) (9, 0) oe B1 Not just x = 9

(iii) Substitute (3, 9) into both lines 27 − 3 × 3


B1 3 × 3 = 9 and =9
2
Or solves simultaneously (6x = 27 – 3x oe) to
get x = 3, y = 9

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


56
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 23

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1 81
(iv) [ Area AOB =] × 9 × 9 oe ( or 40.5) M1 Uses their (ii). May split into 2
2 2 triangles (13.5 and 27). May integrate.
Must be a complete method.

 3(9) 2 2(9) 5 2 
their  −  − [ 0] (= 24.3) M1 lower limit may be omitted but must
 2 5  be correct if seen

81 243
their − their M1 must be from genuine attempts at area
2 10 of triangle and area under curve

16.2 A1

 dy  2 ( x − 1) − ( 2 x − 5 ) du dv
12 (i)  dx = M1A1 Allow slips in and but must
  ( x − 1)2 dx dx
be explicit.
Allow ( x − 1)2 = x 2 − 2 x + 1

− 12 isw B1

−12 x 2 + 14 x − 5
ALT using y =
x −1
−24x + 14 B1
2
 dy  ( x − 1)( −24 x + 14) − ( −12 x + 14 x − 5)
 dx = M1
  ( x − 1) 2
A1FT FT on their derivative of 3 term
quadratic

 d2 y  −3
(ii)  2 =  k ( x − 1) M1 No additional terms
 dx 

k = − 6 isw A1

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


57
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – May/June 2016 0606 23

Question Answer Marks Guidance

 3 
(iii) their  2
− 12 = 0 and find a value for x M1 12 x 2 −24x + 9 = 0 oe
 ( x − 1)  (2x − 3)(2x − 1) = 0 oe

x = 0.5 and x = 1.5 A1

y = 2 and y = −22 A1 if A0 A0 then A1 for a correct


(x, y) pair

−6  −6 
> 0 therefore min when x = 0.5 oe B1 or  3
=  48 therefore min when
(−0.5)3  (−0.5) 
x = 0.5 oe

−6  −6 
< 0 therefore max when x = 1.5 oe B1 or  3
=  − 48 therefore max
(0.5)3  (0.5) 
when x = 1.5 oe

M1A1 is possible from other methods

© Cambridge International Examinations 2016


58
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/11


Paper 1 October/November 2016
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

59
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 11

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied
www without wrong working

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

1 (a) (i) 10 B1

(ii) 22 B1

(iii) 4 B1

(b) (i) Q⊂R B1

(ii) P ∩ Q = ∅ , or { } B1

2 a = 1, b = −3, c = −1 B3 B1 for each

3 3y2 + 5 y − 2 = 0 B1, B1 B1 for 5y or 5log 3 x , B1 for –2


1
y = , y = −2 M1 for correct attempt at the solution of their
3 quadratic equation
1
x= 33 , x = 3−2 M1 for dealing with one base 3 logarithm
1 correctly
x = 1.44, x = A1, A1 A1 for each
9

80 7 80 4
4 (i) 32 x10 − x + x B3 B1 for each term, powers of x must be
3 9 simplified

(ii) Coefficients needed:


 80 
 3 × their −  + (1× their 32 ) M1 for dealing with 2 terms
 3 
= –48 A1 Allow A1 for −48 x 7

© UCLES 2016
60
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 11

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

dy 3
5 (i) = B1 for correct derivative of log function
dx 2 ( 3 x + 2 )
1 dy 3
When x = − , y = 0, = B1 for y = 0
3 dx 2
2 1
Equation of normal: y = −  x +  M1 M1 for attempt at a gradient of a
3 3 A1 perpendicular from differentiation and the
equation of the normal

 2
(ii) Q  0, −  or ( 0,0.22 ) or better B1 ft Follow through on their c from part (i)
 9
 1 
R  0, ln 2  or ( 0, 0.35 ) or better B1
 2 
11 2 1
Area of PQR =  ln 2 +  ×
2 2 9 3
= 0.0948 B1 Allow 0.095

6 (a) YX, XZ B2 B2 for both with no extras


B1 for 1 correct with or without extras
B1 for both correct with extras
B0 for anything else

1  7 1 1  7 1
(b) (i)   B1, B1 B1 for , B1 for  
18  −4 2  18  −4 2 

(ii) C = A-1B
1  7 1  −4 2 
=    M1 for pre-multiplication
18  −4 2  10 4 
 −1 1 
=  A1, A1 A1 for any correct pair of elements, but
 2 0 must be from correct matrices

© UCLES 2016
61
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 11

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

7 (i)
( 0, 3 ) or ( 0,1.73) or better B1

π 
(ii)  , 2  or ( 0.524, 2 ) or better B1, B1 B1 for each
6 

 π
(iii) cos  x −  = 0 M1 for correct attempt to solve trigonometric
 6 equation

x= oe or 2.09 or better A1
3

 π
(iv) 2sin  x −  ( +c) B1
 6


  π  3
(v) Area =  2sin  x −   M1 for correct use of their limits, in radians,
  6 0
 π
= 2 +1 into k sin  x −  .
 6
=3 A1

8 (i) 47 − 24 = 12θ
23
θ= , so θ = 1.917 or better M1 for complete correct method to get θ =
12
θ = 1.92 to 2dp A1 must have evidence of working to more
than 2 dp, allow if 1.916 seen (truncated)

CD
θ 2
(ii) sin = M1 for a complete method, may use cosine rule
2 12 to get CD
CD = awrt 19.6 or 19.7 A1

(iii) Area of sector = awrt 138 B1 for sector area, allow unsimplified
Area of triangle AOB = awrt 67 or 68 M1 for a correct attempt at area
Area of segment = awrt 70 or 71 M1 for segment area (their sector area – their
triangle area)
AD × AB + segment area = 425 M1 for complete method to find AD
leading to AD = awrt 18.1 or 18.0 A1 Allow A1 for 18

Alternative method:
Area of sector = awrt 138 B1 for sector area
Difference in length between BC (or AD) and M1 for attempt to find difference between
OM where M is the midpoint of CD = 6.88, parallel sides
allow awrt 6.9
Remaining area consists of two trapezia each M1 for area of one trapezium
of width 9.85 and each of area 143.4 1
1 ( 2 BC − their 6.88) × their 9.85 oe
( 2 BC − 6.88) × 9.85 = 143.4 oe 2
2
M1 for attempt to find either BC or AD
leading to AD = awrt 18.1 or 18.0 A1

© UCLES 2016
62
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 11

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

 3  27 a  9  3b 3
9 (i) p  : −  4 ×  + + 18 ( = 0 ) M1 for attempt at p  
2 8  4 2 2
3  9  3 3
p′   =  3a ×  −  8 ×  + b ( = 0 ) M1 for differentiation and attempt at p′  
2  4  2 2
leading to 9a + 4b + 24 = 0 oe
and 27 a + 4b − 48 = 0 oe M1 for solution of simultaneous equations, to
get either a or b
leading to a = 4, b = −15 A1 for both

( x + 2 )( 2 x − 3)
2
(ii) oe M1, A1 M1 for attempt at long division or
factorisation

( x + 2 )( 2 x − 3)
2
(iii) = x+2
x + 2 = 0, x = −2 B1 Must be using ( x + 2 ) correctly using part
(ii) to get x = −2

( 2 x − 3)
2
=1 M1 for solution of the quadratic equation
leading to x = 1, x = 2 A1

1 U
10 (a) (i) 20U +  U + 10 = 165 M1 for realising that area under the graph is
2 2 needed and attempt to find an area
DM1 for equating their area to 165 and attempt to
solve
leading to U = 6 A1

(ii) Gradient of line: −0.3 M1, A1 M1 for use of the gradient, must be negative

(b) (i) 27 B1

t2
(ii) t = 8ln 4
2
M1 for a correct attempt to solve e8 =4
t = 3.33 or better A1

2
2t 8  8 
t2 t2
(iii) acceleration = 3 e  e − 4  M1, A1 M1 for a correct attempt to differentiate
8  
  using the chain rule

When t = 1 , a = 6.98 M1, A1 M1for use of t = 1 in their acceleration

© UCLES 2016
63
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 11

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

11 (i) ln y = ln A + x ln b B1 may be implied, if equation not seen


specifically, by correct values for A and b
0.12
Gradient: ln b = − , = −0.015 M1 for use of gradient to obtain ln b
8
b = 0.985 A1 Allow A1 for e −0.015
Intercept: ln A = 0.26 DM1 for use of one of the given points correctly

A = 1.30 A1 Allow A1 for e0.26 or 1.3

Alternative 1
ln y = ln A + x ln b B1
0.2 = 4ln b + ln A M1 for one correct equation
0.08 = 12 ln b + ln A DM1 for attempt to obtain either lnA or lnb from
simultaneous equations
A = 1.30 and b = 0.985 A1, A1 Allow A1 for b = e −0.015 and a = e0.26 or 1.3

Alternative 2
1.22 = Ab 4 B1
1.08 = Ab12 B1
M1 for correct attempt to obtain b or A, must
already have B2
A = 1.30 and b = 0.985 A1, A1 Allow A1 for b = e −0.015 and a = e0.26 or
1.3

(ii) When x = 6, ln y = 0.17 M1 for ln y = their ln A + 6 their ln b or


y = their A × ( their b )
6

y = 1.19 A1 allow awrt 1.18 to 1.20

(iii) When y = 1.1, ln y = 0.095 M1 for ln1.1 = their ln A + x their ln b or


1.1 = theirA × ( theirb )
x

x = 11 A1 allow 10.5 to 11.5

© UCLES 2016
64
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/12


Paper 1 October/November 2016
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

65
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 12

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied
www without wrong working

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

1 (a) (i) 10 B1

(ii) 22 B1

(iii) 4 B1

(b) (i) Q⊂R B1

(ii) P ∩ Q = ∅ , or { } B1

2 a = 1, b = −3, c = −1 B3 B1 for each

3 3y2 + 5 y − 2 = 0 B1, B1 B1 for 5y or 5log 3 x , B1 for –2


1
y = , y = −2 M1 for correct attempt at the solution of their
3 quadratic equation
1
x= 33 , x = 3−2 M1 for dealing with one base 3 logarithm
1 correctly
x = 1.44, x = A1, A1 A1 for each
9

80 7 80 4
4 (i) 32 x10 − x + x B3 B1 for each term, powers of x must be
3 9 simplified

(ii) Coefficients needed:


 80 
 3 × their −  + (1× their 32 ) M1 for dealing with 2 terms
 3 
= –48 A1 Allow A1 for −48 x 7

© UCLES 2016
66
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 12

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

dy 3
5 (i) = B1 for correct derivative of log function
dx 2 ( 3 x + 2 )
1 dy 3
When x = − , y = 0, = B1 for y = 0
3 dx 2
2 1
Equation of normal: y = −  x +  M1 M1 for attempt at a gradient of a
3 3 A1 perpendicular from differentiation and the
equation of the normal

 2
(ii) Q  0, −  or ( 0,0.22 ) or better B1 ft Follow through on their c from part (i)
 9
 1 
R  0, ln 2  or ( 0, 0.35 ) or better B1
 2 
11 2 1
Area of PQR =  ln 2 +  ×
2 2 9 3
= 0.0948 B1 Allow 0.095

6 (a) YX, XZ B2 B2 for both with no extras


B1 for 1 correct with or without extras
B1 for both correct with extras
B0 for anything else

1  7 1 1  7 1
(b) (i)   B1, B1 B1 for , B1 for  
18  −4 2  18  −4 2 

(ii) C = A-1B
1  7 1  −4 2 
=    M1 for pre-multiplication
18  −4 2  10 4 
 −1 1 
=  A1, A1 A1 for any correct pair of elements, but
 2 0 must be from correct matrices

© UCLES 2016
67
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 12

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

7 (i)
( 0, 3 ) or ( 0,1.73) or better B1

π 
(ii)  , 2  or ( 0.524, 2 ) or better B1, B1 B1 for each
6 

 π
(iii) cos  x −  = 0 M1 for correct attempt to solve trigonometric
 6 equation

x= oe or 2.09 or better A1
3

 π
(iv) 2sin  x −  ( +c) B1
 6


  π  3
(v) Area =  2sin  x −   M1 for correct use of their limits, in radians,
  6 0
 π
= 2 +1 into k sin  x −  .
 6
=3 A1

8 (i) 47 − 24 = 12θ
23
θ= , so θ = 1.917 or better M1 for complete correct method to get θ =
12
θ = 1.92 to 2dp A1 must have evidence of working to more
than 2 dp, allow if 1.916 seen (truncated)

CD
θ 2
(ii) sin = M1 for a complete method, may use cosine rule
2 12 to get CD
CD = awrt 19.6 or 19.7 A1

(iii) Area of sector = awrt 138 B1 for sector area, allow unsimplified
Area of triangle AOB = awrt 67 or 68 M1 for a correct attempt at area
Area of segment = awrt 70 or 71 M1 for segment area (their sector area – their
triangle area)
AD × AB + segment area = 425 M1 for complete method to find AD
leading to AD = awrt 18.1 or 18.0 A1 Allow A1 for 18

Alternative method:
Area of sector = awrt 138 B1 for sector area
Difference in length between BC (or AD) and M1 for attempt to find difference between
OM where M is the midpoint of CD = 6.88, parallel sides
allow awrt 6.9
Remaining area consists of two trapezia each M1 for area of one trapezium
of width 9.85 and each of area 143.4 1
1 ( 2 BC − their 6.88) × their 9.85 oe
( 2 BC − 6.88) × 9.85 = 143.4 oe 2
2
M1 for attempt to find either BC or AD
leading to AD = awrt 18.1 or 18.0 A1

© UCLES 2016
68
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 12

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

 3  27 a  9  3b 3
9 (i) p  : −  4 ×  + + 18 ( = 0 ) M1 for attempt at p  
2 8  4 2 2
3  9  3 3
p′   =  3a ×  −  8 ×  + b ( = 0 ) M1 for differentiation and attempt at p′  
2  4  2 2
leading to 9a + 4b + 24 = 0 oe
and 27 a + 4b − 48 = 0 oe M1 for solution of simultaneous equations, to
get either a or b
leading to a = 4, b = −15 A1 for both

( x + 2 )( 2 x − 3)
2
(ii) oe M1, A1 M1 for attempt at long division or
factorisation

( x + 2 )( 2 x − 3)
2
(iii) = x+2
x + 2 = 0, x = −2 B1 Must be using ( x + 2 ) correctly using part
(ii) to get x = −2

( 2 x − 3)
2
=1 M1 for solution of the quadratic equation
leading to x = 1, x = 2 A1

1 U
10 (a) (i) 20U +  U + 10 = 165 M1 for realising that area under the graph is
2 2 needed and attempt to find an area
DM1 for equating their area to 165 and attempt to
solve
leading to U = 6 A1

(ii) Gradient of line: −0.3 M1, A1 M1 for use of the gradient, must be negative

(b) (i) 27 B1

t2
2
(ii) t = 8ln 4 M1 for a correct attempt to solve e8 =4
t = 3.33 or better A1

2
2t 8  8 
t2 t2
(iii) acceleration = 3 e  e − 4  M1, A1 M1 for a correct attempt to differentiate
8   using the chain rule
 

When t = 1 , a = 6.98 M1, A1 M1for use of t = 1 in their acceleration

© UCLES 2016
69
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 12

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

11 (i) ln y = ln A + x ln b B1 may be implied, if equation not seen


specifically, by correct values for A and b
0.12
Gradient: ln b = − , = −0.015 M1 for use of gradient to obtain ln b
8
b = 0.985 A1 Allow A1 for e −0.015
Intercept: ln A = 0.26 DM1 for use of one of the given points correctly

A = 1.30 A1 Allow A1 for e0.26 or 1.3

Alternative 1
ln y = ln A + x ln b B1
0.2 = 4ln b + ln A M1 for one correct equation
0.08 = 12 ln b + ln A DM1 for attempt to obtain either lnA or lnb from
simultaneous equations
A = 1.30 and b = 0.985 A1, A1 Allow A1 for b = e −0.015 and a = e0.26 or 1.3

Alternative 2
1.22 = Ab 4 B1
1.08 = Ab12 B1
M1 for correct attempt to obtain b or A, must
already have B2
A = 1.30 and b = 0.985 A1, A1 Allow A1 for b = e −0.015 and a = e0.26 or
1.3

(ii) When x = 6, ln y = 0.17 M1 for ln y = their ln A + 6 their ln b or


y = their A × ( their b )
6

y = 1.19 A1 allow awrt 1.18 to 1.20

(iii) When y = 1.1, ln y = 0.095 M1 for ln1.1 = their ln A + x their ln b or


1.1 = theirA × ( theirb )
x

x = 11 A1 allow 10.5 to 11.5

© UCLES 2016
70
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/13


Paper 1 October/November 2016
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

71
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 13

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied
www without wrong working

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

1 B1
2.5 y

2
for symmetrical shape as in the diagram with
1.5
curved maxima of equal height and cusps on the
x-axis
1

0.5

45 90 135 180

B1 for a complete ‘curve’ with all low points on the


−0.5

−1

x-axis and all high points on y = 2

B1 for a complete ‘curve’ meeting the


x-axis at x = 30o , 90o , 150o only.

4m2 − 9
2 = M1 for multiplying each term by m , using a
2m + 3
common denominator of m or for multiplying
3
numerator and denominator by 2 m −
m

( 2m − 3)( 2m + 3) A1 for a correct expression that will cancel


=
2m + 3 ( 2m − 3)( 2m + 3)
,
( 4m 2
)
− 9 ( 2m − 3 )
2m + 3 (4m − 9)
2

( 2m − 3)( 2m + 3) (2m − 3) , or equivalents


(2m + 3)(2m − 3)

= 2m − 3 A1 for 2m − 3 or A = 2, B = −3

Alternative Method
9
(4m m − ) M1 for correct expansion
m
3
= (2 m + ) (Am + B)
m

Comparing coefficients A1 for correct comparisons to obtain A and B


2A = 4, 3A + 2B = 0, 3B = −9 A1 for 2m − 3 or A = 2, B = −3

© UCLES 2016
72
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 13

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

3 (i) 3 x 2 − 2 xp + ( p + 3) = 0 M1 for obtaining a 3-term quadratic in the form


( −2 p ) − 4 × 3 × ( p + 3 ) . 0 oe
2 ax2 + bx + c(= 0)

DM1 for correct substitution of their a, b and c into ‘


b 2 − 4ac ’and use of discriminant.

p 2 . 3( p + 3) or 4 p 2 − 12 p − 36 . 0 A1 for full correct working, ⩾ the only sign used, ⩾


used before division by 4 and ⩾ used in answer
p2 − 3 p − 9 . 0 line and penultimate line.

(ii) Correct method of solution M1 for correct substitution in the quadratic formula or
p2 − 3 p − 9 = 0 leading to critical for correct attempt to complete the square. (allow
1 sign error in either method)
values
3±3 5
p= A1 for both correct critical values
2

3−3 5 3+3 5 A1
p- , p. for correct range
2 2

4 (i) 64 − 48 x + 15 x 2 B3 for each correct term

(ii) ( 4 × '64') + ( 2 × '− 48') + ( 3 × '15') M1 for correctly obtaining three products using their
coefficients in (i)

A1 for two correct out of three products


(unsimplified) cao

= 205 cao A1 for 205 selected as final answer

5 (i) log 9 xy = log 9 x + log 9 y M1 for use of log AB = logA + logB

log 3 x log 3 y
= + M1 for correct method for change of base. Division by
log 3 9 log 3 9
log39 should be seen and not implied.

log3 x log3 y 5
= + =
2 2 2

log 3 x + log 3 y = 5 A1 for dealing with 2 correctly and ‘finishing off’

Alternative method
5
log9 xy = M1 for obtaining xy as a power of 3
2
5
xy = 9 2 = 35 M1 for correct use of log3
log 3 xy = 5
A1 for using law for logs and arriving at correct
log 3 x + log 3 y = 5
answer

© UCLES 2016
73
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 13

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

(ii) log3 x ( 5 − log3 x ) = −6


− ( log3 x ) + 5log3 x = −6
2
M1 for substitution, correct expansion of brackets and
manipulation to get a 3 term quadratic
( log3 x )
2
− 5log3 x − 6 = 0 A1 for a correct quadratic equation
in the form ax 2 + bx + c = 0
leading to log 3 x = 6, log 3 x = −1 A1 for both solutions

DM1 for method of solution of log 3 x = k or log 3 y = k


1
x = 729, x =
3
1 A1
y = , y = 729 for all x and y correct
3

mx
6 (i) 6x M1 M1 for
A1 3x 2 − 11
3x − 11
2

1 1
(ii) p= B1 FT for p =
6 m

(iii)
1
6
( 1
)
ln 3a 2 − 11 − ln1 = ln 2
6
M1 ( )
for correct use of limits in p ln 3 x 2 − 11 May be
implied by following equation

(
ln 3a 2 − 11 = ln 26 ) DM1 for dealing with logs correctly
3a 2 − 11 = 64 DM1 for solution of 3a 2 − 11 = k

a = 5 only A1 for 5 obtained from an exact method

© UCLES 2016
74
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 13

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

b
7 (i) ln y = ln A + B1 for equation, may be implied, must be using ln
x unless recovered
Gradient: b = −0.8 B1 for b = −0.8 oe
Intercept or use of equation:
ln A = 4.7 B1 for ln A = 4.7 oe, allow 4.65 to 4.75
A = 110 B1 for A = 110, allow 105 to 116
Allow A in terms of e
Alternative Method
3.5 = ln A + 1.5b and B1 for one equation
1.5 = ln A + 4b
leading to b = −0.8 B1 for b = −0.8
ln A = 4.7 B1 for ln A = 4.7
and A = 110 B1 for A = 110 or e4.7

Alternative Method
e1.5 = Ae4b B1 for e1.5 = Ae4b or 4.48 = Ae4b
e3.5 = Ae1.5b
B1 for e3.5 =Ae1.5b or 33.1 = Ae1.5b
B1 for b = −0.8
leading to b = −0.8
B1 for A = 110 or e4.7
and A = 110

1
(ii) When x = 0.32, = 3.125, ln y = 2.2 M1 for a complete method to obtain y, using either the
x graph, using their values in the equation for lny or
using their values in the equation for y.
y = 9 ( allow 8.5 to 9.5) or e2.2 A1

1
(iii) When y = 20, ln y = 3 , = 2.125 M1 for a complete method to obtain x, using either the
x graph, using their values in the equation for lny or
using their values in the equation for y.
so x = 0.47 ( allow 0.45 to 0.49) A1

© UCLES 2016
75
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 13

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

1
cosecθ sin θ 1
8 (a) (i) = M1 for using cosecθ = and either attempt to
cosecθ − sin θ 1 sin θ
− sin θ
sin θ multiply top and bottom by sin θ or an attempt to
combine terms in denominator.
1
=
1
or = sin θ DM1 for correct use of 1-sin2θ = cos2θ
1 − sin 2 θ (1 − sin 2 θ )
sin θ
1
=
cos 2 θ
= sec 2 θ A1 for completing the proof

Alternative Method using cosec


cosecθ cosecθ
=
cosecθ − sin θ cosecθ − 1
cosecθ
cosec2θ 1
= M1 for using sin θ = and an attempt to
cosec 2θ − 1 cosecθ
combine terms in denominator.
1 + cot 2 θ
= DM1 for use of 1+ cot2θ = cosec2θ
cot 2 θ
= tan 2 θ + 1 = sec 2 θ A1 for completing the proof

1 1
(ii) cos 2 θ = , cosθ = ± M1 for using (i) to obtain a value for cos2θ, tan2θ or
4 2 sin2θ and then taking the square root.
or tan θ = 3, tanθ = ± 3
2

3 3
or sin 2 θ = , sinθ = ±
4 2
θ = 60o ,120o , 240o , 300o A1 for two correct values
A1 for two further correct values and no extras in
range.

(b)  π 1
tan  x +  = M1 for correct order of operations, can be implied by
 4 3 π
π π 7π π 13π π x=−
x= − , − , − 12
6 4 6 4 6 4
 π  11π 23π A1,A1 A1 for x =
11π
x =  − , ,
 12  12 12 12
23π
A1 for x =
12

If there are extra solutions in range in addition to


the two correct ones then A1A0

© UCLES 2016
76
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 13

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

9 (a) (i)
18
C5 = 8568 mmm B1

(ii) Either
10
C4 × 8C1 = 1680 B1 for a correct plan
B2,1,0 B2 4 correct numbers with no extras
10
C3 × 8C2 = 3360 B1 3 correct numbers (out of 3 or 4)
10
C2 × 8C3 = 2520
C1 × 8C4 = 700
10

Total = 8260 B1 for correct total

Or
their 18C5 − ( 10
C5 + 8C5 ) B1
B1
for correct plan
for 252 subtracted
8568 − ( 252 + 56) B1 for 56 subtracted
Total =8260 B1 for correct total

(b) (i) 10
P6 = 151200 B1

(ii) 4 × 8 P4 × 3 M1 for correct unsimplified


= 20160 A1 for correct numerical answer

(iii) M1 for correct plan


Answer to (i) - 7 P6
A1 for correct unsimplified
A1 for correct numerical answer
=146160

Alternative:
1 symbol: 45360 B2,1,0 B2 for all 3 correct
2 symbols: 75600 B1 for 2 correct (out of 2 or 3)
3 symbols: 25200
Total: 146160 B1 for correct sum

© UCLES 2016
77
Page 8 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 13

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

10 (i) f ( x ) = 3 x 2 − 4e 2 x ( + c ) M1 for one correct term


A1 for one correct term 3 x 2 or −4e 2 x
A1 for a second correct term with no extras
passing through ( 0, −3) DM1 for correct method to find c.
−3 = 3 × 0 − 4e0 + c
f ( x ) = 3 x 2 − 4e 2 x + 1 A1 for correct equation

1
(ii) f ′ ( 0) = −8 B1 for m =
8
1 1
Normal: y + 3 = x M1 for equation of normal using m =
8 8
8 y + 24 = x DM1 for solving normal equation simultaneously with y
y = 2 − 3x = 2 – 3x to get a value of x

8 8
leads to x = oe A1 for x = , 1.6 oe
5 5
1 8
Area = = × 3 × = 2.4 oe B1 FT for a numerical answer equal to
2 5
1
× 3 × their x
2
11 (i) a = 8t − 8 B1 for 8t − 8
When t = 3 , a = 16 B1 for 16

(ii) 0.5, 1.5 B1,B1 B1 for each

(iii) 4 M1 for at least two terms correct


s = t 3 − 4t 2 + 3t
3 A1 all correct
1 2 1
when t = , s = DM1 for calculating displacement when either t =
2 3 2
3
or t =
2
3
when t = , s = 0 DM1 for calculating displacement at t =
1
and
2 2
doubling.
4 4
total distance travelled = A1 for oe allow 1.33
3 3

Alternative method M1A1 As before


DM1 DM1for calculating displacement when t = 0.5 or
for calculating distance travelled between t = 0.5
and t = 1.5
DM1 DM1 for doubling distance travelled between
t = 0.5 and t = 1.5 or for adding that distance to
displacement at t = 0.5
4
A1 A1 for oe allow 1.33
3

© UCLES 2016
78
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/21


Paper 2 October/November 2016
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

79
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 21

Abbreviations
awrt answers which round to
cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied
www without wrong working

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

1 4x − 3 = x → x = 1 B1 www
4x − 3 = −x M1 use of − x or − ( 4 x − 3) but not both.
x = 0.6 A1

OR ( 4 x − 3 ) = x 2 B1
2

15x 2 − 24 x + 9 = 0
3 ( x − 1)( 5 x − 3) = 0 M1 solve correct 3 term quadratic
x = 1 and x = 0.6 A1 www

2 a( ) ( 3 + 1)
3 −1 + b M1 Common denominator or

=( 3 − 3)( 3 − 1)( 3 + 1) × ( )(
3 −1 )
3 +1

= 2 ( 3 − 3) oe
a+b=2 DM1 equate constant terms and 3 terms.
− a + b = −6 A1 both correct
DM1 solve two linear equations to obtain a = or
b=
b = −2 and a = 4 A1 both correct

3 2lgx = lgx 2 B1 soi anywhere


1 = lg10 B1 soi anywhere
 x + 10   2x2 
lgx 2 − lg   = lg   oe B1 soi division; logs may be removed
 2   x + 10 
2 x 2 − 10 x − 100 = 0 → 2 ( x + 5 )( x − 10 ) = 0 M1 obtain correct 3 term quadratic equation and
attempt to solve
x = 10 only A1 x = −5 must not remain.

© UCLES 2016
80
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 21

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

4 (i) t = 10 → N = 7000 + 2000e−0.5


= 8213 or 8210 B1 Do not accept non integer responses.

(ii) N = 7500 → 7500 = 7000 + 2000e−0.05t M1 insert and make e-0.05t subject
500
e−0.05t =
2000
ln 0.25
−0.05t = ln0.25 → t = M1 take logs and make t the subject
−0.05
= 27.7 (days) A1 awrt 27.7

dN
(iii) = −100e−0.05t M1 ke−0.05t where k is a constant
dt A1 k = − 100 or −0.05 ×2000
dN
t = 8→ = ±67 (.0) A1 awrt ±67 mark final answer
dt

dy
5 (i) = 3x 2 + 4 x − 7 B1
dx
dy insert x = −2 into their gradient and use
x = −2 → = 12 − 8 − 7 = −3 M1
dx ( −2, 16 ) and their gradient of tangent in
Equation of tangent : equation of line.
y − 16
= −3 → y = −3 x + 10 A1
x+2

(ii) Tangent cuts curve again


x3 + 2 x 2 − 7 x + 2 = −3x + 10 M1 equate curve and their linear answer from (i).
x3 + 2 x 2 − 4 x − 8 = 0 A1
( x + 2 )( x + 2 )( x − 2 ) = 0 M1 factorise: ( x ± 2 ) and a two or three term
quadratic is sufficient. Allow long division
x = 2, y=4 A1A1 withhold final A1 if (2, 4) not clearly identified
as their sole answer.

cosx sinx cosx sinx sin x cos x


6 (i) − = − M1 tanx = and cotx =
1 + tanx 1 + cotx 1 + sin x 1 + cos x cos x sin x
cos x sin x
M1 Attempt to multiply by cosx and sinx
cos x2
sin x2
= − A1
cos x +sin x cos x +sin x

=
( cos x − sin x )( cos x +sin x )
A1 AG
( cos x+sin x )
(ii) −sinx + cosx = 3sinx − 4cosx M1 equate and collect sinx and cosx oe
5cos x = 4sinx
5 A1
tanx =
4
x = 51.3° , −128.7° A1A1 FT from tan x = k

© UCLES 2016
81
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 21

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

7 (i) h = 9 − x2 B2/1/0 Must be clear that 9 − x 2 is the height of the


9 − x2 trapezium. 14 + 2x oe must be seen AG
A= (14 + x + x ) = 9 − x 2 ( 7 + x )
2

dA
( )
1 −0.5
(ii) = 9 − x2 + ( 7 + x ) 9 − x2 × −2 x M1 product rule on correct function
dx 2 A2/1/0 minus 1 each error , allow unsimplified.

dA
= 0 → 9 − x2 = 7 x + x2 M1 equate to 0 and simplify to a linear or quadratic
dx equation.
2x2 + 7 x − 9 = 0 A1 correct three term quadratic obtained
x =1 A1 Extra positive answer loses penultimate A1.
A =16 2 or 8 8 or 512 or 22.6 A1 ignore negative solution.

8 (i) f '( x ) =
(x 3
) (
+ 1 9 x 2 − 3 x3 − 1 3x 2 ) M1 quotient rule or product rule
(x )
2
3
+1 A1 all correct

12 x 2
= A1 www beware 9 x6 − 9 x6 gets A0
(x )
2
3
+1

2
2 x2 1  3x3 − 1  3x3 − 1
(ii) ∫ dx =   M1 c×
( ) 12  x3 + 1 1 x3 + 1
2
x3 + 1
1

1
A1 FT c =
their 12
1  23 2  DM1 top limit – bottom limit in their integral.
= −
12  9 2 
7
= A1 or 0.130 or 0.1296 or 0.12
54

3 y3 − 1
(iii) x=
y3 + 1
x +1 B1 make y 3 or x3 the subject
y3 =
3− x

x +1 B1 FT take cube root (as long as y 3 or x3 equals a


f −1 ( x ) = 3
3− x fraction with terms in x or y only) oe
B1 FT change x and y – can be done at any time
6
Domain : −1 - x - 2 B1 Allow upper limit of 2.86 . Do not isw
7

© UCLES 2016
82
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 21

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

9 (i) tangent touches circle


x 2 + ( kx − 4 ) − 2 ( kx − 4 ) = 8 eliminate y or x allow unsimplified
2
M1

k 2 x 2 + x 2 − 8kx − 2kx + 16 = 0 or better A1

Equal roots as tangent touches circle : DM1 use of discriminant on 3 term quadratic soi
b2 = 4ac
( −10k )
2
( )
= 4 k 2 + 1 × 16 A1

36k 2 = 64
4 A1
k = + only oe any inequality loses last A1
3

4
−b × 10 −b
(ii) x= →x= 3 M1 use x =
2a 25 2a
9
12 4
x= y=− A1A1
5 5
4
OR tangent y = x − 4 cuts radius M1 find equation of radius and attempt to solve
3 with tangent
3
y = − x +1
4
12 A1
at x =
5
4 A1
y=−
5
OR Obtain 25 x 2 − 120 x + 144 = 0 oe M1 obtain any 3 term quadratic using their non zero
k and reach x = …
( 5 x − 12 )( 5x − 12 ) = 0
12 4 A1A1
x= → y=−
5 5

(iii) TP = ( 0 − 2.4 )2 + ( −4 + 0.8)2 =4 M1A1 M1 for using their T and ( 0 , −4 ) .


Signs must be correct.

© UCLES 2016
83
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 21

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

 5000   −2cos40 
10 (i) rj =  + t B1 x coordinate oe
 1000 p   2cos50  B1 y coordinate oe

(ii) 2.5tcos70 = 5000 − 2tcos40 M1 equate their x values (must be 3 terms)


5000
t= DM1 make t the subject allow one sign error
2.5cos70 + 2 cos40
= 2095 awrt or 2090 or 2100 A1
( 2.5cos 20 − 2cos50 ) × 2095 = 1000 p M1 equate their y values(must be 3 terms) and
insert their t or t .
p = 2.23 awrt A1

11 (i) Free choice : no. of ways


6
C4 × 5C2 = 15 × 10 B1
6
C4 × another nCr term only
= 150 B1 × 5C2 and answer or vice versa

(ii) Both Mr and Mrs Coldicott


5
C3 × 4C1 = 10 × 4 B1 5
C3 × another nCr term only
= 40 B1 × 4C1 and answer or vice versa

(iii) Mr C and not Mrs C 5C3 × 4C2 ( = 60 ) B1 An incorrect final answer does not affect the
awarding of the first two B1 marks.
Not Mr C and Mrs C 5C4 × 4C1 ( = 20 ) B1
Total = 80 B1 www

OR
Total = (i) – (ii) – neither M1
Neither = 5C4 × 4C2 = 30 A1
A1
Total = 150 – 40 – 30 = 80

© UCLES 2016
84
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/22


Paper 2 October/November 2016
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

® IGCSE is the registered trademark of Cambridge International Examinations.

This document consists of 6 printed pages.

85
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 22

Abbreviations
awrt answers which round to
cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied
www without wrong working

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

1 4x − 3 = x → x = 1 B1 www
4x − 3 = −x M1 use of − x or − ( 4 x − 3) but not both.
x = 0.6 A1

OR ( 4 x − 3 ) = x 2 B1
2

15x 2 − 24 x + 9 = 0
3 ( x − 1)( 5 x − 3) = 0 M1 solve correct 3 term quadratic
x = 1 and x = 0.6 A1 www

2 a( ) ( 3 + 1)
3 −1 + b M1 Common denominator or

=( 3 − 3)( 3 − 1)( 3 + 1) × ( )(
3 −1 )
3 +1

= 2 ( 3 − 3) oe
a+b=2 DM1 equate constant terms and 3 terms.
− a + b = −6 A1 both correct
DM1 solve two linear equations to obtain a = or
b=
b = −2 and a = 4 A1 both correct

3 2lgx = lgx 2 B1 soi anywhere


1 = lg10 B1 soi anywhere
 x + 10   2x2 
lgx 2 − lg   = lg   oe B1 soi division; logs may be removed
 2   x + 10 
2 x 2 − 10 x − 100 = 0 → 2 ( x + 5 )( x − 10 ) = 0 M1 obtain correct 3 term quadratic equation and
attempt to solve
x = 10 only A1 x = −5 must not remain.

© UCLES 2016
86
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 22

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

4 (i) t = 10 → N = 7000 + 2000e−0.5


= 8213 or 8210 B1 Do not accept non integer responses.

(ii) N = 7500 → 7500 = 7000 + 2000e−0.05t M1 insert and make e-0.05t subject
500
e−0.05t =
2000
ln 0.25
−0.05t = ln0.25 → t = M1 take logs and make t the subject
−0.05
= 27.7 (days) A1 awrt 27.7

dN
(iii) = −100e−0.05t M1 ke−0.05t where k is a constant
dt A1 k = − 100 or −0.05 ×2000
dN
t = 8→ = ±67 (.0) A1 awrt ±67 mark final answer
dt

dy
5 (i) = 3x 2 + 4 x − 7 B1
dx
dy insert x = −2 into their gradient and use
x = −2 → = 12 − 8 − 7 = −3 M1
dx ( −2, 16 ) and their gradient of tangent in
Equation of tangent : equation of line.
y − 16
= −3 → y = −3 x + 10 A1
x+2

(ii) Tangent cuts curve again


x3 + 2 x 2 − 7 x + 2 = −3x + 10 M1 equate curve and their linear answer from (i).
x3 + 2 x 2 − 4 x − 8 = 0 A1
( x + 2 )( x + 2 )( x − 2 ) = 0 M1 factorise: ( x ± 2 ) and a two or three term
quadratic is sufficient. Allow long division
x = 2, y=4 A1A1 withhold final A1 if (2, 4) not clearly identified
as their sole answer.

cosx sinx cosx sinx sin x cos x


6 (i) − = − M1 tanx = and cotx =
1 + tanx 1 + cotx 1 + sin x 1 + cos x cos x sin x
cos x sin x
M1 Attempt to multiply by cosx and sinx
cos x2
sin x2
= − A1
cos x +sin x cos x +sin x

=
( cos x − sin x )( cos x +sin x )
A1 AG
( cos x+sin x )
(ii) −sinx + cosx = 3sinx − 4cosx M1 equate and collect sinx and cosx oe
5cos x = 4sinx
5 A1
tanx =
4
x = 51.3° , −128.7° A1A1 FT from tan x = k

© UCLES 2016
87
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 22

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

7 (i) h = 9 − x2 B2/1/0 Must be clear that 9 − x 2 is the height of the


9 − x2 trapezium. 14 + 2x oe must be seen AG
A= (14 + x + x ) = 9 − x 2 ( 7 + x )
2

dA
( )
1 −0.5
(ii) = 9 − x2 + ( 7 + x ) 9 − x2 × −2 x M1 product rule on correct function
dx 2 A2/1/0 minus 1 each error , allow unsimplified.

dA
= 0 → 9 − x2 = 7 x + x2 M1 equate to 0 and simplify to a linear or quadratic
dx equation.
2x2 + 7 x − 9 = 0 A1 correct three term quadratic obtained
x =1 A1 Extra positive answer loses penultimate A1.
A =16 2 or 8 8 or 512 or 22.6 A1 ignore negative solution.

8 (i) f '( x ) =
(x 3
) (
+ 1 9 x 2 − 3 x3 − 1 3x 2 ) M1 quotient rule or product rule
(x )
2
3
+1 A1 all correct

12 x 2
= A1 www beware 9 x6 − 9 x6 gets A0
(x )
2
3
+1

2
2 x2 1  3x3 − 1  3x3 − 1
(ii) ∫ dx =   M1 c×
( ) 12  x3 + 1 1 x3 + 1
2
x3 + 1
1

1
A1 FT c =
their 12
1  23 2  DM1 top limit – bottom limit in their integral.
= −
12  9 2 
7
= A1 or 0.130 or 0.1296 or 0.12
54

3 y3 − 1
(iii) x=
y3 + 1
x +1 B1 make y 3 or x3 the subject
y3 =
3− x

x +1 B1 FT take cube root (as long as y 3 or x3 equals a


f −1 ( x ) = 3
3− x fraction with terms in x or y only) oe
B1 FT change x and y – can be done at any time
6
Domain : −1 - x - 2 B1 Allow upper limit of 2.86 . Do not isw
7

© UCLES 2016
88
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 22

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

9 (i) tangent touches circle


x 2 + ( kx − 4 ) − 2 ( kx − 4 ) = 8 eliminate y or x allow unsimplified
2
M1

k 2 x 2 + x 2 − 8kx − 2kx + 16 = 0 or better A1

Equal roots as tangent touches circle : DM1 use of discriminant on 3 term quadratic soi
b2 = 4ac
( −10k )
2
( )
= 4 k 2 + 1 × 16 A1

36k 2 = 64
4 A1
k = + only oe any inequality loses last A1
3

4
−b × 10 −b
(ii) x= →x= 3 M1 use x =
2a 25 2a
9
12 4
x= y=− A1A1
5 5
4
OR tangent y = x − 4 cuts radius M1 find equation of radius and attempt to solve
3 with tangent
3
y = − x +1
4
12 A1
at x =
5
4 A1
y=−
5
OR Obtain 25 x 2 − 120 x + 144 = 0 oe M1 obtain any 3 term quadratic using their non zero
k and reach x = …
( 5 x − 12 )( 5x − 12 ) = 0
12 4 A1A1
x= → y=−
5 5

(iii) TP = ( 0 − 2.4 )2 + ( −4 + 0.8)2 =4 M1A1 M1 for using their T and ( 0 , −4 ) .


Signs must be correct.

© UCLES 2016
89
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 22

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

 5000   −2cos40 
10 (i) rj =  + t B1 x coordinate oe
 1000 p   2cos50  B1 y coordinate oe

(ii) 2.5tcos70 = 5000 − 2tcos40 M1 equate their x values (must be 3 terms)


5000
t= DM1 make t the subject allow one sign error
2.5cos70 + 2 cos40
= 2095 awrt or 2090 or 2100 A1
( 2.5cos 20 − 2cos50 ) × 2095 = 1000 p M1 equate their y values(must be 3 terms) and
insert their t or t .
p = 2.23 awrt A1

11 (i) Free choice : no. of ways


6
C4 × 5C2 = 15 × 10 B1
6
C4 × another nCr term only
= 150 B1 × 5C2 and answer or vice versa

(ii) Both Mr and Mrs Coldicott


5
C3 × 4C1 = 10 × 4 B1 5
C3 × another nCr term only
= 40 B1 × 4C1 and answer or vice versa

(iii) Mr C and not Mrs C 5C3 × 4C2 ( = 60 ) B1 An incorrect final answer does not affect the
awarding of the first two B1 marks.
Not Mr C and Mrs C 5C4 × 4C1 ( = 20 ) B1
Total = 80 B1 www

OR
Total = (i) – (ii) – neither M1
Neither = 5C4 × 4C2 = 30 A1
A1
Total = 150 – 40 – 30 = 80

© UCLES 2016
90
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/23


Paper 2 October/November 2016
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

91
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 23

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied
www without wrong working

Question Answer Mark Part Marks

( 5 + 3 3) × ( 5− 3 )
1 M1 rationalise with ( 5− 3 )
( 5 + 3) ( 5− 3)
5 + 3 15 − 15 − 9
= A1 numerator (3 or 4 terms)
5−3
2 15 − 4
= = 15 − 2 A1 denominator and completion
2

2 lne3x = ln6ex
3x = ln6ex M1 one law of indices/logs
3x = ln6 + lnex M1 second law of indices/logs
3x = ln6 + x
1 A1 www oe in base 10
x= ln6 or ln 6 or 0.896
2

d  sin x  (1+ cos x ) cos x +sin x sin x


3 (i)  = M1 Quotient Rule (or Product Rule from
dx  1+ cos x  (1+ cos x )2 (sinx)(1 + cosx)-1)
A1 correct unsimplified
2 2
cos x +cos x +sin x
= B1 use of sin 2 x+cos2 x = 1 oe
(1+ cos x ) 2

1+ cos x
= A1 completion
(1+ cos x )2
2
2 1   sin x 
(ii) ∫  dx = 
0  1+ cos x  
1+ cos x  0
M1 correct integrand

awrt 1.56 A1

© UCLES 2016
92
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 23

Question Answer Mark Part Marks

4 (i) p ( 2 ) = 0 → 8 + 4a + 2b − 24 = 0 B1
→ ( 4a + 2b = 16 )
p (1) = −20 → 1 + a + b − 24 = −20 B1
→ ( a + b = 3)
M1 solve their linear equations for a or b
a = 5 and b = −2 A1

(ii) p ( x ) = x3 + 5 x 2 − 2 x − 24 M1 find quadratic factor


= ( x − 2 ) ( x 2 + 7 x + 12) A1 correct quadratic factor soi
= ( x − 2 )( x + 3)( x + 4 ) M1 factorise quadratic factor and write as product
of 3 linear factors
p ( x ) = 0 → x = 2, − 3, − 4. A1 if 0 scored, SC2 for roots only

( ) ( )
2 2
5 (i) AB 2 = 3 +1 + 3 −1 M1 use cosine rule

−2 ( 3 +1 )( )
3 − 1 cos60

= 3 + 1 + 2 3 +3 + 1 − 2 3 −2 A1 at least 7 terms
=6 A1 correct completion AG

sinA sin60
(ii) = M1 sine rule (or cosine rule)
3 −1 6

sin A =
( )
3 − 1 sin 60
=
6− 2
oe or 0.259 A1 correct explicit expression for sinA AG
6 4
or 0.2588…

(iii) Area =
1
2
( 3 +1 )( )
3 − 1 sin60 M1 correct substitution into
1
2
ab sin C

3
= A1
2

dy
6 (i) = sec 2 x B1
dx
π dy π
x= → = sec 2 = 2 B1 evaluated
4 dx 4
y =8 B1
y −8
Equation of tangent =2 B1
π
x−
4
(4 – 2y = π – 16, y = 2x + 6.429…,
π
= 0.7853… )
4

© UCLES 2016
93
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 23

Question Answer Mark Part Marks

(ii) sec2 x = tanx + 7


tan 2 x − tan x − 6 = 0 oe M1 use sec2 x = 1 + tan 2 x to obtain a 3 term
(tanx – 3)(tanx + 2) = 0 quadratic in tanx
tan x = 3 or tan x =−2 M1
x = 1.25, 2.03 A1A1 solve three term quadratic for tanx
extras in range lose final A1

7 (i) r 2 + h 2 = ( 0.5h + 2 ) oe
2
M1
2 2 2
r = 0.25h + 2h + 4 − h
r 2 = 2h + 4 − 0.75h2 A1 correct expansion and r2 subject
and completion www AG

(ii)
1
3
π
3
(
V = πr 2 h = 2h 2 + 4h − 0.75h 3 ) B1 any correct form in terms of h only
dV π
(
= 4h + 4 − 2.25h 2
dh 3
) M1 differentiate V
A1 correct differentiation
dv
= 0 → 2.25h 2 − 4h − 4 = 0 M1 equate to 0 and solve 3 term quadratic
dh
h = 2.49 only A1 cao

d 2V π dV
(iii) = ( 4 − 4.5h ) when h = 2.49 M1 differentiate their 3 term and substitute
dh 2 3 dh
their h
(–7.545…) < 0 so maximum A1 draw correct conclusion www

6
8 (i) cosTOA = → M1 any method
10
TOA = 0.927 A1

(ii) area of major sector =


1 2 1 2
6 ( 2π − 2 × their 0.927 ) (= 79.7) M2 or M1for 6 (2 × their 0.927)
2 2
1 2
DM1 for π×62 – 6 (2 × their 0.927)
1 2
area of half kite = ( 6 ) 102 − 62 (=24) M1
2
area of kite ×2 (=48) DM1 any method

complete correct plan DM1 their major sector + their kite


awrt 128 A1

(iii) arc length =


6 × (2π − 2 × their 0.927) + 2 × 102 − 62 ) M1 complete correct method
awrt 42.6 A1

© UCLES 2016
94
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 23

Question Answer Mark Part Marks

9 (i) p=4 B1

(ii) 1
tanα = ± or ±3 or 18.4° or 71.6° seen M1 could use cos or sin
3
108 A1

 1   their p 
(iii) rA =   + t   B1
5  −3 

 q   3
(iv) rB =   + t  B1
 −15   −1

(v) 5 − 3t = −15 − t M1 rA = rB and equate y/j and solve for t


→ t = 10 A1

 41 
(vi)   only B1
 −25 

(vii) q = 11 only B1

10 (i) (
fg ( x ) = ln 2e x + 3 + 2 ) B1 isw

(ii) ff ( x ) = ln ( lnx + 2 ) + 2 B1 isw

(iii) x = 2e y + 3 M1 change x and y and make e y the subject


x−3
ey =
2
 x −3
g -1 ( x ) = ln   oe A1
 2 

(iv) e2 or 7.39 B1

gf ( x ) = 2e(
ln x + 2 )
(v) + 3 = 20 B1 gf correct and equation set up correctly

2e ln x e 2 + 3 = 20 M1 one law of indices/logs


2
2 xe = 17 M1 second law of indices/logs
17
x = 2 or 1.15 A1
2e
www if 0 scored, SC2 for 17.3…

© UCLES 2016
95
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge IGCSE – October/November 2016 0606 23

Question Answer Mark Part Marks

 2 q  2 q   4 + pq 2q + 3q 
11 (i) A2 =   =  B2,1,0 –1 each error
 p 3  p 3   2 p + 3 p pq + 9 

A 2 − 5A = 2I → 4 + pq − 10 = 2 M1 equate top left or bottom right elements


or 9 + pq − 15 = 2
→ pq = 8 8 8
A1 accept p = , q =
q p

(ii) det A = 6 − pq B1

6 − pq = −3 p and solve M1 their det A = – 3p and use their pq = k oe to


solve for p or q
2
→ p= A1
3
q = 12 A1 FT from their pq = k

© UCLES 2016
96
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/12


Paper 12 March 2017
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

97
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2017
PUBLISHED

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied
www without wrong working

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

1 (a) (i) 0 B1

(ii) 10 B1

(b) B1 either X ∩ Y = Y or X ∩ Z = Z
X
B1 Y ∩Z =∅
Y Z
B1 completely correct Venn diagram.

© UCLES 2017 Page 2 of 7


98
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

2 (i)

B1 2 complete cycles

B1 having a maximum at y = 4 and a


minimum at y = −2
B1 completely correct curve

(ii) ( 90 , − 2 )
o
B1

3  x  x
2
a 5 + 5a 4   + 10a 3  
4 4
a5 = 32 , so a = 2 B1
1
b = 5 × × ( their a ) ,
4
M1 correct attempt to obtain b
4
leading to b = 20 A1
1
c = 10 × × ( their a )
3
M1
16
leading to c = 5 A1

1  4 3 1
4 (a) (i)   B1 for
10  −2 1  determinant
B1 for matrix

1  4 3  −1 −5 
(ii) M=    M1 pre-multiplication by the matrix from part
10  −2 1  4 2 (i)

1  4 −7 
M=   oe A2,1,0 –1 each element error
53 6

(b) −3a + 2 = 4 ( 6a − 4 ) M1 correct use of a determinant


2
a= A1
3

© UCLES 2017 Page 3 of 7


99
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

1
5 (i) LHS = − sin θ
sin θ
1 − sin 2 θ
= M1 dealing with cosecθ and attempt at
sin θ dealing with fractions
cos2 θ
= M1 correct use of identity
sin θ
= cot θ cos θ A1 completely correct proof

1
(ii) cot θ cosθ = cosθ
3
3cot θ cos θ − cos θ = 0
cosθ ( 3cot θ − 1) = 0 M1 use of part (i), manipulation and
factorisation
1
cos θ = 0 cot θ = , so tan θ = 3 M1 dealing with cot θ and attempt to solve
3
π 3π
θ= , , θ = 1.25, 4.39 A1,A1 A1 for each pair of solutions (allow 1.57
2 2
and 4.71)

6 (a) (i) 40 320 B1

(ii) 720 B1

(iii) 5040 B1

(b) (i) 35 B1

(ii) 1 B1

(iii) Twins in team of 4 5C = 10 B1


2
Twins in team of 3 =5 B1
Total = 15 www B1

© UCLES 2017 Page 4 of 7


100
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

102  8 
7 (a)   M1 attempt to obtain magnitude of
17  −15 
 8
  and use it
 −15 
 48 
  A1
 −90 

 2 p − 2q + 4   p 2 
(b)  =  M1 dealing with the scalar and with addition
 10 p + 2q + 3   27 

2 p − 2q + 4 = p 2 M1 equating like vectors and simplifying


10 p + 2q + 3 = 27 A1 both equations correct

leading to p 2 − 12 p + 20 = 0 M1 elimination of q and subsequent solution


of quadratic
p = 2, q = 2 A1
p = 10, q = −38 A1

8 (i) dy
= −2cos 2 x ( +c ) M1 integration to obtain the form a cos 2 x
dx A1 correct, condone omission of c
5 = −2 cos π + c M1 attempt to find c
dy
= 3 − 2cos 2 x A1 May be implied by a correct c
dx

(ii) y = 3x − sin 2 x ( +c ) M1 integration to obtain the form a sin 2 x


A1 correct, condone omission of c
1 π 1
− = − +c M1 attempt to find c
2 4 2
π
y = 3x − sin 2 x − oe A1
4

π dy
(iii) When x = , = 3− 3
12 dx

Normal equation:
1 1  π
y+ = x−  M1 attempt to obtain perpendicular gradient
2 3 −3 12  and normal equation
dy
A1FT FT on their from (i). Allow
dx
unsimplified

y = −0.789 x − 0.294 cao A1

© UCLES 2017 Page 5 of 7


101
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

1
9 (i) × 102 × θ = 20π M1 use of sector area to obtain θ
2

θ= A1
5

(ii) Arc length AB = 4π B1FT FT their θ

BC 2 = 10 2 + 10 2 − ( 2 × 10 × 10 × cos 2θ )
BC 10
or = M1 valid attempt to obtain BC
4π π
sin sin
5 10
BC = 19.02 A1
Perimeter = 50.6 A1

(iii) Area =
Either
1 π
 × 19.02 sin 
2
M1 area of triangle ACB
2 5
 1 2π  
+  20π −  × 102 sin   M1 area of relevant segment
 2 5 

= 121.6 allow awrt 122 A1

Or
1 4π 
20π + 2  × 10 × 10sin  M1,M1 M1 for area of triangle AOB or AOC
2 5  M1 for a complete method
= 121.6 allow awrt 122 A1

© UCLES 2017 Page 6 of 7


102
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Part Marks

3
10 ( 2 x − 5) 2 = 3 3 M1 attempt to find x-coordinate of B
x=4 A1 x-coordinate of B
At A x = 2.5 B1 x-coordinate of A
Either
3
1 3
∫2.5 ( 2 x − 5) 2 dx
4
Area = × ×3 3 − M1 plan and attempt to find the area of the
2 2 triangle. Allow unsimplified
4
9 3 1 2.5 
= −  ( 2 x − 5)  M1 attempt at integration, must be in the form
4 5  2.5
( 2 x − 5 )2.5
A1 correct integration
9 3  1 2.5 
= −  ( 3) − 0  DM1 attempt to use limits correctly
4 5 
9 3
= A1
20

Or
line AB: y = 2 3x − 5 3 M1 equation of AB and attempt to integrate

3
2 3 x − 5 3 − ( 2 x − 5 ) 2 dx
4
Area = ∫ M1 attempt at integration, must contain the
form ( 2 x − 5 )
2.5 2.5

4
 5

 ( 2 x − 5) 2 
= 3x − 5 3x −
2
A1 correct integration
 5 
  2.5
9 3 9 3
= − DM1 attempt to use correct limits correctly
4 5
9 3
= A1
20

11 (i) ln y = ln A + bx B1 may be implied by later work


M1 use of either point correctly in above
equation or equivalent
0.7 = ln A + b
3.7 = ln A + 2.5b A1 one correct equation

leading to b = 2 A1
−1.3
and ln A = −1.3 , so A = 0.273 or e M1,A1 M1 for dealing with ln correctly to
obtain A.

(ii) ln y = −1.3 + 2 x
ln y = 2.7 M1 valid attempt to find y. Must include
correct substitution and dealing with ln
correctly.
y = 14.9 A1

© UCLES 2017 Page 7 of 7


103
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/22


Paper 22 March 2017
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

104
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2017
PUBLISHED

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied
www without wrong working

Question Answer Marks Guidance

5
1 − isw B1 or exact equivalent
3

Solve 5 – 3x = −10 or ( 5 − 3 x ) = 100


2
M1

x=5 A1

2 (i) $12 000 B1

8000
(ii) = e −0.2t oe M1
12000

[t = ] 2(.0273...) years A1

© UCLES 2017 Page 2 of 8


105
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

3 (i) multiply out correctly B1 or divide out correctly

(ii) Finding another factor B1 (x – 1) or (x + 2) or (x – 2); method must be


seen

Either
(x – 1)2(x2 – 4)
Or
(x – 1)(x + 2)(x2 − 3x + 2)
Or
(x – 1)(x − 2)(x2 + x − 2) B1 For stating a relevant quadratic factor for
their linear factors

Attempts to factorise quadratic M1

(x – 1)2(x + 2)(x – 2) oe A1 mark final answer

Alternative method:
B1 for finding a second linear factor using
any valid method and
B1 for finding a third linear factor using any
valid method and
B1 for finding the final linear factor using
any valid method and
B1 for fully correct product stated; mark final
answer

If fully correct product stated but no method


shown then
B1 only.

4 Alternative calculus method:


Eliminates y Equates gradients
3x + k = 2 x 2 − 3x + 4 M1 4x – 3 = 3

Collects terms Finds point of tangency


2 x 2 − 6 x + 4 − k = 0 soi A1 (1.5, 4)

Applies b2 – 4ac Substitutes into y = 3x + k


( −6 )2 − 4(2)(4 − k ) or better M1 4 = 3(1.5) + k

1
k< − oe A1
2

© UCLES 2017 Page 3 of 8


106
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

5 20 = 4 × 5 = 2 5 seen B1 may be later in working; must be convinced


that calculator has not been used

(3 + 5 ) x + 12 x (their 2 5 ) = 13 + 5 5 oe
leading to ( 3 + their 2 5 ) x = 13 + 5 5 M1 equates their area to given area and factorises
to collect x terms; may still have 20

13 + 5 5 3 − their 2 5
[ x =] × M1 divides and attempts to rationalise; may still
3 + their 2 5 3 − their 2 5
have 20

or forms a pair of simultaneous equations e.g.


3 p + 10q = 13 2 p + 3q = 5

39 − 26 5 + 15 5 − 50
[ x =] M1 numerator must have at least 3 terms;
9 − 20 denominator may be −11

or solves their simultaneous equations to find


one unknown

1 + 5 www A1 or p = 1, q = 1

5
5
6 (a) (i) −2 x 2 oe or a = −2 and b = oe B2 mark final answer
2
5
B1 for −2 and B1 for
2

2
their
 −6250  5
(ii) [ x =]   oe M1 may be in steps
 their ( −2) 

25 A1

(b) (i) Valid explanation B1 e.g. If x > 0.75 then all the arguments are
positive as required. oe

(ii) 1 = log a a M1 may be seen in e.g. log a (ax) = 1 + log x

2log a (4 x − 3) = log a (4 x − 3)2 soi M1

completion to given result A1

© UCLES 2017 Page 4 of 8


107
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

(iii) x 2 (16 x − 24 ) = 0 oe or x(16 x − 24) = 0 oe M1 e.g. equates, anti-logs, rearranges and


factorises or divides OR rearranges,
combines using correct log law, anti-logs and
factorises or divides

24 3
[ x =] or oe A1 inclusion of x = 0 is A0
16 2

7 (a) [r 2 =] 52 + 102 − 2 × 5 × 10 × cos120 oe M1 or for [r 2 =] 52 + 102 − 2 × 5 × 10 × cos60°


or for [r 2 =] 52 + 102 − 2 × 5 × 10 × cos 240°

[r = ] 13.2 or 13.22875.... rot to 4 or more sf A1 not from wrong working

sin x sin120 sin y sin120


= or better M1 or = or better
5 their13.2 10 their13.2

[x =] awrt 19.1 A1 or [y =] awrt 40.9

360 − 120 − their x A1FT or 180 + their y

(b) 94 [km/h] west B2 B1 for 94 [km/h]

1 1
8 (i) y − (−4) = ( x − 6) B1 or y = x + c and c = −5
6 6

7−4 3
[mAB =] or − oe M1
3−8 5

3 3 3 44
y −7 =− ( x − 3) or y − 4 = − ( x − 8) A1 or y = − x + c and c =
5 5 5 5

1   3 44 
their  x − 5  = their  − x +  M1 valid method of solution for their equations;
6   5 5  must be of equivalent difficulty

x = 18 A1

y = −2 isw A1

© UCLES 2017 Page 5 of 8


108
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

3
(ii) [ m =] − M1
2

3 3
y − their (−2) = − ( x − their18) isw A1FT FT their D; y = − x + c and c = their 25
2 2

9 (a) ke2x + 1 (+ c) M1 for some non-zero integer k where k ≠ 2

1
k= A1
2

d(ln x) 1
(b) (i) = soi B1
dx x

( their1) ln x − x  their
1

 dy   x
 dx = M1 correct form of quotient rule or equivalent
  ( ln x ) 2
product rule applied; brackets may be
omitted or misplaced for M1

correct, isw A1 may be unsimplified; allow recovery of


brackets

ln x − 1 1 x 1
(ii) ∫ (ln x) 2
dx + ∫x 2
dx =
ln x ∫
+ 2 dx
x
M1 rearranges and uses their answer to (i)

1 1
∫x 2
dx = − ( +c ) B1
x

x  1 1
+  their −  (+ c) A1FT correct or correct FT completion; their −
ln x  x x
1
must not be
x2

© UCLES 2017 Page 6 of 8


109
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

4
10 (i) tan(2 x − 10) = B1
3

4
2 x − 10 = tan −1   soi M1
3

31.6 and 121.6 isw A1 or for 31.6 and 211.6 isw

211.6 and 301.6 isw A1 or for 121.6 and 301.6 isw

Penalty of 1 mark if all 4 angles given


correctly but prematurely approximated OR
if any extra angles are given besides the
correct 4

If A0 A0 then allow SC1 for 53.1(30...),


233.1(30...), 413.1(30...), 593.1(30...) seen
OR for 63.1(30…), 243.1(30…),
423.1(30…), 603.1(30…) seen

(ii) 1 − cos2 x − cos 2 x = cos x M1 uses sin 2 x = 1 − cos 2 x

2cos 2 x + cos x − 1 = 0 oe A1

( 2cos x − 1)( cos x + 1)[= 0] M1 factorises or solves their 3-term quadratic in


cos x

[ x =] 60, 300,180 A2 A1 for any two correct

1
11 (i) g. − B1
2

(ii) g(1) = 0 B1
valid comment e.g. domain of f is x ⩾ 2 B1 B1 for either

2
 x2 − 2   2
2

  −1  x −  −1
or 
 x  x
(iii) M1
2 2

2 2
 x2 − 2  x4 − 4 x2 + 4  2 4
  = soi B1 or  x −  = x 2 − 4 + 2
 x  x2  x x

1 2 5 2
x − + 2 A1 or correct 3 term equivalent
2 2 x or a = 0.5, b = −2.5, c = 2

© UCLES 2017 Page 7 of 8


110
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

(iv) x⩾2 B1

(v) x 2 − yx − 2 = 0 B1 or y 2 − xy − 2 = 0

−( − y ) ± (− y ) 2 − 4(1)(−2) −(− x) ± (− x) 2 − 4(1)( −2)


[ x =] M1 or [ y = ]
2 2

Explains why negative square root should be B1 at some point


discarded

x + x2 + 8 x + x2 + 8
f −1 ( x) = A1 allow y =
2 2
If zero scored, allow SC2 for showing
correctly that the inverse of the given f −1
is f.

20 − 3x
12 (i) [length of rectangle = ] B1
2

20 − 3x 1
[A =] x × their − × x × x × sin 60 oe M1
2 2

Correct completion to given answer


6+ 3 2
A = 10 x −   x A1
 4 

6+ 3
(ii) 10 − 2   x oe B1
 4 

 6+ 3 
their 10 − 2   x  = 0 oe M1
 4
   

x = 2.6 A1 allow 2.586635... rot to 3 or more sf

A = 13 A1 allow 12.9331.... rot to 3 or more sf

© UCLES 2017 Page 8 of 8


111
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/11


Paper 1 May/June 2017
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

112
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2017 Page 2 of 8


113
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1(i) kx − 5 = x 2 + 4 x M1 equating line and curve equation and


collecting terms to form an equation of
x2 + ( 4 − k ) x + 5 = 0
the form ax2 + bx + c = 0
x terms must be gathered together, maybe
implied by later work

For a tangent ( 4 − k ) = 20 DM1 correct use of discriminant


2

k =4+2 5 A1 Accept k = 4 + 20

Alternative

Gradient of line = k M1
dy
Gradient of curve = = 2x + 4
dx
Equating: k = 2 x + 4

k −4 DM1
substitution of k = 2 x + 4 or x = in
2
kx − 5 = x 2 + 4 and simplify to a quadratic
equation in k or x

k =4+2 5 A1 Accept k = 4 + 20

1(ii) 1 4−2 5 M1 use of negative reciprocal and attempt to


Normal gradient = − ×
4+2 5 4−2 5 rationalise using a form of a − b 5 or
a − 20 or their equivalent from (i)

4−2 5 A1 4−2 5 5
=– oe – oe leading to 1 −
−4 −4 2
5
= 1−
2

2 p ( 3) = 27 + 9a + 3b − 48 M1 attempt to find p ( 3)

3a + b = 9 oe A1

p′ ( x ) = 3 x 2 + 2ax + b M1 attempt to differentiate and find p′ (1)


p′ (1) = 3 + 2a + b must have 2 terms correct

2a + b = −3 oe A1

a = 12, b = −27 A1 for both

3(a) x3 y 7 B2 B1 for each term

© UCLES 2017 Page 3 of 8


114
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

3(b)(i) 3 1 M1
for ( t − 2 ) 2 = ( t − 2 ) 2 ( t − 2 ) soi

1 A1
(t − 2) 2 ( 4 + 5(t − 2))
1 A1
( t − 2 ) 2 ( 5t − 6 )
3(b)(ii) 6 B1 1
2 and FT on their ( t − 2 ) 2 ( 5t − 6 ) , must have 2
5

4(a)(i) f > 5 , f ( x) > 5 B1

4(a)(ii) y −5 x−5 B1
= e −4 x or = e −4 y
3 3

 y −5  x −5 B1
−4 x = ln   or −4 y = ln  
 3   3 

1  x −5 B1
leading to f −1 ( x ) = − ln  
4  3 
1  3 
or f −1 ( x ) = ln  
4  x−5
1
or f −1 ( x ) = ( ln 3 − ln ( x − 5 ) )
4
1
or f −1 ( x ) = − ( ln ( x − 5 ) − ln 3)
4

Domain x > 5 B1

4(b) (
ln x 2 + 5 = 2) B1

x 2 + 5 = e2 B1

x = 1.55 or better or e2 − 5 B1

uuuur uuur 1 uuur uuur


5(a)(i)
OM = OC + OA − OC oe
2
( ) M1 may be implied by correct answer.

1 A1
(a + c)
2

© UCLES 2017 Page 4 of 8


115
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

5(a)(ii) 5 uuuur 5 M1 dealing with ratio correctly to relate b or


uuur uuuur
b = OM oe , (their (i))
2 2 OB to OM
uuuur 2 uuuur
or OM = b − OM
3
( )
5 A1
= (a + c)
4

5(b)(i) −10i + 24 j = 26 M1 magnitude of −10i + 24 j and use with 39


39
p = ( −10i + 24 j )
26

p = −15i + 36 j A1

5(b)(ii) If parallel to the y-axis, i component is zero M1 realising i component is zero

so 2p + q = 12 j DM1 use of 12

q = 30i − 60 j A1

5(b)(iii) M1 attempt at magnitude of their q


q = 30 12 + ( −2 ) or
2
900 × 5

q = 30 5 A1 Answer Given: must have full and correct


working

6(i) 1 M1 use of sector area


× 12 2 × θ = 150
2

θ = 2.083 , so θ = 2.08 to 2dp A1

6(ii) 1 M1 correct method for area of triangle


Area of triangle AOB = × 12 2 sin 2.08
2

1 A1 allow unsimplified, using


Area of segment = 150 − × 12 2 × sin 2.08
2 150
θ = 2.08, 2.083 or
72

AB M1 correct trigonometric statement using


150
sin1.04 = 2 θ = 2.08, 2.083 or with attempt to
12 72
obtain AB

AB = awrt 20.7 A1

Shaded area = their AB ×8 − their segment area M1 execution of a correct ‘plan’(rectangle –


segment)

awrt 78.4 or 78.5 A1

© UCLES 2017 Page 5 of 8


116
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

6(iii) Arc AB = 25 or 24.96 B1

Perimeter = 25 + their AB + 16 M1 correct ‘plan’ ( arc + their AB + 2 × 8 )

awrt 61.7 A1

7 differentiation to obtain answer in the form M1


2 2

(
p 3x 2 + 8 ) 3
(
or qx 3 x 2 + 8 ) 3

2 B1
6 x 3x + 8( 2
) 3

2 A1 all correct
dy 5
= × 6 x 3x 2 + 8
dx 3
( ) 3

dy DM1 2
When
dx
= 0 only solution is x = 0 (
qx 3 x 2 + 8 ) 3 = 0 and attempt to solve

x = 0 and 3x 2 + 8 = 0 has no solutions A1

Stationary point at ( 0,32 ) A1

correct gradient method with substitution of x M1


values either side of zero or equivalent valid
method

correct conclusion from correct work using a A1


dy
correct
dx

8(i) y
B5 B1 for shape of modulus function
B1 for y intercept = 5 (for modulus graph
10

only)
5

B1 for x intercept = 2.5 at the V of a


modulus graph
B1 for shape of quadratic function for
x

−1 1 2 3 4 5 6

–1 ⩽ x ⩽ 6
−5
B1 for intercepts at x = 0 and x = 5 for a
quadratic graph

8(ii) 2 x − 5 = ±4 B1 one correct answer

9 M1 solution of two different correct linear


x= equations or solution of an equation
2
obtained from squaring both sides or use
of symmetry from first solution.

1 A1 second correct solution


x=
2

© UCLES 2017 Page 6 of 8


117
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

8(iii) 1
2
1 B1 verification using both x values or for
16   − 80   + 36 = 4 forming and solving 16 x 2 − 80 x + 36 = 0
2 2
2
9 9
and 16   − 80   + 36 = 4
2 2

8(iv) using their values from (ii) in an equality of the M1


form a - x - b or a < x < b

1 9 A1
- x- cao
2 2

9(i)   x  B1 use of correct identity


5 + 4  sec 2   − 1 leading to given answer
 3 

9(ii) x B1
3tan   ( +c )
3

9(iii) attempt to integrate using (i) and/or (ii) M1

π x A1 all correct


Area = ∫ π
2
4sec 2   + 1 dx
3


π DM1 correct method for evaluation using limits
x 
12 tan  3  + x  π in correct order
   
2

 π   π π A1
= 12 tan + π  − 12 tan + 
 3   6 2

π A1
=8 3+
2

10(a) differentiation of a quotient or equivalent M1


product

correct differentiation of e3 x B1

dy 3e
=
3x
( 4 x + 1) − 8xe
2 3x A1 everything else correct including brackets
where needed, allow unsimplified
( 4 x + 1)
2
dx 2

dy 3e3 x 8 xe3 x
or = 2 −
( )
2
dx 4 x + 1 4 x 2 + 1

© UCLES 2017 Page 7 of 8


118
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

10(b)(i) one term differentiated correctly M1

dy  π  π A1 all correct
= −4sin  x +  + 2 3 cos  x + 
dx  3  3

π dy A1
When x = , = −5
2 dx

10(b)(ii) dy dx dy M1 correct use of rates of change


× =
dx d t d t
dx
−5 × = 10 oe
dt

dy A1 FT answer to (i)
= −2
dt

© UCLES 2017 Page 8 of 8


119
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/12


Paper 1 May/June 2017
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

120
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2017 Page 2 of 11


121
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

1 B3 B1 for each

( A ∪ B) ∩ C ( A ∩ B) ∪ C

( A′ ∩ B′) ∩ C
2 attempt at differentiating a quotient, must have M1
minus sign and ( x + 1) in the denominator
2

1 B1
( )

for 5 x 2 + 4 2

1 DB1
1
( )

for (10 x ) 5 x 2 + 4 2
2
1 1 A1 all else correct
( x + 1) (10 x ) ( 5 x 2 + 4 ) ( )
1 −
2 − 5x2 + 4 2
dy 2
=
dx ( x + 1)2
dy 11 A1 must be exact
When x = 3, =
dx 112

Alternative

1 M1 attempt to differentiate a product


(
y = 5x2 + 4 ) 2
( x + 1)−1
1 B1
( )

for 5 x 2 + 4 2

1 DB1
1
( )

for (10 x ) 5 x 2 + 4 2
2

A1 all else correct


( x + 1)−1 + ( 5 x 2 + 4 ) 2 ( − ( x + 1)−2 )
1 1
dy 1
( )

= 10 x 5 x 2 + 4 2
dx 2

dy 11 A1 A1 must be exact
When x = 3, =
dx 112

© UCLES 2017 Page 3 of 11


122
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

3(a) 1 M1 attempt to find the magnitude of ( i − 2 j)


v =3 5× ( i − 2 j)
5 and use

= 3i − 6 j A1 for 3i − 6 j only

3(b) w = 2cos30o i + 2sin 30o j M1 attempt to use trigonometry correctly to


obtain components

= 3i + j A1

4  x  x
2 B1
3n − n3n −1   + n ( n − 1) 3n − 2  
6 6
3n = 81 , so n = 4

1 M1  x  x
4 × 33 × − = a for − n3n −1   , nC1 3n −1  −  or
6 6  6
 n  n −1  x 
  3  −  , with/without their n
1  6

a = −18 A1 using their n and equating to a to obtain


a = −18

4×3 2 1 M1 2
 x n
2
n−2  x 
×3 × = b for n ( n − 1) 3
n−2
2 36   , C2 3   or
6 6
2
 n  n−2  x 
  3   , with/without their n
 2 6

3 A1 using their n and equating to b to obtain


b=
2 3
b=
2

5(i) v = −12sin 3t B1

5(ii) 12 B1 FT on their (i) of the form k sin 3t , must


be k

5(iii) a = −36cos 3t B1 allow unsimplified

π B1
3t = , 1.57 or better
2

π B1
t= or 0.524
6

5(iv) 4 cao B1 may be obtained from knowledge of


cosine curve

© UCLES 2017 Page 4 of 11


123
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

6(i) 1 1 M1 cosθ sin θ


× for cot θ = , tan θ = ,
sin θ cos θ + sin θ sin θ cos θ
sin θ cos θ 1
cosecθ =
sin θ

dealing with the fractions correctly M1

1 sin θ cos θ M1 use of identity


×
sin θ cos 2 θ + sin 2 θ

= cos θ A1 correct simplification, with all correct

Alternative 1

cosecθ M1 dealing with fractions


1
tan θ
(
1 + tan 2 θ )
tan θ cosecθ M1 use of appropriate identity
=
sec 2 θ

sin θ 1 M1 1 sin θ
= × × cos 2 θ for cot θ = , tan θ = ,
cos θ sin θ tan θ cosθ
1 1
secθ = , cosecθ =
cosθ sin θ

= cos θ A1 correct simplification, with all correct

Alternative 2

cosecθ M1 dealing with fractions


1
cot θ
(
cot 2 θ + 1 )
cot θ cosecθ M1 use of appropriate identity
=
cosec 2θ

cot θ M1 cosθ sin θ


= for cot θ = , tan θ = ,
cosecθ sin θ cos θ
1
cos θ cosecθ =
= × sin θ sin θ
sin θ

= cos θ A1 correct simplification, with all correct

© UCLES 2017 Page 5 of 11


124
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

6(ii) a 1 
a B1
∫0
cos 2θ dθ =  sin 2θ 
2 0

1 3 M1 3
use of [ k sin 2θ ]0 =
a
sin 2a = to obtain
2 4 4
3
k sin 2a =
4

π DM1 attempt to solve equation of the form


2a =
3 3 3
k sin 2a = , with −1 - - 1 , must
4 4k
have a correct order of operations dealing
with the double angle

π A1
a= , 0.167π or better
6

7(i) lg y = lg A + bx B1 straight line form, may be implied by


correct values of both A and b later

Gradient = b, M1 equating gradient to b

b=3 A1

Use of substitution into one of the following M1


2.2 = lg A + 0.5b
3.7 = lg A + b
158.489 = A × 100.5b
5011.872 = A × 10b

or equivalent valid method


leads to lg A = 0.7

A = 5, 5.01 or 100.7 A1

Alternative 1

lg y = lg A + bx B1 straight line form, may be implied by


correct work later

2.2 = lg A + 0.5b M1 one correct equation

3.7 = lg A + b A1 both equations correct

attempt to solve 2 correct equations M1

leading to b = 3 and A = 5, 5.01 or 100.7 A1

© UCLES 2017 Page 6 of 11


125
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

7(i) Alternative 2

(
y = A 10bx ) M1 one correct equation

158.489 = A × 100.5b

5011.872 = A × 10b A1 both correct

5011.872 M1 attempt to solve 2 correct equations


= 100.5b
158.489

leading to b = 3 A1 correct b

Use of substitution leads to A = 5, 5.01 or 100.7 A1 correct A

7(ii) Substitute A and b correctly into either M1 correct statement using their A and b
( )
y = A 100.6b , lg y = lg A + 0.6b or correctly in either equation or using
lg y = 3x + 0.7
lg y = lg A + 0.6lg10b
or using lg y = 1.8 + 0.7

y = 316 , 315 or 102.5 A1

7(iii) Substitute A and b correctly into either M1 correct statement using their A and b
( )
600 = A 10bx , lg 600 = lg A + bx or correctly in either equation or using
lg y = 3x + 0.7
lg 600 = lg A + x lg10b
or using lg 600 = 3x + 0.7

x = 0.693 A1

8(a)(i) 2520 B1

8(a)(ii) 360 B1

8(a)(iii) 1080 B1

8(a)(iv) 6 or 8 to start with B1


No of ways = 2 × 5 × 4 × 3 × 2
= 240

9 to start with B1
No of ways = 1 × 5 × 4 × 3 × 3
= 180

Total number of ways = 420 DB1 Dependent on both previous B marks

© UCLES 2017 Page 7 of 11


126
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

8(a)(iv) Alternative 1

All numbers > 6000 − all odd numbers > 6000 B1 plan and attempt to use, must be using
1080

1080 − 180 − 480 B1 for 180 and 480

Total number of ways = 420 DB1 Dependent on both previous B marks

Alternative 2

Even numbers > 60000 : Odd numbers > 60000 B1 correct ratio
7 : 11

7 B1
Total number of ways = × 1080
18

= 420 DB1 Dependent on both previous B marks

8(b)(i) 480700 B1

8(b)(ii) 26460 B1

8(b)(iii) With brother and sister 23


C5 = 33649 B1 for C5 or
23 23
C5 × k Ck

Without brother and sister 23


C7 = 245157 B1 for C7 or
23 23
C7 × k Ck

Total number of ways = 278806 B1 for 23C + 23C and evaluation


5 7

9(a)(i) 3× 2 B1

9(a)(ii) correct attempt to multiply the 2 matrices M1

 6 −6  A2 –1 for each incorrect element


 
C =  5 2
19 −8 
 

9(b)(i) 1  −7 12  B2 B1 for correct use of determinant


X −1 =   B1 for correct matrix
13  −4 5 

9(b)(ii)  x  1  −7 12  26  B1
 =   
 y  13  −4 5  52 

attempt to evaluate using inverse from (i) together M1


with pre-multiplication to obtain a 2 × 1 matrix

x = 34, y = 12 A2 A1 for each

10(i) 0.5 B1 for 0.5 from correct work only

© UCLES 2017 Page 8 of 11


127
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

10(ii) 152 = 82 + 82 − ( 2 × 8 × 8 × cos AOB ) M1 use of cosine rule (or equivalent) to obtain
angle AOB.
AOB = 2.43075 rads

DOC = AOB − 2 ( their AOD ) M1 use of angle AOD and symmetry

DOC = 1.43 to 2 dp A1 Answer Given: need to have seen either


2.431 or better, or 1.431 or better in
previous calculations

Alternative 1

 1 + DOC  M1 use of basic trigonometry


15 = 2 × 8 × sin  
 2 

1 + 0.5DOC M1 may be implied


use of
2

DOC = 1.43 to 2 dp A1 Answer Given: need to have seen either


2.431 or better, or 1.431 or better or 1.215
or better in previous calculations

Alternative 2

152 = 82 + 82 − ( 2 × 8 × 8 × cos AOB ) M1 use of cosine rule (or equivalent) to obtain


angle AOB.
AOB = 2.43075 rads
∠AOB × 8 = arc AB

arcAB − 8 M1 attempt at DOC, must be a complete


= ∠DOC method with AOB found
8

DOC = 1.43 to 2 dp A1 Answer Given: need to have seen either


2.431 or better, or 1.431 or better or 1.215
or better in previous calculations

Alternative 3

Equating 2 different forms for the area of triangle M1 using both different forms of the area of
AOB triangle AOB
15 31 1 2
= × 8 sin AOB , AOB = 2.43075 rads
4 2

DOC = AOB − 2 ( their AOD ) M1 use of angle AOD and symmetry

DOC = 1.43 to 2 dp A1 Answer Given: need to have seen either


2.431 or better, or 1.431 or better in
previous calculations

© UCLES 2017 Page 9 of 11


128
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

10(iii) DC M1 use of cosine rule or basic trigomoetry to


 1.43  2 or obtain DC
sin  =
 2  8
DC 2 = 82 + 82 − ( 2 × 8 × 8 × cos1.43)

DC = 10.49 A1 awrt 10.5, may be implied

Perimeter = 10.49 + 4 + 4 + 15 A1 awrt 33.5


= 33.5

10(iv) 1 2 1 B1 area of one appropriate sector; allow


× 8 ( 2.43 − sin 2.43) − × 82 (1.431 − sin1.431) unsimplified; may be implied by a correct
2 2
segment

area of one appropriate triangle, allow unsimplified B1

an appropriate segment, allow unsimplified B1

= 42.8 (allow awrt 42.8) B1 final answer

Alternative 1

Area of a trapezium + 2 small segments B1 one appropriate small sector, allow


unsimpified (could be doubled)

1 2 B1 an appropriate triangle, allow unsimplfied


Each small segment = × 8 ( 0.5 − sin 0.5) (could be doubled)
2

1 B1 attempt at trapezium, must have a correct


Area of trapezium = (15 + 10.5) × ( 6.041 − 2.784) attempt at finding the distance between
2
the parallel sides – allow unsimplified

Total area = 42.8 (allow awrt 42.8) B1 final answer

Alternative 2

Area of 2 small sectors + area of triangle ODC – the B1 area of small sector, allow unsimplified,
area of triangle OAB (could be doubled)
1 1
Area of a small sector = × 82 ×
2 2

1 2 B1 area of triangle ODC, allow unsimplified


Area of triangle ODC = × 8 × sin1.43
2

1 2 B1 area of triangle OAB, allow unsimplified


Area of triangle OAB = × 8 × sin 2.43
2

Total area = 42.8 (allow awrt 42.8) B1 final answer

© UCLES 2017 Page 10 of 11


129
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

10(iv) Alternative 3
B1 area of a small segment, allow
Area of rectangle + 2 small triangles + 2 small unsimplified, could be doubled
segments
1
Each small segment = × 82 ( 0.5 − sin 0.5 )
2

1 (15 − 10.49 ) B1 area of a small triangle, allow


× ( 6.041 − 2.784 ) unsimplified, could be doubled
2 2

Area of rectangle = 10.49 × ( 6.041 − 2.784 ) B1 allow unsimplified, could be doubled

Total area = 42.8 (allow awrt 42.8) B1 final answer

Alternative 4
B1 area of one appropriate sector; allow
Sector AOB – sector AOD – sector COB – triangle unsimplified; may be implied by a correct
DOC segment

1 2  1 2  1 2  B1 area of one appropriate triangle, allow


 × 8 × 2.43  − 2  × 8 × 0.5  −  × 8 sin1.43  unsimplified
 2   2   2 
Area = sector AOB – segment DC – triangle AOB

1 2  1 2  B1 an appropriate segment, allow


 × 8 × 2.43  − (their segment) −  × 8 sin 2.43  unsimplified
2  2 

Total area = 42.8 (allow awrt 42.8) B1 final answer

11(i) me2 x −1 where m is numeric constant M1

1 A1 condone omission of +c
f ( x ) = e2 x −1 ( +c )
2

7 1 DM1 correct attempt to find arbitrary constant


= +c
2 2

1 A1 must be an equation
f ( x ) = e2 x −1 + 3
2

11(ii) ke2 x−1 where k is a numeric constant M1

f '' ( x ) = 2e 2 x −1 A1

4 DM1 attempt to equate to 4 and use logarithms


2 x − 1 = ln  
k

1 A1
x= + ln 2
2

© UCLES 2017 Page 11 of 11


130
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/13


Paper 1 May/June 2017
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

131
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2017 Page 2 of 8


132
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

1(a) 1

1(b) 1

2(i) 4 1

2(ii) 2π 1
40o or or 0.698 rad
9

3(i) 3 B1 for a complete cycle starting and ending at –2


6 y

B1 for max at y = 1 and min at y = –5


4

x
B1 for a completely correct graph
90 180 270 360

−2

−4

−6

3(ii) 5 1 FT their min value for y

( )( )
4(i) 1 M1 use of correct formula and attempt to expand out
Area = 3+ 2 5 4+ 6 5 the brackets
2

=
1
2
(
12 + 26 5 + 60 )
= 36 + 13 5 A1

4(ii) 3+ 2 5 B1
2+3 5

3+ 2 5 2−3 5 M1
= ×
2+3 5 2−3 5

6 − 5 5 − 30 A1 for answer
=
4 − 45
24 + 5 5
=
41

© UCLES 2017 Page 3 of 8


133
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

5 When x = 4, y = 5 B1 for y

dy 1 1 B1 1
= × 4 ( 4x + 9) 2 for 2 ( 4 x + 9 )
− −
2 , allow unsimplified
dx 2

dy 2 M1 obtaining numerical gradient for normal


When x = 4, = ,
dx 5
5
so perp grad = −
2

Equation of normal M1 for equation of normal


5
y − 5 = − ( x − 4)
2

( 2 y = 30 − 5 x )
A ( 6, 0 ) , B ( 0, 15) A2 A1 for each

 15  B1 FT on their x/y intercepts


Midpoint  3, 
 2

6(a)(i) dealing with multiplication and M1 implied by 2 correct elements


addition

 −12 7  A1
A + 3C =  
 11 7 

6(a)(ii) correct attempt to multiply M1 implied by 2 correct elements

 17 9  A1
 
BA =  14 18 
 −3 −1
 

6(b)(i) 1  −2 3  B2 1
X −1 =   B1 for ,
10  −4 1  10
 −2 3 
B1 for  
 −4 1 

6(b)(ii)  a b  1  −2 3  5 −10  M1 pre-multiplication using matrix from (b)(i)


 =   
 c d  10  −4 1 15 20 

 3.5 8  A2 –1 for each incorrect element


= 
 −0.5 6 

© UCLES 2017 Page 4 of 8


134
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

7(a) sin 2 θ M1 for obtaining all in terms of sin θ and cos θ


+ sin 2 θ
LHS = cos θ
2

1
cos θ +
cos θ

sin 2 θ + sin 2 θ cos 2 θ M1 for simplification using addition of fractions

= cos 2 θ
cos 2 θ + 1
cos θ

=
( )
sin 2 θ 1 + cos 2 θ M1 for factorisation and subsequent cancelling of
common term
cos θ ( cos θ + 1)
2

sin 2 θ
=
cosθ

tan θ sin θ = RHS A1 correct final simplification

Alternative M1 use of correct identities

sec2 θ − 1 − cos 2 θ + 1
cosθ + secθ

( secθ − cosθ )( secθ + cosθ ) M1 attempt to factorise and simplify


=
( secθ − cosθ )
= secθ − cos θ

1 − cos 2 θ M1 simplification to obtain terms in sin θ and cos θ


= only
cosθ

sin 2 θ A1 for final simplification


=
cosθ
= tan θ sin θ

7(b) x 3 M1 for obtaining sin φ and cos φ in terms of x and y and


sin φ = , cos φ =
3 y attempt to use correct identity

Using sin 2 φ + cos 2 φ = 1 leads to M1 attempt at simplification


x2 9
+ = 1 and hence
9 y2
x 2 y 2 + 81 = 9 y 2

81 A1

© UCLES 2017 Page 5 of 8


135
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

Alternative method using M1 attempt to substitute in for x and y


substitution
 9   9 
9× 2  
− × 9sin 2 φ 
 cos φ   cos φ
2

 81   81sin 2 φ  M1 simplification of fractions


= −
2   
 cos φ   cos φ 
2

=
(
81 1 − sin 2 φ ) or A1 use of correct identity to obtain 81

cos 2 φ
(
81 sec 2 φ − tan 2 φ )
leading to 81

8(i)  1 2 a M1  1
p −  = − + − 2 + b for attempt at p  − 
 2 8 4  2

leading to a + 4b = 9 oe A1

p (1) = 2 + a + 4 + b B1
leading to a + b = −18 oe

solution of simultaneous equations M1

a = −27, b = 9 A1 for both

8(ii) attempt at factorisation using either M1


long division or observation

( 2 x + 1) ( x 2 − 14 x + 9 ) A1

8(iii) attempt to solve q(x) = 0 M1

1 A1 for all 3 solutions


x = 7 ± 2 10, −
2

9(i) 3e5 x + e−5 x  = 6


k B2 B1 for each term integrated correctly
  −k

( 3e 5k
) ( )
+ e −5 k − 3e −5 k + e5 k = 6 M1 for use of limits with ae5 x + be−5 x

2e5k − 2e−5k = 6 A1 correct unsimplified

e5k − e−5k = 3 A1 correct simplification to obtain given answer

© UCLES 2017 Page 6 of 8


136
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

9(ii) y2 − 3y −1 = 0 M1 for correct attempt to obtain a quadratic equation in


terms of y or e5 x

3± 9+ 4 DM1 for attempt to solve quadratic equation and solve


y= , y = e5k = 3.303 for k
2
only

k = 0.239 A1 A0 if more than one solution is given

10(i) for attempt to differentiate a M1


product

5 B2 1
B1 for
5x + 1 5x + 1

dy 5 A1 all else correct


= (10 x + 2 ) × + 10ln ( 5 x + 1)
dx 5x + 1

10(ii) 5 B1 simplification to obtain 10, allow if seen in (i)


(10 x + 2 ) × = 10
5x + 1

10 ln ( 5 x + 1) dx
∫ M1 use of result from part (i)

= (10 x + 2 ) ln ( 5 x + 1) − 10 x

A1
∫ ln ( 5x + 1) dx
( 5 x + 1) ln
= ( 5 x + 1) − x
5

10(iii) 1 M1 use of limits in result from (ii)


( x + 0.2 ) ln ( 5 x + 1) − x  05

1 2 −1 + ln 4 A1
= − + ln 2 = cao
5 5 5

11(i) attempt to differentiate M1

dy 3
1 A1
= 6 − x2
dx 2

dy M1 equating to zero and attempt to solve


When =0
dx

x = 16, y = 32 A1 both correct

© UCLES 2017 Page 7 of 8


137
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

11(ii) d2 y 3 −
1 B1 correct differentiation
2
=− x 2
dx 4

This is negative so a maximum DB1 correct conclusion


point

11(iii) dy B1
When x = 4, =3
dx

dy M1 use of small increases


∂y ≈ ×h
dx

≈ 3h A1 FT their (iii)

12(i) attempt to differentiate M1

6cos 2t + 6 A1

12(ii) cos 2t = −1 M1 attempt to equate (i) to zero and solve

π A1
t=
2

12(iii) attempt to integrate M1

3 A2 –1 for each error


x = − cos 2t + 3t 2 + 2t ( +c )
2

3 M1 attempt to find c
When t = 0, x = 0 , so c =
2

3 3 A1
x= − cos 2t + 3t 2 + 2t
2 2

© UCLES 2017 Page 8 of 8


138
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/21


Paper 2 May/June 2017
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

139
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2017 Page 2 of 7


140
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1 Integrates M1 must be clear attempt to


integrate at least one term

[ y =] x 4 + x ( +c ) A1 Both terms correct

17 = 24 + 2 + c DM1 Substitution of x = 2, y = 17 to
find c

y = x 4 + x − 1 cao A1 must have y =

2(a) 2 6 × 3 3 = 6 18 oe M1 method must be shown –


simplifies and combines product

18 2 A1 If all over common denominator


then consider the product for
M1A1

9 2 oe soi leading to final answer of 27 2 B1

2(b) 6+ 3 M1 Expanding and making x subject


[ x =] – condone slips but must be of
2− 3 equivalent difficulty

6+ 3 2+ 3 M1 numerator at least 3 terms;


[ x =] × oe and multiplies out numerator 12 + 2 3 + 6 3 + 3
2− 3 2+ 3
and denominator

15 + 8 3 A1

3(i) 2x B2 1
final answer B1 for × ( ax + b ) , a or b
x +12
x +1
2

must be non-zero

3(ii)  2(3)  M1 dy
δ y = their   × h or better Substitutes = 3 into their
 (3) + 1 
2
dx
and multiplies by h

6 A1
h oe
10

4(a)(i) 36 B1

4(a)(ii) 7 B1

4(b) [ y =] 5sin 4 x + 7 B4 B1 for each of 5, 4 and 7


and B1 for sine
Accept a = 5, b = 4, c = 7 for B3

© UCLES 2017 Page 3 of 7


141
0606/21
0 Cambridge
C IGCSE – Mark
M Scheme May/June
M 201
17
P
PUBLISHEDD

Qu
uestion Answer
A Ma
arks Guidance

5(i) 166 + 32ax + 244a 2 x 2 + 8a 3 x 3 + a 4 x 4 B2 B1 fo


for at most 2 terms incorrect
or mi
missing or for correct but
unsimmplified form m
SC1 for
16 + 32ax + 24axx 2 + 8ax3 + axx 4
or alll terms correect listed

5(ii) 224a 2 = 8a 3 annd solves to given answeer B1 or veerifies that a = 3 leads to


coefff of 216 for both
b terms
mustt be from corrrect terms inn (i)

5(iii) x = −0.01 or ax
a = −0.03 so
oi M1

166 + 32(3)(−00.01) +24(9)((−0.01)2 leadding to A1 Mustt show clear substitution


166 − 0.96 + 0..0216 or 15.0
06…isw into ttheir expansiion for
A1 aand reach a value
v which
roundds to 15.1

6(i)  90 110 30  B1 colummns and/or rows


r may be
  intercchanged but must be
0 445 0 
( M = )  consiistent
25 0 15 
 
 10 0 100 

6(ii)  90 10 30  B1 Answ wer must be of correct orrder


  and mmust be conssistent with a
 0 45 0 
(L
LM = )(1 1 1 1)
 25 0 15 
= (125 55 145 ) correect M
 
 10 0 100 

6(iii) TThe total num


mbers of each
h type of tickket sold by alll 4 B1
ccinemas oe

6(iv) 5 B1 Calcuulation not required


( N = )  4 
 3
 

The total incoome of all (4) cinemas orr other valid B1 Totaal cost/value of tickets etcc.
coomment e.g. total income from all ticcket sales

7(a) B2 B1 fo
for each
X P Q

7(b)(i)
7 n ( M ∩ D ) = 0 or M ∩ D = ∅ B1 No aadditional braackets e.g.
M ∩ D = {∅} is B0

© UCLES 2017 Page 4 of 7


142
0606/21
0 Cambridge
C IGCSE – Mark
M Scheme May/June
M 201
17
P
PUBLISHEDD

Qu
uestion Answer
A Ma
arks Guidance

7(b)(ii)
7 B3 B1 co
correct interseection of circcles
A 17 with 12 and 25 coorrect

M 2 B1 3 3, 2, 11 corrrectly placed
D
12 25
5
B1FT T 17; must be b on the Veenn
33 11 diagrram and iden ntified as thee
requiired answer
FT oon 100− (sum m of their 5
correectly position
ned values)

8(a)  30 P2 =  870 B1

8(b)(i)
8 2
C1 × 14C10 oee (2 × 1001) M1  14   14 
Conddone   fo or  
 4  10 

20002 A1 impliies M1

8(b)(ii)
8 ( 2
C1 × 5C4 × 9C6 ) + ( 2C1 × 5C5 × 9C5 ) oe (840 + 25
52) M3 M3 ffor fully corrrect method soi
s
M2 ffor all necesssary productss
but nnot summed with
w no extraa
C1 × 14C100 −
2
produucts seen soii
orr
( 2
C1 × 5C1 × 9C9 + 2C1 × 5C2 × 9C8 + 2C1 × 5C3 × 9C7 ) M1 ffor one correect three term
produuct soi
m

{22002 – (10 + 80 + 720)}

10092 A1 impliies M3

9(i) o y = 2(1 − x )
Suubstitution of M1 Mustt be attempt at full
substtitution. Conndone one siggn
errorr in substitutiion. Condonee
omisssion of = 0 oro incorrect rhs
r

(
−3x 2 + 2 x + 1 = 0 oe 3x 2 − 2 x − 1 = 0 ) A1 Term
ms collected

Soolving their quadratic fou und from elim minating onee M1 can bbe implied by
y a correct pair
vaariable ( 3x + 1)(1 − x ) or ( 3 x + 1)( x − 1) of x vvalues

 1 8 A2 A1 ffor each
a (1, 0 ) oee isw nfww
 − ,  oe and or A11 for a correct pair of x-
 3 3
coorddinates or a correct
c pair of
o
y-cooordinates

© UCLES 2017 Page 5 of 7


143
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

9(ii) 1 B1
[ m =] cao
2

1 4 B1 FT
 , 
3 3

4 1 1 1
y − their
3
= their  x − their 
2 3 M1 or y = their 2 x + c and
substitutes their midpoint and
reaches c = …

6 y − 3x = 7 A1 allow any equivalent form with


integer coeffs/constant

10(i) M1 allow lnP values to 1 dp rounded


t 1 1.5 2 2.5 or truncated (1.5, 2.1, 2.8, 3.4)
lnP 1.48 2.12 2.76 3.4(0)

single ruled line drawn within tolerance at least for t A1 All points within 1 square of line
between 1 and 2.5 / must not pass through origin

10(ii) etheir 3 M1

18 to 22.2 A1

10(iii) (0, c) with 0.1 ⩽ c ⩽ 0.3 (0.2) B1 allow y = c condone c =…

m in the range 1.25 ⩽ m ⩽ 1.34 (1.28) B1

10(iv) ln P = ( their1.28 ) t + their 0.2 M1 or ln P = ( ln b ) t + ln a

P = e( their1.28) t + their 0.2 M1 or ln b = m = their1.28 and


ln a = c = their 0.2

P = etheir 0.2 e( their1.28) t A1 or 1.10 ⩽ a ⩽1.35


3.49 ⩽ b ⩽ 3.82

10(v) 1000* etheir 0.2 × etheir1.28t M1 A correct relationship e.g.


1.3t * ln (1000 ) − 0.2 where * is
or 1000 * their a × their bt = or an inequality sign

5.3 A1 5.2 to 5.5 must be to 1dp

© UCLES 2017 Page 6 of 7


144
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

11(i) cos x sin x cos 2 x + sin 2 x B2 cos x


+ = oe B1for either cot x = or
sin x cos x sin x cos x sin x
sin x
tan x = used
cos x
B1for correctly placing over a
common denominator or for
splitting into 3 correct terms
not just for stating or working
from both sides

Valid use of Pythagorean identity B1


e.g. cos 2 x + sin 2 x = 1

Simplification to secx (correct solution only) B1 not if working from both sides

11(ii) 1 M1
cos x = soi
2

60, 300 A1 Correct pair

1 M1
cos x = − soi
2

120, 240 A1 Correct pair

12(i)  d ( 3t − cos 5t + 1)  B2 B1 for either with no other terms


v = =  3 + 5sin 5t or for both with 1 extra
 dt 

their ( 3 + 5sin 5t ) = 0 M1 Must be from an attempt to


differentiate

awrt 0.76 A1 0.7570187525

awrt 1.13 A1 1.12793684

substitutes their t values into s (4.07…, 3.58…) DM1 must be two values

0.48 to 0.49 [m] A1 Final A1 may imply earlier A1s

12(ii) 25cos 5t M1 Differentiating their v correctly


providing at least 2 terms with
one trig function

−25 A1 Ignore +25 following −25

© UCLES 2017 Page 7 of 7


145
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/22


Paper 2 May/June 2017
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

146
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2017 Page 2 of 14


147
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

1 5x + 3 = 3x – 1 oe or 5x + 3 = 1 – 3x oe M1

x  =  –2 and x  =  –0.25 only A2 nfww


mark final answer
A1 for x = –2 ignoring extras implies M1
if no extras seen

If M0 then SC1 for any correct value with


at most one extra value

Alternative method

( 5 x + 3) = (1 − 3x ) oe soi
2 2 M1

16 x 2 + 36 x + 8 = 0 oe A1

x = –0.25, x = –2 only; mark final answer A1

2 Without using a calculator…


Sufficient evidence must be seen to be convinced
that a calculator has not been used. Withhold the
mark for any step that is unsupported.

deals with the negative index soi B1  3− 5 


2

e.g.  
 1+ 5 

3 − 5 1− 5 M1 1+ 5 3 + 5
rationalises × oe allow for ×
1+ 5 1− 5 3− 5 3+ 5

3− 4 5 +5 A1 3+ 4 5 +5
multiplies out correctly oe allow for
1− 5 9−5

squares correct binomial


( ) = (4 + 4 )
A1 2
allow for 2 + 5 5 +5
( ) ( )
2
−2 + 5 = 4 − 4 5 + 5 oe

9 − 4 5 cao A1 dep on all previous marks awarded

© UCLES 2017 Page 3 of 14


148
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

2 Alternative method 1:

dealing with the negative index soi B1

correctly squaring with at least 3 terms in the B1


numerator and denominator
3− 5 3− 5 9−6 5 +5
× = oe
1+ 5 1+ 5 1+ 2 5 + 5

 14 − 6 5 6 − 2 5  M1
rationalising their  ×  oe
 6+2 5 6−2 5 

multiplying out correctly; at least 3 terms in the A1


numerator but condone a single value for the
84 − 64 5 + 60
denominator oe
36 − 20

9 − 4 5 cao A1

Alternative method 2

dealing with the negative index soi B1

( )(
9 − 6 5 + 5 = a + b 5 1+ 2 5 + 5 ) M1

14 = 6a + 10b A1
oe
−6 = 2a + 6b

a = 9 cao A1

b = –4 cao A1

Alternative method 3

for dealing with the negative index soi B1

( )( )
[ 3 − 5 = c + d 5 1 + 5 leading to] M1

c + 5d = 3
c + d = −1

c = –2 and d = 1 A1

( −2 + 5 )
2 A1
=4−4 5 +5

9 − 4 5 cao A1

© UCLES 2017 Page 4 of 14


149
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

3 Correctly finding a correct linear factor or root B1 from a valid method, e.g. factor theorem
used or long division or synthetic
division:
( ) ( )
f ( 2 ) = 10 23 − 21 22 + 4 = 0
10 x 2 − x − 2
or x − 2 10 x 3 − 21x 2 +4
3 2
10 x − 20 x
− x2
− x2 + 2 x
− 2x + 4
−2 x + 4
0

or
2 10 −21 0 4
↓ 20 −2 −4
10 −1 −2 0

correct linear factor stated or implied by, e.g. B1 ( x − 2 ) or ( 2 x − 1) or ( 5 x + 2 )


(
( x − 2 ) 10 x 2 − x − 2 )  1  2
do not allow  x −  or  x + 
 2  5

Correct quadratic factor B2 found using any valid method;


( ) ( ) (
10 x 2 − x − 2 or 5 x 2 − 8 x − 4 or 2 x 2 − 5 x + 2 ) B1 for any 2 terms correct

( x − 2 )( 2 x − 1)( 5 x + 2 ) mark final answer B1 must be written as a correct product of all


3 linear factors; only award the final B1 if
all previous marks have been awarded

If quadratic factor is not found but correct


remaining linear factors are found using
e.g. the factor theorem or long division or
synthetic division etc. with correct,
sufficient, complete working to justify
that no calculator has been used allow:

B1 for correctly finding a correct linear


factor or root

B1 for a correct linear factor stated or


implied

SC3 for the full, complete and correct


working to find the remaining two linear
factors and arrive at the correct product of
3 linear factors

© UCLES 2017 Page 5 of 14


150
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

4 dy B1
= 6 x − 7 soi
dx

1 B1 finds or uses correct gradient of normal


mnormal = − soi
5

 1 M1 uses m1m2 = −1 with numerical gradients


mtangent = 5 soi or ( 6 x − 7 )  −  = −1 oe
 5

6 x − 7 = 5 oe ⇒ x = 2 A1

y = 9 A1

k = 47 A1

Alternative method

1 B1
mnormal = −
5

mtangent = 5 M1

3 x 2 − 12 x + 11 − c = 0 oe A1

solving 3 x 2 − 12 x + 12 = 0 oe to find x = 2 A1

y = 9 A1

k = 47 A1

5(i)  −5  M1 clearly applies correct form of product


( their 2 x ) (0.2 − ln 5 x) + 0.4 x
4 5
 their  oe or
 5x  rule
  5 
their 0.4 x 4 −  ( their 2 x 4 ) ln 5 x + 0.4 x 5  their   oe
  5x  

−2 x 4 ln 5 x isw A1 nfww

5(ii) 3ln 5x or ln 5 x + ln 5 x + ln 5 x B1

© UCLES 2017 Page 6 of 14


151
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

5(iii) 3 M1 FT k = 2 from (i)


∫ ( −2x ln 5 x ) dx oe
4
3
−2 allow for
2 ∫(
2 x 4 ln 5 x dx )
or, when k = −2, for

∫ ( x ln 5x ) dx = −0.2 x (0.2 − ln 5x)


4 5

2
or −
∫ (3x ln 5x ) dx = 0.4 x (0.2 − ln 5x) oe
4 5

or, when FT k = 2, for

∫ ( x ln 5x ) dx = 0.2 x (0.2 − ln 5x)


4 5

2
∫ (3x ln 5x ) dx = 0.4 x (0.2 − ln 5x) oe
4 5
or
3

3 A1 nfww; implies M1

2
( 0.4 x5 (0.2 − ln 5x) ) [ +c] oe isw cao An answer of 0.6 x5 (0.2 − ln 5 x) following
k = 2 from (i) implies M1 A0

6 Uses b 2 − 4ac M1

( p − q) A1 implies M1
2
− 4( p)(−q)

p 2 + 2 pq + q 2 M1 correctly simplifies

( p + q)
2 A1
≥ 0 oe cao isw

Alternative method

−( p − q ) ± ( p + q ) 2 M2 or M1 for ( px + q)( x − 1) [ = 0]
( px − q)( x + 1) [ = 0] or
2p −( p − q ) ± ( p − q ) 2 − 4( p )(− q)
or
2p

q A1
x= , x = −1
p

q A1
for conclusion, e.g. p and q are real therefore is
p
real [and –1 is real]

7(a)(i) 7 B1

7(a)(ii) 1 1 B1 FT their 7 must not be 1 if following


or through
7 their 7

© UCLES 2017 Page 7 of 14


152
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

7(b) −
1

1 M1 Anti-logs
y = 81 4
or y = 3−1 or y = 9 2
oe

1 A1 nfww; implies the M1;


y =  only or 0.333[3….] only y = …. must be seen at least once
3
−1 1
If M0 then SC1 for e.g. 81 4 = as final
3
answer

7(c) 2
−1)
5
( x 2 −1) 2 B1 converts the terms given left hand side to
25( x 42 32 x × 32−1 powers of 2 or 4; may have cross-
2 oe or 2
oe or 2
(22 ) x 4x 4x multiplied
2 2
or log 32 x −1 − log 4 x = log16 oe
or separates the power in the numerator
correctly

or applies a correct log law

23 x
2
−5
= 16 oe ⇒ 3x 2 − 5 = 4 oe M1 combines powers and takes logs or
3 2 5 equates powers;
x − 3 5
or 4 2 2 = 16 oe ⇒ x 2 − = 2 oe
2 2 or brings down all powers for an equation
x2 already in logs
8
or = 16 oe ⇒ x 2 log8 = log 512 oe
32
condone omission of necessary brackets
or ( x 2 − 1) log 32 − x 2 log 4 = log16 oe
for M1; condone one slip

[ x =] ± 3 isw cao A1
or ± 1.732050... rot to 3 or more figs. isw

8(i) 8 B2 8
y −8 = − ( x − ( −8)) oe isw B1 for mAB = − oe
12 12
8 8−0
or y [−0] = − ( x − 4) oe isw or M1 for oe
12 −8 − 4
or 3 y = −2 x + 8 oe isw

8(ii) ( −8 − 4 )2 + ( 8 [−0])2 oe M1 any valid method

208 isw or 4 13 isw or 14.4222051… rot to 3 or A1 implies M1 provided nfww


more sf

© UCLES 2017 Page 8 of 14


153
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

8(iii) [coordinates of D =] (–2, 4) soi B1 If coordinates of D not stated then a


calculation for mCD or a relevant length
with the coordinates clearly embedded
must be shown to imply B1

Gradient methods: M1 or Length of sides methods:

 7 − their 4  3
 mCD = 0 − their ( −2) =  their   finds or states AC 2 = 65 or AC = 65
  2
or AC 2 = ( −8 − 0 ) + ( 8 − 7 )
2 2
oe
y

A
or AC = ( −8 − 0 )2 + (8 − 7 )2 oe
65 8
C
and CD 2 = their13 or CD = their 13
6
13
or CD 2 = ( 0 − their ( −2 ) ) + ( 7 − their 4 ) oe
2 2
2 13
D 4
or CD = ( 0 − their ( −2 ) )2 + ( 7 − their 4 )2 oe
2

B and AD 2 = their 52 or AD = their 2 13


or AD 2 = ( −8 − their ( −2 ) ) + ( 8 − their 4 )
2 2
-8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 x

-2
or AD = ( −8 − their ( −2 ) )2 + ( 8 − their 4 )2

or uses a valid method with their


coordinates of D to find the exact area of
the triangle and equates to
1
( AD)(CD)sin( ADC )
2

3  8  3 A1 applies Pythagoras to confirm, using


states ×  −  = −1 oe or is the negative integer values, that 65 = 13 + 52 or finds
2  12  2
2 e.g. AC = 65 using (2 13) 2 + ( 13)2
reciprocal of − oe
3
or finds the equation of the perpendicular bisector or

( )( 13 ) sin ADC = 13 or
3 1
of AB as y = x + 7 independently of C and solves 2 13
2 2
states that C lies on this line.
( )
2
65 = (2 13) 2 + ( 13) 2

− 2(2 13)( 13) cos ADC


to show ADC is a right angle

8(iv)  −4  B1 condone coordinates


  or −4i + j
1

© UCLES 2017 Page 9 of 14


154
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

8(v) Full valid method e.g. B2 B1 for incomplete method


JJG  4   0   4  JJG  4 
for showing that e.g. CB =   −   =   e.g. for stating that CB =  
 0   7   −7   −7 
or showing that e.g.
JJJG  0   −8   8  JJJG  8  JJG
AC =   −   =   oe or AC =   = EB
 7   8   −1  −1 
JJG  4   −4   8 
and EB =   −   =   oe or just showing that one pair of opposite
 0   −1   −1 sides is parallel or has the same length

or comparing gradients of both pairs of opposite or just showing that length DC = length
sides and showing they are pairwise the same DE or just showing that C, D and E are
collinear
or comparing the lengths of both pairs of
opposite sides and showing that they are
1
pairwise the same A(-8, 8) mAC = −
8 65
C(0, 7)
or showing that length AC = length AE or
that the length BC = length BE 7
65 mBC = −
D(-2, 4) 4
or comparing the gradients and lengths of a 7
mAE = − 65
pair of opposite sides 4
E(-4, 1)
or showing that D is the midpoint of CE 65 1 B (4, 0)
mEB = −
8
or showing that length DC = length DE and
that C, D and E are collinear

9(i) 2 ( x − 1.5) + 0.5 isw B3 or B3 for a = 2 and b = 1.5 and c = 0.5


2

provided not from wrong format isw

or B2 for 2 ( x − 1.5 ) + c where c ≠ 0.5


2

or a = 2 and b = 1.5

or SC2 for 2 ( x − 1.5 ) + 0.5 or


 1
2  ( x − 1.5 ) +  seen
2

 4

or B1 for ( x − 1.5 ) seen or for b = 1.5 or


2

for c = 0.5

or SC1 for 3 correct values seen in


incorrect format e.g. 2 ( x − 1.5 x ) + 0.5 or
2 ( x 2 − 1.5 ) + 0.5

© UCLES 2017 Page 10 of 14


155
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

9(ii) y
B3 B1 for correct graph for f over correct
domain or correct graph for f – 1 over
5
correct domain

B1 for vertex marked for f or f – 1 and


intercept marked for f or f – 1

B1 for idea of symmetry – either


1.5
symmetrical by eye, ignoring any scale or
line y = x drawn and labelled
0.5
x
Maximum of 2 marks if not fully correct
0 0.5 1.5 5

9(iii) x – 0.5 M1 FT their a,b,c, provided their a ≠1 and


= ( y − 1.5)
2

2 a,b,c are all non-zero constants


y – 0.5
= ( x − 1.5) and reverses
2
or
2
variables at some point

x – 0.5 A1 must have selected negative square root


f −1 ( x) = 1.5 − oe only; condone y = ... etc.; must be in terms
2
of x

6 − 8x – 4
If M0 then SC2 for f −1 ( x) =
4
oe

or SC1 for
−(−6) ± 36 – 4(2)(5 − x)
f −1 ( x ) = oe
2(2)

1 B1
x≥ oe
2

10(i) 3 M1 implied by 0.848[06…]


sin −1   soi
4

0.848[06…] rot to 3 or more figs or M1 implied by a correct answer of acceptable


2.29[35…] rot to 3 or more figs accuracy

0.544 486... rot to 3 or more figs isw A1

1.03 or 1.02630... rot to 4 or more figs isw A1 Maximum 3 marks if extra angles in
range; no penalty for extra values outside
π
range 0 ≤ x ≤
2

© UCLES 2017 Page 11 of 14


156
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

10(ii) Correctly uses tan 2 y = sec2 y − 1 and/or M1 for using correct relationship(s) to find an
sin y equation in terms of a single trigonometric
and sin 2 y = 1 − cos 2 y ratio
cos y

3sec 2 y − 14sec y − 5 = 0 DM1 for factorising or solving their 3-term


quadratic dependent on the first M1 being
⇒ ( 3sec y + 1)( sec y − 5 ) awarded
or
5cos 2 y + 14cos y − 3 = 0
⇒ (5cos y − 1)(cos y + 3)

1 A1
[ cos y = −3 ] cos y =
5

78.5 or 78.4630... rot to 2 or more decimal places A1


isw

281.5 or 281.536.... rot to 2 or more decimal places A1 Maximum 4 marks if extra angles in
isw range; no penalty for extra values outside
range 0 ≤ x ≤ 360

11(i) x 4 4 x3 5 x 2 B2 B1 for any 3 correct terms


+ − + 5 x [+c] isw
4 3 2

11(ii) x 3 + 4 x 2 − 5 x + 5 = 5 and rearrange to B1 y

x ( x 2 + 4 x − 5 ) = 0 oe soi

A(−5, 5) B C(1, 5)

E (−5, 0) O D(1, 0) x

Solves their x 2 + 4 x − 5 [= 0] soi M1

x = –5, x = 1 soi A1

OEAB = 25, OBCD = 5 A1

© UCLES 2017 Page 12 of 14


157
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

11(iii) Correct or correct FT substitution of 0, their −5 M1 dependent on at least B1 in (i)


0
 x 4 4 x3 5 x 2 
seen in  + − + 5x 
4 3 2  their −5

Correct or correct FT substitution of their 1, 0 seen M1 dependent on at least B1 in (i)


their1
x 4
4x 5x 3
 2
in  + − + 5x 
4 3 2 0

1175 49 M1 for the strategy needed to combine the


their − theirOEAB + theirOBCD − their oe areas; may be in steps;
12 12
97.916& − 25 + 5 − 4.083&

886 5 A1 all method steps must be seen; not from


oe or 73 oe or 73.83& rot to 3 or more sig wrong working
12 6
figs

If M0 then allow SC3 for


0 1
∫−5
( x3 + 4 x 2 − 5 x) dx − ∫ ( x3 + 4 x 2 − 5 x) dx oe
0
0 1
 x 4 4 x3 5 x 2   x 4 4 x3 5x 2 
= + −  − + − 
4 3 2  −5  4 3 2 0
  625 500 125    1 4 5  
= 0 −  − −  −  + − −0
  4 3 2    4 3 2  
443
= oe
6

or SC2 for
0 their1
∫their ( −5)
( x 3 + 4 x 2 − 5 x ) dx − ∫
0
( x 3 + 4 x 2 − 5 x) dx oe
0 their 1
 x 4 4 x3 5 x 2   x 4 4 x3 5 x 2 
= + −  − + − 
4 3 2  their ( −5)  4 3 2 0
= [ F (0) − F (their (−5)) ] − [ F (their1) − F (0) ]

12(i) B1 −3 × 2
−6 Allow −3(2 x + 1) −2 × 2 or oe
−6(2 x + 1) −2 or oe isw ( 2 x + 1)
2

( 2 x + 1)
2

Denominator or (2 x + 1) 2 is positive [and B1 −k


FT their g′( x) of the form oe
( 2 x + 1)
2
numerator negative therefore g′( x) is always
negative] oe where k > 0;
Allow (2 x + 1)−2 is always positive

12(ii) g   >  0 B1

12(iii) 3k B1
+ 3 oe isw
2x + 1

© UCLES 2017 Page 13 of 14


158
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

12(iv) 3k B1
+3=5
2(0) + 1

2 B1 implies the first B1


k= isw
3

12(v) 1 B1
x>−
2

© UCLES 2017 Page 14 of 14


159
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/23


Paper 2 May/June 2017
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

160
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2017 Page 2 of 7


161
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1(a)  2.5  M1 correct first anti-logging step


log7 2.5 = 2 x + 5 or log 7  5  = 2 x
7 
or (2 x + 5) log 7 = log 2.5

log 7 2.5 − 5 M1 isolates x


[ x =]
2
1  2.5 
or log 7  5  = x
2 7 
1  log 2.5 
or x =  − 5
2  log 7 

−2.26(4...) A1

1(b) 5 B3 B1 for each term


2 −3
5 p q4 oe If B0 then allow M1 for numerator of
3 1
125q 2 or denominator of 5 p 3 q 4

2(i) B and C with valid reason B2 B1 for one graph and valid reason or both
graphs and no reason

2(ii) B only with valid reason B2 B1 for graph B or valid reason

3 13 − 5 M1 or 13 = m + c and 5 = 0.2m + c and


[ m =] or 10 soi
1 − 0.2 subtracting/substituting to solve for m or
c, condone one error

Y − 13 = their 10( X − 1) M1 or using their m or their c to find their c


or their m, without further error
or Y − 5 = their 10( X − 0.2)

or 13 = their 10 + c or 5 = their 10 × 0.2 + c

1 M1 their m and c must be validly obtained


3 y = (their m) + (their c) or
x
1 
3 y = (their m)  − 1 + 13 or
x 
1 
3 y = (their m)  − 0.2  + 5
x 

 10 
3 A1
y =  + 3
 x 
3
 1  
or y =  10  − 1 + 13 
 x  
3
 1  
or y = 10  − 0.2  + 5  cao, isw
 x  

© UCLES 2017 Page 3 of 7


162
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

4(a)(i)  −4  B1
 
 3

4(a)(ii) 112 + (−15) 2 or better M1

1  11  A1
 
346  −15 

4(b) uuur uuur 3 uuur M1 uuur uuur 1 uuur


OR = OP + PQ soi or OR = OQ − PQ soi
4 4

uuur M1 uuur
OR =  p + 3 ( q − p ) 1
or OR =  q − ( q − p )
  4 4

uuur A1
OR =  1 p + 3 q oe
 4 4

5(a) ( 9 × 8 × 7 × 6 ×1) + (8 × 8 × 7 × 6 ×1 ) soi M2 M1 for one correct product of the sum

5712 A1

5(b) 9
C4 × 5C4 + 9C3 × 5C5 oe M2 M1 for one correct product of the sum

[630 + 84 = ] 714 A1

6 64 = 2n M1

n=6 A1

their 6 ( 2 ) M1
their (6 −1)
× ( − a ) = −16b oe

6 × (6 − 1) their (6− 2) M1
their ( 2) × (−a)2 = 100b oe
2

attempts to solve DM1 dep on both M1 marks being awarded;


must have correctly or correct FT
eliminated one unknown

a=5 A1

b = 60 A1

© UCLES 2017 Page 4 of 7


163
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

7(i) k (1 + 4 x ) M1
9

4 × 10 (1 + 4 x ) or better A1
9

(1 + 4 x)10 (their − sin x) + M1 clearly applies product rule

( (
cos x their 4 × 10 × (1 + 4 x )
9
))
(
(1 + 4 x)10 (− sin x) + cos x 4 × 10 × (1 + 4 x )
9
) A1 all correct

B1
( )
7(ii) d 4 x −5
e = 4e 4 x −5 soi
dx

d B1
( tan x ) = sec2 x soi
dx

clearly applies correct form of quotient rule M1 or correct form of product rule to
(
tan x ( their 4e 4 x −5 ) − e 4 x −5 their sec 2 x ) e4 x −5 (tan x) −1
( tan x ) 2
4e4 x −5 (tan x)−1 + e4 x −5 (tan x)−2 × sec2 x

(
tan x ( 4e 4 x −5 ) − e 4 x −5 sec 2 x ) isw A1 all correct

( tan x )2
8(i) π B1
3

6 [cm] B1

8(ii)  π M1
[major arc =]  2π − their  their r
 3

10π + 6 cao A1

8(iii) 1  π M1 1  π
(their 6) 2  2π − their  (their 6) 2  their 
2  3 2  3

1  π M1 1  π
(their 6) 2 sin  their  (their 6) 2 sin  their 
2  3 2  3

Sector + triangle M1 π × their 62 − (Sector − triangle)

30π + 9 3 A1

© UCLES 2017 Page 5 of 7


164
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

9(i) y M1 attempt to swop; may be in later work that


= x − 1 with attempt to swop x and y at contains an error
9
some point
x
or = y − 1
9
2 A1 condone y = ... etc; must be a function of x
 f −1 ( x) =    + 1 oe
x
 9

x>0 B1

9(ii) f(51) M1 or fg( x) = 9 x 2 + 1

9 50 oe A1

[gf ( x) =] ( 9 )
9(iii) 2 M1
x −1 +2

[gf ( x) =] 81( x − 1) + 2 or better A1

their ( 81x − 79 ) = 5 x 2 + 83 x − 95 → M1 provided their (81x − 79) of the form


ax + b for non-zero a and b
(
their 5 x 2 + 2 x − 16 [= 0] )
1.6 oe only A1 must disregard other solution

10(a) sin x = 0.5 , sin x = −0.5 M1

π π 5π 5π A2 A1 for any correct pair of angles


, − , , − oe
6 6 6 6
if M0 then SC1 for a correct pair of
angles

10(b) 1 M1
2 y + 15 = tan −1   soi
 3

18.43(49...) and 198.43(49...) M1

1.7, 91.7 A2 A1 for each

© UCLES 2017 Page 6 of 7


165
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

10(c) Uses cot 2 z = cosec2 z − 1 oe M1 for using correct identity or identities to


obtain an equation in terms of a single
trigonometric ratio

2cosec 2 z + 7 cosec z − 4 = 0 ⇒ DM1 for dealing with quadratic


( 2cosec z − 1)( cosec z + 4 )
1 M1
[ sin z = 2 ] sin z = −
4

194.5, 345.5 A2 A1 for each

11(i) 5 x + 20 M1 or better; equates and solves as far as


5 + 10 x = → 20 + 4 10 x = 5 x + 20 clearing the fraction
4

 x  4 10 M1 Simplifies as far as x =L
 = x = oe
 x  5

x = 6.4 cao A1 squares and simplifies to 6.4

[ y =] 13 B1

11(ii) (area of trapezium = ) their 57.6 B1 FT x = their 6.4, y = their 13


using any valid method

∫ (5 + )
6.4 M1
10 x dx
0

1 3 M1 1

∫ (10 x ) 2 dx = k (10 x ) 2
3
or or ∫ 10 x 2 dx = k 10 ( x ) 2

 3
 A1  1 3

5 x + 2 (10 x ) 2  
or 5 x +
2 (10 ) 2 ( x ) 2 
 3 × 10   3 
   

 3
 M1 limits used correctly or correct FT and

their 5(6.4) +
2 (10 × 6.4 ) 2
 − their 57.6 oe subtraction of trapezium;
 3 × 10  992
  their − their 57.6
15

128 A1 allow 8.5333333.... rot to 4 or more sf


or 8.53 oe
15

© UCLES 2017 Page 7 of 7


166
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/11


Paper 1 October/November 2017
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

167
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2017 Page 2 of 7


168
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1(i) A′ ∩ B B1

1(ii) A∩ B ∩C B1

1(iii) A∪ B B1

2(i)  1  a b 13 M1 1
p  = + − + 4 attempt at p  
2 8 4 2 2

p′ ( x ) = 3ax 2 + 2bx − 13 M1 1


attempt at p′  
 1  3a 2
p′   = + b − 13
2 4

leading to a + 2b = 20 and A1 at least one correct equation


3a + 4b − 52 = 0

solution of simultaneous equations DM1

a = 12, b = 4 A1 for both

2(ii) p ( −1) = −12 + 4 + 13 + 4 M1

9 A1 FT on their integer values of a and b

3(a) 1 1 B1 1
Tg 2 = 2πl 2 multiplication/dealing with power of
2
T 2 g = 4π 2l or squaring

 1 
2 B1 for either
2
T g  Tg 2 
l = 2 or  
4π  2π 
 

3(b) y2 − 4 y + 3 = 0 M1 reduction to quadratic equation and


leading to y = 1, y = 3 attempt to solve

1 1 DM1 1
x 3 = 1, x 3 = 3 attempt to solve x 3 = k (positive k)

x = 1, x = 27 A2 A1 for each

© UCLES 2017 Page 3 of 7


169
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

4(i) 1 B1
2

4(ii) lg y = mx 2 + c B2 –1 for each error


1
lg y = x 2 + 1
2

4(iii)  x2 
 +1
B1 dealing with lg on their (ii)
 2 
y = 10

 x2  B2 B1 for each, dependent on first B1


y = 10  10 2 
 
 

5(i) (0, 20) B1

5(ii) 31.7 B1

5(iii) 2e 2 x − 8e −2 x ( +c ) B2 B1 for each correct term

5(iv) 1 B1
Area of trapezium = ( 20 + 31.7 )
2
= 25.86 or 25.85

( ) M1 substitution of both limits, must have


1
 2e 2 x − 8e −2 x  = 2e 2 − 8e −2 − ( −6 )
 0 come from integration of the form
ae2 x + be−2 x .

19.7 A1

Required area = 6.15, 6.16, 6.17 A1

6(a)(i) f .3 B1 must be using a correct notation

6(a)(ii) ( 4 x − 1) M1 correct order


2
+3=4

solution of resulting quadratic equation DM1

1 A1 both required
x = 0, x =
2

© UCLES 2017 Page 4 of 7


170
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

6(b)(i) xy − 4 y = 2 x + 1 M1 ‘multiplying out’

x ( y − 2) = 4 y + 1 M1 collecting together like terms


4y +1
x=
y−2

4x + 1 A1 correct answer with correct notation


h −1 ( x ) =
x−2

Range h −1 ≠ 4 B1 must be using a correct notation

6(b)(ii)  2x + 1  M1 dealing with h2 correctly


h ( x) = h 
2

 x−4 
 2x + 1 
2  +1
 x−4 
=
 2x + 1 
 −4
 x−4 

dealing with fractions within fractions M1

5x − 2 A1
= oe
17 − 2 x

7(i) ln ( 2 x + 1) − ln ( 2 x − 1) B1

7(ii) attempt to differentiate M1

dy 2 2 A1 all correct
= − +4
dx 2 x + 1 2 x − 1

attempt to obtain in required form DM1

16 x 2 − 8 A1 A1 all correct
=
4x2 − 1

7(iii) dy M1 dy
When = 0 , 16 x 2 − 8 = 0 setting = 0 and attempt to solve
dx dx

1 A1
x= only
2

© UCLES 2017 Page 5 of 7


171
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

7(iv)
(2
) 2
(
d 2 y 32 x 4 x − 1 − 8 x 16 x − 8
=
) M1 attempt at second derivative and
conclusion or equivalent method
dx 2 ( )
2
4 x2 − 1

1 d2 y A1
When x = is + ve, so minimum
2 dx 2

8(a)(i) 8
C6 × 6C4 B1 either 8C or 6C
6 4

420 B1

8(a)(ii) 12
C8 + 12C10 B2 B1 for each

= 561 B1

Alternate scheme: B1 B1
(
1001 − 2 × 12C9 )
= 561 B1

8(b)(i) 136 080 B1

8(b)(ii) No of ways ending with 0 - 15 120 B1

No of ways ending with 5 - 13 440 B1

Total 28 560 B1

8(b)(iii) Starting with 6 or 8 - 13 440 B1

Starting with 7 or 9 - 16 800 B1

Total = 30 240 B1

9(i)  PAQ  M1 valid method


tan   = 2.4
 2 

PAQ = 2.352(01....) A1 must see greater than 3 sf then rounding


PAQ = 2.35 correct to 3 sf

9(ii) PBQ = 0.790 or 0.792 B1

9(iii) ( 2.352 × 10 ) + ( 0.790 × 24 ) M1,A1 M1 for correct attempt at an arc length


A1 for one correct arc length

= awrt 42.5 A1

© UCLES 2017 Page 6 of 7


172
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

9(iv)  1 2  1 2  B1,B1 B1 for a correct sector area allow,


  × 24 × 0.790  −  × 24 × sin 0.790   unsimplified
 2  2 
B1 for a correct area of a triangle, allow
unsimplified

 1  1  B1 correct plan, dependent on both previous


+   × 102 × 2.352  −  × 102 × sin 2.352   B marks
 2   2 

= 22.94 + 82.1 B1

= 105

10(a) 3 B1 dealing correctly with cosec


= sin 2 2 x
4

3 M1 correct method of solution including


sin 2 x = ± dealing with 2x correctly, may be implied
2
by one correct solution.
2 x = 60, 120, 240, 300

x = 30, 60, 120, 150 A2 A1 for each correct pair

10(b)  π 1 M1 dealing with order of operations to obtain


tan  y −  = a first solution
 4 3

π π 7π M1 M1 for attempt to obtain a second solution


y− = ,
4 6 6

5π 17π A2 A1 for each


y= ,
12 12

© UCLES 2017 Page 7 of 7


173
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/12


Paper 1 October/November 2017
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

174
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2017 Page 2 of 10


175
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1(i) 1
X Y

1(ii) Either 2 B1 for C with no intersection with


either A or B (allow if C is not
A B represented by a circle)

B1 for all correct, C must be


C represented by a circle

Or
A B

2 a=4 B1

b=6 B1

c = −2 M1, A1  π 
M1 for use of  , 2  to obtain c,
 12 
using their values of a and of b

3(i) 32 − 20 x2 + 5x4 B3 B1 for each correct term

3(ii)  1 9  B1 1 9
( 32 − 20 x 2
)
+ 5 x 4  2 ............ + 4 
x x  x 2
and 4
x

Independent of x: −20 + 45 M1 attempt to deal with 2 terms


independent of x, must be looking
1
at terms in x 2 and 2 and terms in
x
1
x 4 and 4
x

= 25 A1 FT their answers from (i)


(their −20 × 1) + (their 5 × 9 )

© UCLES 2017 Page 3 of 10


176
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

4 correct differentiation of ln 3 x 2 + 2 ( ) B1

attempt to differentiate a quotient or a product M1

 6x  A1 all other terms correct.


dy
(x 2
)
+1  2 2
 − 2 x ln 3 x + 2
 3x + 2 
( )
=
(x )
2
dx 2
+1

 12  M1 M1dep for substitution and


5   − 4ln14 attempt to simplify
dy 14
When x = 2, =  
dx 25

6 4 A2 A1 for each correct term, must be


= − ln14 in simplest form
35 25

5(i) Either

Gradient = −0.2 B1

lg y = −0.2 x + c B1 lg y = mx + c soi

correct attempt to find c M1 must have previous B1

21 x A1 line in either form, allow equivalent


lg y = 0.42 − 0.2 x or lg y = − fractions
50 5

Or

0.3 = 0.6m + c B1

0.2 = 1.1m + c B1

attempt to solve for both m and c M1 must have at least one of the
previous B marks

21 x A1 line in either form, allow equivalent


Leading to lg y = 0.42 − 0.2 x or lg y = − fractions
50 5

© UCLES 2017 Page 4 of 10


177
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

5(ii) Either

y = 10(
0.42 − 0.2 x ) M1 dealing with the index, using their
answer to (i)

(
y = 100.42 10 −0.2 x ) A2 A1 for each

(
y = 2.63 10−0.2 x )
Or

( )
y = A 10bx leads to lg y = lg A + bx M1 comparing their answer to (i) with
lg y = lg A + bx may be implied by
Compare this form with their equation from (i)
one correct term from correct work

lg A = 0.42 so A = 2.63 A1

b = −0.2 A1 A1 for each

6(i) y ∈ \ oe B1 Must have correct notation i.e. no


use of x

6(ii) y > 3 oe B1 Must have correct notation i.e. no


use of x

6(iii) f −1 ( x ) = e x or g ( 4 ) = 35 B1 First B1 may be implied by correct


answer or by use of 35

f −1g ( 4 ) = e35 B1

6(iv) y −3 x−3 M1 valid attempt to obtain the inverse


= x 2 or = y2
2 2

x−3 A1 correct form, must be g −1 ( x ) = or


g −1 ( x ) =
2 y=

Domain x > 3 B1 Must have correct notation

7(i) 1 a b M1 1
p  : + 2 + + 5 = 0 substitution of x = and equating
2 8 2 2
to zero (allow unsimplified)

p ( −2 ) : − 8a + 32 − 2b + 5 = −25 M1 substitution of x = −2 and equating


to –25 (allow unsimplified)

leading to a + 4b + 56 = 0 M1 M1dep for solution of


4a + b − 31 = 0 oe simultaneous equations to obtain a
and b

a = 12, b = −17 A2 A1 for each

© UCLES 2017 Page 5 of 10


178
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

7(ii) 12 x3 + 8 x 2 − 17 x = 0 B1 for x = 0

x=0

1 55 B1
x=− ± oe
3 6

8 A

5 V

4
C B

8(i) ∠ABC = 67.4o B1

4 5 M1 attempt at the sine rule, using 4 and


= 5 (or e.g. use of cosine rule
sin BAC sin 67.4o
followed by sine rule on triangle
shown)

∠BAC = 47.6o A1 may be implied by later work

Angle required = 180o − 47.6o − 67.4o = 65o A1 Answer Given

8(ii) (
V 2 = 52 + 42 − 2 × 5 × 4 × cos 65o ) M1 attempt at the cosine rule or sine
rule to obtain V – allow if seen in
(i)

V = 4.91 A1
4 V
or =
sin BAC sin 65

Distance to travel: M1 distance to travel – allow if seen in


120 (i)
sin 67.4o

130 or 120 2 + 502 A1

130 M1 M1dep for correct method to find


Time taken: the time, must have both of the
4.91
previous M marks

26.5 A1

© UCLES 2017 Page 6 of 10


179
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

Alternative method
M1 correct attempt at AC
120
AC = oe
cos 25

= 132.4 A1 Allow 132

Speed for this distance = 5 M1A1 M1dep A1 for speed, it must be 5


exactly for A1, must have first M
mark

132.4 M1 M1dep for a correct method to find


Time taken = the time, must have both of the
5
previous M marks

= 26.5 A1

9(a) B3 B1 for line joining ( 0,5 ) and


(10,5)
B1 for a line joining (10,0.5 ) and
( 30,0.5)
B1 all correct with no solid line
joining (10,5 ) to (10,0.5 )

9(b)(i) 3 B1

9(b)(ii) dv 3 M1 attempt to differentiate, must be in


= −15e −5t +
dt 2 the form ae−5t + b

dv M1 M1dep for equating to zero and


When = 0, e −5t = 0.1 attempt to solve, must be of the
dt
form ae−5t = b, b > 0 to obtain an
equation in the form −5t = k where
k is a logarithm or < 0

t = 0.461 A1

© UCLES 2017 Page 7 of 10


180
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

9(b)(iii) Either

attempt to integrate, must be in the form ce−5t + dt 2 M1

3 3 A1
s = − e −5 t + t 2 ( +c )
5 4

3 M1 M1dep for attempt to find c and


When t = 0, s = 0 so c =
5 substitute t = 0.5

s = 0.738 A1

Or

attempt to integrate, must be in the form ce−5t + dt 2 M1

 3 −5t 3 2 
0.5 A1
− 5 e + 4 t 
 0

correct use of limits M1 M1dep

leading to s = 0.738 A1

10(i) 5∠BAC = 6.2 , ∠BAC = 1.24 B1

10(ii) BD B1 valid method to find BD


sin 0.62 = , BD = 2.905 , 2.91
5

Arc BFC: π × BD ( = 9.13) M1 attempt to find arc length BFC,


using their BD

Perimeter: 9.13 + 6.2 = 15.3 A1

10(iii) Area: B3 B1 for area of semi circle (= 13.3)


1 2
B1 for area of sector (= 15.5)
 × π × 2.91  − B1 for area of triangle (= 11.8)
2 
 1 2  1 2 
  × 5 × 1.24  −  × 5 × sin1.24  
 2  2 

9.58⩽ Area ⩽ 9.62 B1 final answer

© UCLES 2017 Page 8 of 10


181
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

11(a) M1 dealing correctly with cot and an


(
tan φ + 35o = ) 2
5 attempt at solution of
tan (φ + 35 ) = c , order must be
correct, to obtain a value for φ + 35

φ + 35o = 21.8o , 201.8o , 381.8o M1 M1dep for an attempt at a second


solution in the range, ( 180o + their
first solution in the range oe)

φ = 166.8o , 346.8o A2 A1 for each

11(b)(i) Either

1 M1 expressing all terms in terms of


cos θ sin θ and cosθ where necessary
cos θ sin θ
+
sin θ cos θ

1  sin θ cos θ  M1 dealing with the fractions correctly


=  
cos θ  cos 2 θ + sin 2 θ  sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ
to get in
sin θ cos θ
denominator or as in left hand
column

sin θ A1 use of identity, together with a


=
(1) complete and correct solution,
withhold A1 for incorrect use of
brackets

Or

secθ M1 dealing with fractions in the


1 denominator correctly to get
+ tan θ
tan θ 1 + tan 2 θ
in the denominator,
secθ tan θ
= allow tan θ taken to the numerator
1 + tan 2 θ
tan θ

secθ tan θ M1 use of the identity to get sec2 θ


=
sec 2 θ

tan θ sin θ A1 expressing all terms in terms of


= = × cos θ = sin θ sin θ and cosθ and simplification
sec θ cos θ
to the given answer, withhold A1
for incorrect use of brackets

© UCLES 2017 Page 9 of 10


182
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

11(b)(ii) 3 M1 correct attempt to solve for θ ,


sin 3θ = − order must be correct, may be
2
implied by one correct solution

2π π 4π A3 A1 for each
3θ = − , − ,
3 3 3
2π π 4π
θ =− , − ,
9 9 9

© UCLES 2017 Page 10 of 10


183
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/13


Paper 1 October/November 2017
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

184
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2017 Page 2 of 10


185
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1 Using tan 2 θ + 1 = sec2 θ to obtain M1 use of correct identity


y = 2(tan 2 θ + 1) or ( x + 5) = sec2 θ − 1
2

y
( x + 5)
2
+1 =
2

y = 2(( x + 5) 2 + 1) oe A1

2 dy M1
= 10e5 x + 3
dx
an attempt at integration in form ae5x+ bx

10 5 x A1 condone omission of c
y= e + 3x ( +c )
5

attempt to find c using x = 0, y = 9 M1 M1dep

y = 2e5 x + 3 x + 7 A1

3 9 < 4k ( k − 4 ) M1 use of the discriminant with correct values


4k 2 − 16k − 9

( 2k − 9 )( 2k + 1) M1 M1dep for solution of their quadratic to


obtain critical values

9 1 A1
Critical values , −
2 2

1 9 A1
k<− , k >
2 2

4 a=3 B1

b=8 B1

5  π M1 π 5
= 3cos  8 ×  + c substitution of x = and y = to find c
2  12  12 2

c=4 A1

5(i) 5 2 B2 2
( 7 x − 10 ) 5 B1 for k ( 7 x − 10 ) 5
14

© UCLES 2017 Page 3 of 10


186
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

5(ii) 5  2

a
25 M1 correct application of limits for
 ( 7 x − 10 ) 5  = 2
14   6 14 k ( 7 x − 10 ) 5
2 2
5 5 25
( 7a − 10 ) 5 − ( 7 × 6 − 10 ) 5 =
14 14 14
2
( 7a − 10 ) 5 − 4 = 5
5 M1 2
9 2 + 10 M1dep for evaluation of ( 7 × 6 − 10 ) 5 and
a=
7 correct order of operations to find a,
including dealing with power.

253 A1
a= or 36 17
7

6(i) 2.4 − 0.9 B1


Gradient = (= –2.5)
0.2 − 0.8

5 M1 straight line form and correct substitutions


ln y = − x 2 + c to find c
2

5 A1
ln y = − x 2 + 2.9 oe
2

Alternative method

2.4 = p (0.2) + q B1
0.9 = p (0.8) + q

Correct method of solution to find p and q from M1 M1dep


two correct equations

5 A1
ln y = − x 2 + 2.9
2

6(ii)  5 2  M1 dealing with ln


 − x + 2.9 
y = e 2 

5
− x2 M1 M1dep for dealing with the index
y=e 2 × e2.9


5 A1
y = 18.2 z 2

© UCLES 2017 Page 4 of 10


187
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

7(i) 64 − 48x 2 + 15x 4 B3 B1 for each correct term in final line of


response

 1 
( 64 − 48x )
7(ii) B1 1
2
+ 15 x 4  2 + 2 + x 2  B1for 2
+ 2 + x 2 oe
x  x

at least two correctly obtained products leading M1


to terms in x2

Term in x 2 : 64 + 15 − 96 A1 FT for correct evaluation of


their 64 + (2 × their–48) + their 15

= −17 A1

8(i) attempt to differentiate a product M1

dy  5 2
 5 A2  5 2

=  ( x − 4 ) × × 3 ( 3 x − 1) 3  + ( 3 x − 1) 3 A1 for (+)  ( x − 4 ) × × 3 ( 3x − 1) 3 
dx  3   3 
5
A1 for (+) ( 3 x − 1) 3

2 M1 5 2
= ( 3x − 1) 3 ( ( 5 x − 20 ) + ( 3x − 1) ) use of ( 3 x − 1) 3 = ( 3 x − 1) 3 ( 3 x − 1)

2 A1
= ( 3 x − 1) 3 ( 8 x − 21)

8(ii) M1
( 3 × 3 − 1)
× k or ( 9 − 1) 3 × k or 4× k
2 2 2
dy 3

When x = 3 , = 83 × 3
dx (where k is any number)

∂y
2
= 83 × 3× h
M1
M1dep for their ((9 − 1) × k ) × h
2
3

∂y = 12h A1

9(a)(i) 720 B1

9(a)(ii) 240 B1

9(a)(iii) k × 4! × 2 or 240 − k × 4! × 2 or correct B1


equivalents with no extra terms added or
subtracted

4 × 4! × p or correct equivalents with no extra B1


terms added or subtracted

192 B1

© UCLES 2017 Page 5 of 10


188
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

9(b)(i) 6435 B1

9(b)(ii) With twins: 13C6 or 1716 B2 B1 for 13C or 1716 or 13C or 1287
6 8

Without twins: 13C8 or 1287 B1 for ( 13C6 and 13C8 ) or (1716 and 1287)
with no multiples and no extra terms

Total: 1716 + 1287 = 3003 B1 3003 from a correct method

10(a) matrix multiplication, must have at least 2 M1


correct elements

 13 8  A1
AB =  
 2a − 5b 3a + 4b 

2a − 5b = 18 M1 formation and solution of simultaneous


3a + 4b = 4 equations

leading to a = 4, b = −2 A1

Alternate scheme

 13 8  M1 Correct plan
AB =  
18 4 

 13 8  –1
ABB–1 =   B
18 4 

Correct inverse B1

 4 −1 1  13 8  4 −3  M1 Correct order and method of


A = =    multiplication with at least two correct
 a b  23  18 4  5 2  elements

leading to a = 4, b = −2 A1

10(b)(i) 1  1 5 B2
B1 for −
1
−   oe
17  4 3  17
 1 5
B1 for  
 4 3

10(b)(ii) 1  1 5  −1 2  M1 pre-multiplication with two elements


Z= −    correct
17  4 3  4 0 

1 19 2  A2
A1 for four correct of −
1
=−   oe , 19, 2, 8, 8
17  8 8  17

© UCLES 2017 Page 6 of 10


189
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

11(i) 1.48 B1

11(ii) 1 M1 correct use of sector area


× 10 2 × θ = 21.8
2

θ = 0.436 A1

11(iii) 2π − 1.48 − 0.436 B1 2.18(4) or unsimplified


∠BOC = ( = 2.18(4) )
2

1  M2 M1 for a complete correct method to find


BC = 20sin  ∠BOC  or BC using their angle BOC
 2 
10 × sin BOC
BC = or M1 for a correct plan using 14.8, their BC
 π − BOC  and 10 × their answer to (ii)
sin  
 2 
BC = (200 − 200 cos BOC
BC = 17.7 ( 5 )

Perimeter = 14.8 + ( 2 × 17.7(5) ) + 4.36 A1 awrt 54.7 or awrt 54.6


= 54.7 or 54.6

© UCLES 2017 Page 7 of 10


190
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

11(iv) Area = B2 1 
B1 for  × 102 × 1.48  + 21.8
2 
1  1 
 × 10 × 1.48  + 21.8 + 2  × 10 sin 2.18(4)  1 
2 2

2  2  B1 for 2  × 102 sin 2.18(4) 


2 

= 178 B1 awrt 178 from correct working

Alternative method 1

( ) ( )
1 B1 1
Segment area = 10 2 ( 2.18 − sin 2.18 ) B1 for 2 × 10 2 ( 2.18(4) − sin 2.18(4 )
2 2

Area required = B1
1
(
100π − 2 × 10 2 ( 2.18(4) − sin 2.18(4) )
2
)
= 178 B1 awrt 178 from correct working

Alternative method 2

B1 correct area of trapezium ABCD (allow


Area of trapezium =
1
2
( (13.5 + 4.33)(17.1) ) unsimplified)

( )
1 B1 correct area of both segments (allow
Area of segments = 10 2 (1.48 − sin1.48 ) + unsimplified)
2
1
2
(
10 2 ( 0.436 − sin 0.436 ) )
= 178 B1 awrt 178 from correct working

© UCLES 2017 Page 8 of 10


191
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

12(i) 2 x 2 + 5x − 12 = 0 or y 2 + 3 y − 28 = 0 M1 attempt to get in terms of one variable

( 2 x − 3)( x + 4 ) = 0 or ( y + 7 )( y − 4 ) = 0 M1 M1dep for solution of a three term


quadratic

3 A2 A1 for each ‘pair’


leading to x = −4, y = −7 and x = , y = 4
2

 3 − 4 4 + (−7)    5 3   A1 correctly obtained midpoint


Midpoint M  2  = − ,− 
2    4 2  
,
 2

Gradient of PQ = 2 B1 may be implied

1 M1 −1
Perp gradient = −
2 their gradient of PQ

3 1 5 M1 M1dep for equation of perp bisector using


Perp bisector: y + =− x+  their perp gradient and their midpoint.
2 2 4
(unsimplified)

1 17 23 A1 all correct so far and for verification using


y=− ( −10 ) − = a correct equation
2 8 8

23 1 17
or = − x − → x = −10
8 2 8

© UCLES 2017 Page 9 of 10


192
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

12(ii) 1  17  5 M1 finding R, S and RS


Area = ×  + 1 ×
2  8  4

correct method for finding area M1 M1dep

125 61 A1
= or 1.95 or 1 64
64

Alternative method 1

1 125 125 M1 finding R, S, RM and MS


Area = × ×
2 4 8

correct method for finding area M1 M1dep

125 61 A1
= or 1.95 or 1 64
64

Alternative method 2
M1 finding R and S to obtain
−5
10 0 4
0 1 0 0 −45 0
Area = −17 −3
their
21 8 2
1 2 1 −817 −23 1

1 5 85 M1 M1dep for correct method of evaluation


= − − oe
2 4 32

125 61 A1
= or 1.95 or 1 64
64

© UCLES 2017 Page 10 of 10


193
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/21


Paper 2 October/November 2017
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

194
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy marks
to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2017 Page 2 of 7


195
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1 x 2 − 6 x − 7(> 0) B1

( x − 7 )( x + 1) (> 0) M1

Critical values 7 and –1 A1

x > 7 or x < −1 A1

2 (1 + sinθ ) − (1 − sinθ ) M1 Dealing with fractions


(1 − sinθ )(1 + sinθ )
2sinθ A1 Simplification
=
(1 − sin θ )
2

2sinθ M1 Use of identity (seen anywhere)


=
cos 2θ

= 2tanθ secθ M1 sinθ 1


Use of tanθ = and secθ = (seen
cosθ cosθ
anywhere)

3 2 = log 5 25 B1

log 5 25 + log 5 ( x − 7 ) = log 5 25 ( x − 7 ) M1


10 x + 5 = 25 ( x − 7 )

180 = 15 x M1 Equate, clear brackets and collect terms.

12 = x A1

© UCLES 2017 Page 3 of 7


196
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

4
(
x − 2 4 − 3x = 5 3 ) M1 Eliminate y

5 3 +8 A1
x=
2 3 +1

x=
(5 )(
3 + 8 2 3 −1 ) ( )
M1 Multiply by a b + c as appropriate

(2 3 + 1)( 2 3 − 1)

x =2+ 3 A1

y =1− 2 3 A1

Alternative method

(
3 5 3 + 2y + y = 4 ) M1 Eliminate x

−11 A1
y=
(2 3 +1 )

y=
(
−11 2 3 − 1 ) ( )
M1 Multiply by a b + c as appropriate

(2 3 +1 2 3 −1)( )
y =1− 2 3 A1

x =2+ 3 A1

5(i) M1 −5 ( 3x + 2 )
−2
d 5 
 = −5 ( 3x + 2 ) × 3
−2

dx  3 x + 2 

A1 ×3

5(ii) 30  −10  M1 1
∫ ( 3x + 2 ) 2
dx =  
 ( 3x + 2 )  ( 3x + 2 )

A1 × − 10

5(iii)  −10 
2 M1 Insert limits and subtract
10 10
  =− +
 ( 3 x + 2 ) 1 8 5

3 A1
=
4

6(i) 2q + 3 p = 13 B1

© UCLES 2017 Page 4 of 7


197
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

6(ii) Multiply matrices correctly M1

2 p + pq = 12 A1

6(iii) 4 p + p (13 − 3 p ) = 24 M1 Eliminate q

3 p 2 − 17 p + 24 = 0 A1

( 3 p − 8)( p − 3) = 0 M1 Solve

p = 3, q = 2 A1

7 dy 1 B2 B1 for 3x 2
= 3 x 2 − 2 ( +C )
dx x 1
B1 for − 2 .
x

dy B1
x = 1, = 1 → C = −1
dx

1 B2 B1 for two correct terms in x


y = x3 + −x+ D
x
x = 1, y = 3 → D = 2

1 B1
y = x3 + −x+2
x

8 z 2 = a 2 + 3 ( a + 3 ) + 2a ( a + 3) 3 M1
2

= 79 + b 3

a 2 + 3 ( a + 3) = 79 and 2a ( a + 3) = b A1 FT
2

Equate correctly to obtain both eqns

a 2 + 3a 2 +18a + 27 = 79 M1 Expand and simplify to obtain 3 term quadratic


4a 2 + 18a − 52 = 0

( a − 2 )( 4a + 26 ) = 0 M1

a = 2, b = 20 A2 A1 for each

9(i) 1 + 4 x + 6 x 2 + 4 x3 + x 4 B1

9(ii) 1296 − 864 x + 216 x 2 − 24 x 3 + x 4 B2 Minus 1 each error.

9(iii) 1295 − 868 x + 210 x 2 − 28 x 3 = 175 M1 Subtract and equate to 1

28 x 3 − 210 x 2 + 868 x − 1120 = 0 A1

© UCLES 2017 Page 5 of 7


198
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

9(iv) 28 ( 2 ) − 210 ( 2 ) + 868 ( 2 ) − 1120


3 2 M1 Inserts x = 2

= 224 − 840 + 1736 − 1120 = 0 A1


( x − 2 ) is a factor

( x − 2 ) ( 28 x 2 − 154 x + 560 ) M1A1 M1 for 28 and 560 seen oe


A1 for –154

b 2 − 4ac < 0 shown B1

10(i) rA = ( 2i + 4 j) + t ( i + j) B1

10(ii) rB = (10i + 14 j) + t ( −2i − 3 j) B1

10(iii) rB − rA = (8i + 10 j) + t ( −3i − 4 j) M1

X 2 = ( 8 − 3t ) + (10 − 4t ) M1A1
2 2

10(iv) Differentiate M1

dX 2 A1
= 2 ( 8 − 3t )( −3) + 2 (10 − 4t )( −4 )
dt
oe

dX 2 B2 B1 for value of t
= 0 → t = 2.56 B1 for value of X .
dt
→ X = 0.4

11(i) x 2 − 2 x + ( kx + 3) = 8 M1 Eliminate y
2

(1 + k ) x
2 2
+ ( 6k − 2 ) x + 1 = 0 A1

(
b 2 − 4ac = 0 → ( 6k − 2 ) − 4 1 + k 2 = 0
2
) M1

3 A1 Answer given
k=
4

11(ii) −b −2.5 M1
x= →x=
2a 2 × 1.5625

= – 0.8 A1

y = 0.75 × −0.8 + 3 = 2.4 A1 FT

© UCLES 2017 Page 6 of 7


199
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

11(iii) y − 2.4 −4 M1
Eqn of PQ =
x + 0.8 3

→ 3y = 4 − 4x A1

12(i) d ( cosx ) M1
−1
1 1
= × sinx cos 2 x
dx cos 2 x

A1 × sinx

12(ii) dy 4sinx B1 sec 2 x


= sec 2 x +
dx cos 2 x

B1 4sinx
cos 2 x

12(iii) 1 4 sinx M1 Equate their (i) to 4 and multiply by cos 2 x


2
+ × =4
cos x cosx cosx

→ 1 + 4sinx = 4cos 2 x M1 Use of identity and simplify

4sin 2 x + 4sinx − 3 = 0 A1

( 2sinx − 1)( 2sinx + 3) = 0 M1 Solve

π 5π A2 A1 for each
x= ,
6 6

© UCLES 2017 Page 7 of 7


200
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/22


Paper 2 October/November 2017
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

201
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2017 Page 2 of 8


202
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

1 z2 = 7 + 4 3 B1 Accept 4 + 3 + 4 3

( ) (
a 7 + 4 3 + b 2 + 3 =1+ 3 ) M1 Equate both 3 terms and constant
terms to obtain two equations in a
and b .

7 a + 2b = 1 A1 Both correct. Accept equation with


4a + b = 1 a multiple of 3

Attempt to solve a pair of linear simultaneous M1 M1dep


eqns to a = or b =

a = 1and b = −3 A1

2 (
2 x1.5 + 6 x −0.5 = x x 0.5 + 5 x −0.5 ) M1 Attempt to multiply by x 0.5 + 5 x −0.5
or x 0.5 or divide by x 0.5

2 x1.5 + 6 x −0.5 = x1.5 + 5 x 0.5 or A1 Simplified numerical powers


x1.5 − 5 x 0.5 + 6 x −0.5 = 0
6
2 2x +
2x + 6 x =x
or = x or
x+5 5
1+
x

x2 − 5x + 6 = 0 M1 M1dep
obtain a three term quadratic.
Allow errors in signs and
coefficients but not powers

( x − 3)( x − 2 ) = 0 M1 Solve a three term quadratic

x = 3 or 2 only A1

3 Correctly obtain a value of x = 2 B1 Inequality not required

1 B1 Inequality not required


Correctly obtain a value of x = −
2

1 B1 B1dep
x > 2 and x < − mark final answer(s). Allow
2
1
2< x<−
2

© UCLES 2017 Page 3 of 8


203
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

4 x + 4 = y2 B1

7 y − x = 16 B1 allow 24 for16
7 y − 16 + 4 = y 2

y 2 − 7 y + 12 → ( y − 3)( y − 4 )( = 0 ) M1 Attempt to eliminate x or y to


obtain a three term quadratic.
or x 2 − 17 x + 60 → ( x − 5 )( x − 12 )( = 0 )

Solve a three term quadratic M1 M1dep

→ y = 3, x = 5 or y = 4 x = 12 A1 Allow for values seen even if


correct pairs not clear.

5(i) 10
C4 = 210 B1

5(ii) 2 Mystery 2 others = 5C2 × 5C2 =100 B3 B1 for one combination,


unsimplifiied
3 Mystery 1 other = 5C3 × 5C1 = 50 B1 for second combination,
4 Mystery = 5C4 =5 unsimplifiied
Total 155 B1 for third combination,
unsimplifiied and total

Alternative Method

All – 0 Mystery – 1 Mystery B1 All minus 0 or 1 or both

= 210 − 5C4 − 5C1 × 5C3 B1 B1dep 1Mystery and 0 mystery


unsimplified

= 210 − 5 − 5 × 10 = 155 B1 B1dep final answer

5(iii) 2M1C1R = 5C2 × 3C1 × 2C1 = 60 B3 B1 for one combination,


unsimplifiied
1M2C1R = 5C1 × 3C2 × 2C1 = 30 B1 for second combination,
= 5C1 × 3C1 × 2C2 unsimplifiied
1M1C2R
= 15 B1 for third combination,
Total 105 unsimplifiied and total

6(i) 500 B1 Ignore units Condone r for x


πx 2 h = 500 → h =
πx 2

6(ii) A = 2πx 2 + 2πxh M1 Correct expression for A and insert


for their h.

500 1000 A1 Answer given


= 2πx 2 + 2πx × 2
= 2πx 2 + Condone r for x .
πx x

© UCLES 2017 Page 4 of 8


204
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

6(iii) Differentiate: at least one power reduced by 1 M1

dA 1000 A1
= 4π x − 2
dx x

dA 1000 A1
=0→ x= 3 isw or ( x = 4.3 ( 0 ) )
dx 4π

1000 A1 awrt 349


A = 2π ( 4.3) +
2
= 349 cm 2
4.3

d2 A 2000 B1 Correct second differential (need


2
= 4π + 3 (> 0 ) or a positive value not be evaluated) and conclusion.
dx x
or
(→ min) Examine correct gradient either
side of x = 4.3 and conclusion

7(i) dy 3x − 1 B1 Gradient = Negative reciprocal.


(Gradient or )= Can be implied.
dx x

1

1 B1 ± One correct term
= 3x 2 −x 2

3 1 M1 at least 1 fractional power increased


y = 2 x 2 − 2 x 2 ( +C ) by1.

−10 = 2 − 2 + C → C = −10 A1 one term correct with simplified


coefficients

3 1 A1 For C from correct working.


y= 2x 2 − 2x 2 − 10

7(ii) x = 4 → y = 16 − 4 − 10 = 2 B1

dy 1 B1
→ = 6 − = 5.5
dx 2

Eqn with their grad and point (4, ...) M1

y−2 A1 Must be in the form y = mx + c but


Eqn of tangent: = 5.5 → y = 5.5 x − 20 oe
x−4 accept 2 y = 11x − 40

8(i)  4 2 B1
2A=  
8 6

1  6 −2  B2  6 −2 
( 2A )−1 =   B1 for  
8  −8 4   −8 4 
1
B1 for
8

© UCLES 2017 Page 5 of 8


205
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

8(ii) 4 x + 2 y = −5 B1
8 x + 6 y = −9

 −5  M1 Allow recovery
Pre multiply   by a 2 × 2 matrix.
 −9 

 x  1  6 −2  −5  M1  −5 
 =    Pre multiply their   by their
 y  8  −8 4  −9   −9 
answer to (i)

 x  1  −12   −1.5  A2 A1 for x value


 =  =  A1 for y value oe
 y  8  4   0.5 
Allow both unsimplified

9(i) d 1 M1A1 Product rule. One correct term +


( xlnx ) = x × + lnx isw another term. Allow unsimplified.
dx x

9(ii) ∫ 1+lnxdx = xlnx M1 Correct use of (i) and must be


dealing with 2 terms. soi

∫ lnxdx = xlnx − x + ( C ) A1 Correct answer with no working is


fine.

9(iii) 2k M1 Insert limits and subtract correctly


∫ lnx dx = [ 2kln2k − 2k ] − [ klnk − k ]
k using their result from (ii) which
= k (2ln2k − lnk − 1) must contain an ln function

(
= k ln ( 2k ) − lnk − 1
2
) M1 Uses nlna = lna n somewhere oe

  4k 2   M1 a
= k  ln   − 1 Uses lna − lnb = ln   or
 b
  k  
lna + lnb = lnab somewhere

= k ( ln4k − 1) A1 Answer given


Correct completion.

© UCLES 2017 Page 6 of 8


206
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

10(i) c = 1 → 6 (1) − 7 (1) + 1 = 0 → ( c − 1) is a B1 Or correct division. Finding or


3 2

using one correct factor.


factor.

Attempt to factorise or use long division to M1


obtain 6c 2 … ± 1 or 6c 2 ± c … respectively

( c − 1) ( 6c 2 − c − 1) = 0 A1

( c − 1)( 2c − 1)( 3c + 1) =0 A1

1 1 A1 FT
c = 1, ,− From three different linear factors
2 3

10(ii) dy B2 B1 for each term


= sec 2 x + 6cosx
dx

10(iii) 1 B1 B1dep
+ 6cosx = 7
cos 2 x 1
Replaces sec 2 x by
cos 2 x

→ 6cos3 x − 7cos 2 x + 1 = 0 B1 B1dep


Answer given so all steps must be
correct.

10(iv) 1 1 A2 A1 for 2 values awrt


cosx = 1, , − . A1 for third value and no others in
2 3
range. No credit for answers in
 π
→ x = 0, 1.05  or  , 1.91 degrees
 3

11(i) y = 0 → ( x − 4 )( x + 1) = 0 M1 Solve

→ A is ( 4,0 ) nfww A1 Indication somewhere that


x = 4 when y = 0

11(ii) 4 + 3 x − x 2 = mx + 8 M1 Eliminate y .
x 2 + ( m − 3) x + 4 = 0

b 2 − 4ac ( = 0 ) → ( m − 3) = 16 M1 M1dep
2

Use of discriminant

m = −1 A1 Do not award if
m = 7 is not discarded

11(iii) Obtain quadratic x 2 + ( m − 3) x + 4 = 0 using M1 Working must be seen for any


marks to be awarded.
their m and attempt to solve.
Must not be awarded if m is not
obtained correctly

Point B (2, 6) A1

© UCLES 2017 Page 7 of 8


207
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

∫ ( 4 + 3 x − x ) dx
11(iv) 4
2 M1
Area under curve =
2
Integrate powers increased in at least 2 terms

 3 1 
4 A1
=  4 x + x 2 − x3 
 2 3 2

 64   8 M1 M1dep
= 16 + 24 −  − 8 + 6 −  Insert limits of their 2 and 4 and
 3  3
subtract in correct order. May be
1
=7 2
3 implied by 18 −…
3

6×6 M1 Area of triangle using


Intercept is (8,0) so area of triangle = = 18
2
their B =
( their 8 − xB ) × y
B
2
or
Attempt to find other suitable areas
to result in a complete method.

1 2 A1 Accept 10.7. Must not be awarded


Shaded area = 18 − 7 = 10 if point B is not obtained correctly.
3 3

© UCLES 2017 Page 8 of 8


208
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/23


Paper 2 October/November 2017
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

209
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy marks
to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2017 Page 2 of 6


210
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1(a) B2 B1 for each

1(b) n ( P ') = 18 B1

n ((Q ∪ R ) ∩ P ) = 11 B1

n ( Q′ ∪ P ) = 29 B1

2 3x − 1 = 5 + x x=3 B1

3x − 1 = −5 − x oe M1 M1 not earned if incorrect


equation(s) present

x = –1 A1

3 p ( ) ( 3 − 1) = q + 3
3 +1 +
3
M1 on LHS take common denominator
or rationalise each term or multiply
( 3 − 1)( 3 + 1) throughout

p ( ) (
3 +1 + )
3 − 1 = 2q + 6 3 oe A1 correct eqn with no surds in
denominators of LHS

equate surd/non surd parts M1 equate and solve for p or q (≠0)

p = 5 and q = 2 A1

4 log3 3 = 1 or log3 9 = 2 B1 implied by one correct equation

x + 1 = 3y B1

x− y =9 B1

solve correct equations for x or y M1

x = 14 and y = 5 A1
JJJG
5(i) OX = λ (1.5b + 3a ) B1

JJJG JJJG
5(ii) AB = b − a or BA = a –b B1
JJJG
OX = a + µ ( b − a ) B1

JJJG JJJG
5(iii) 1.5λ = µ or 3λ = 1 − µ M1 OX = OX and equate for a or b

µ=
1
λ=
2 A2 A1 for each
3 9

© UCLES 2017 Page 3 of 6


211
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

5(iv) AX 1 B1 1
= Accept 1 : 2 but not :1
XB 2 2

5(v) OX 2 B1 2
= Accept 2 : 7 but not :1
XD 7 7

6(i) f 2 = f(f) used M1 numerical or algebraic


algebraic ([(x + 2)2 + 1] + 2)2 + 1

17 A1

6(ii) y−2 M1 change x and y


x=
2 y −1

2 xy − x = y − 2 → y ( 2 x − 1) = x − 2 M1 M1dep
multiply, collect y terms, factorise

x−2 A1 correct completion


y=
2x −1  g ( x ) 
=

6(iii) ( x + 2 )2 + 1 − 2 B1
gf ( x ) =   oe
2 ( x + 2 ) + 1 − 1
 2
 

( x + 2 )2 − 1 8 M1
their gf =
8
and simplify to
=
2 ( x + 2 ) + 1 19
2 19
quadratic equation
3 ( x + 2 ) = 27 oe
2
3x2 + 12x – 15 = 0

solve quadratic M1 M1dep


Must be of equivalent form

x =1 x = −5 A1

7(i) 1 M1 set v = 0 and solve for cos2t


v = 0 → cos2t =
3

→ t = 0.615 or 0.616 A1

7(ii) 3 M1A1 M1 for sin2t and ± t


s = sin2t − t ( +c )
2

π π A1
t= → s = 1.5 − ( = 0.715 )
4 4

7(iii) a = −6sin2t M1A1 M1 for −sin2t

t = 0.615 → a = –5.66 or –5.65 or −2 8 A1 condone substitution of degrees

© UCLES 2017 Page 4 of 6


212
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

8(i) 1 M1
cosα = oe
3

α = 70.5° A1

8(ii) speed = 32 − 12 M1 Pythagoras/trig ratio/cosine rule

8 or 2 2 or 2.83 m s–1 A1

8(iii) 50 M1
time =
their 8

25 2 A1
or 17.7s
2

8(iv) their 8 ( iii ) seen B1

BC = 10 2 or 14.1 m or 14.2 m B1

9(i) d 1 B1 seen
(ln x) = and
dx x
d 3 d −3
x = 3 x 2 or x = −3 x −4
dx dx

Substitution of their derivatives into quotient rule M1

1 A1 correct completion
x3 × − 3 x 2 lnx
d  lnx  x
 = oe
dx  x 3  x6

9(ii) dy 1 M1 dy
= 0 → 1 − 3lnx = 0 lnx = equate given to zero and solve
dx 3 dx
for lnx or x

1 A1 seen
x = e3

1 A1 seen
y=
3e

9(iii) lnx 1 − 3lnx M1 use given statement in (i)


x 3
= ∫
x4
dx oe

1 −1 B1 seen anywhere
∫x 4
dx =
3 x3

lnx 1 lnx A2 A1 for each term


∫x 4
dx = − 3
− 3
9 x 3x
(+C) oe

© UCLES 2017 Page 5 of 6


213
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2017

Question Answer Marks Guidance

10(a) sin 2 x + (1 + cosx ) B1 correct addition of fractions


2

LHS =
sinx (1 + cosx )

1 + 2cosx + 1 B1 expansion and use of identity


=
sinx (1 + cosx )

2 (1 + cosx ) B1 factorisation and completion


= = 2cosecx
sinx (1 + cosx )

10(b)(i) cosec 2 y − 1 + cosecy − 5 = 0 M1 use of identity for cot2y to obtain


cosec2y + cosecy – 6 = 0 quadratic in cosecy

( cosecy − 2 )( cosecy + 3) = 0 M1 solve 3 term quadratic for cosecy

1 1 M1 obtain values for siny


siny = , siny = −
2 3

y = 30°, 150°, 199.5°, 340.5° A2 A1 for 2 values

10(b)(ii) π 5π 7π M2 5π
2z + = or (2.6…, 3.6…) M1 equate to
4 6 6 6

M1 equate to
6

7π 11π A2 A1 for 1 value


z= or (0.916, 1.44)
24 24

11(i) Other root = 4 B1

f ( x) = ( x − 3)( x − 3)( x − 4 ) M1 multiply out (x – 3)(x – 3)(x ± p)


= x3 − 10 x 2 + 33x − 36

a = –10 b = 33 A2 A1 for each


Can be implied by correct cubic

11(ii) x = 6, x = 6, x = 1 B4 B1 for each of first two sets


x = 2, x = 2, x = 9 B2 for third set

x = 1, x = 1, x = 36

© UCLES 2017 Page 6 of 6


214
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/12


Paper 12 March 2018
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

215
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1 attempt at p ( 2 ) or p ( −3) M1

2p ( 2 ) = p ( −3) M1 attempt at correct relationship

22 = a − b A1 may be implied, allow unsimplified

p ( −1) = 0 B1 B1 for a + b = −2 , allow


a + b = −2 unsimplified

a = 10 b = −12 A1 A1 for both

2(i) k cos3 x M1

dy A1 A1 all correct
= 15cos3x
dx

2(ii) π B1 for y = 4
When x = , y=4
3

attempt to find the equation of the tangent M1

dy A1 A1FT for correct equation, using


= −15
dx dy
their , allow unsimplified
 π dx
y − 4 = −15  x − 
 3
Equation of tangent
 y = −15 x + 5π + 4 or 
 
 y = −15 x + 19.7 

3(a) 18 + 12 5 − 6 5 − 20 M1 attempt to deal with the numerator


4− 5

6 5 −2 4+ 5 M1 attempt to rationalise
×
4− 5 4+ 5
22 5 + 22
11

2 5+2 A1 must be convinced a calculator has


not been used

3(b)
( ) + (6 + 2 3 ) M1 application of the cosine rule
2 2
AC 2 = 6 − 2 3

(
−2 6 − 2 3 )( 6 + 2 3 )  − 
 1
 2

simplification of surds M1 M1Dep

AC = 2 30 A1

© UCLES 2018 Page 4 of 9


216
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

4(i) –2 B1

1 1 B1
− - x-
2 2

4(ii) attempt to differentiate a quotient M1

8x B1
for
4x2 − 1

A1 everything else correct


( x + 2)
8x
( )
− ln 4 x 2 − 1
dy
=
( 4x 2
)
−1
dx ( x + 2 )2
4(iii) When x = 2 M1 dy
attempt to evaluate when x = 2
dy 4 ln15 dx
= − or 0.0974
dx 15 16 and attempt to use method of small
changes

∂y = 0.0974h A1 cao

5(i) n = 10 B1

10 × 29 × a = −1280 M1 attempt to equate second terms

1 A1
a=−
4

 1
2 M1 attempt to equate third terms
10
C2 × 28 ×  −  = 720
 4

b = 720 A1

5(ii) B1 2
 1024 − 1280 x + 720 x 2   1 − 2 + x 2 
( )  1
expansion of  x − 
   x2   x

Independent term = 720 − 2048 M1 attempt to find independent term,


must be considering 2 terms

= −1328 A1 Must be identified

© UCLES 2018 Page 5 of 9


217
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

6(i) c−a B1

6(ii) attempt to use the ratio M1

JJJJG 2 A1 allow unsimplified


OM = a + ( c − a )
3
1
or c − ( c − a )
3
 2 1 
= c + a
 3 3 

6(iii) JJJJG 3 B1
OM = b
5

6(iv) 3 2 1 M1 attempt to equate their (ii) and (iii)


b= c+ a
5 3 3

5a + 10c = 9b A1 Must be convinced from


simplification
JJJG
6(v) AB = b − a M1 use of (iv) with b − a or a − b
5 10
= a+ c−a
9 9

4 10 A1
=− a+ c
9 9

7(a) 2a 2 − 4a = 6 − 3a M1 attempt to use determinant


correctly, obtain a 3 term quadratic
2a 2 − a − 6 = 0 equation and attempt to solve
correctly

a=2 A1

3 A1
a=−
2

7(b)(i) 1  4 −1 B2 1
  B1 for
5  −3 2 5
 4 −1
B1 for  
 −3 2

7(b)(ii) A–1AC = A–1B M1 for pre-multiplying

1  4 −1 2 0  M1 M1Dep for attempt at matrix


C=    multiplication, at least 2 terms
5  −3 2 −3 5 
correct, allow with their inverse

1  11 −5  A1
=   oe
5  −12 10 

© UCLES 2018 Page 6 of 9


218
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

7(c)  3  B1
− 4 0
 
 0 −3
 
 4

8(i) for attempt to integrate to obtain k1e 2t + k2t 2 M1

x = 6e 2t − 24t 2 ( +c ) A1 all correct, condone omission of + c

When t = 0 , x = 0 ∴ c = −6 M1 M1Dep for attempt to find c

x = 6e2t − 24t 2 − 6 A1

8(ii) d2 x M1 attempt to differentiate to obtain


= 24e2t − 48 k1e 2t + k2
dt 2

When acceleration = 0, e2t = 2 oe M1 equating to zero and attempt to


solve

1 A1
t = ln 2 or t = ln 2
2
or 0.347

8(iii) substitution of their (ii) into given equation M1


for v

v = 24 − 24 ln 2 or 24 − 48ln 2 or 7.36 A1

9(i) ln y = ln A + bx B1

9(ii) lny M1 attempt to plot ln y against x


10 y

9 Allow lg y against x
8

6
Allow lg y against lg e x
5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
x

straight line with all points joined A1

© UCLES 2018 Page 7 of 9


219
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

9(iii) Gradient = b M1 M1Dep on (ii) for attempt to find


gradient and equate to b
or b lg e if lg y plotted against x

b = −0.5 , allow −0.45 to −0.55 A1 value within the given range

Intercept = ln A ( = 7.6 ) M1 M1Dep on (ii) for attempt to use


intercept or coordinates of a point
on the curve with their gradient to
obtain A

A = 2000 allow 1900 – 2100 A1

9(iv) use of graph or appropriate substitution M1

When y = 500 , x = 2.77 allow 2.2 − 3.0 A1

9(v) use of graph or appropriate substitution M1

When x = 5 , ln y = 5.1 A1
y = 164
allow 155 − 175

© UCLES 2018 Page 8 of 9


220
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

10(i) y = −3x3 − 11x 2 − 8 x + 4 M1 attempt to differentiate

dy A1 all correct
= −9 x 2 − 22 x − 8
dx

dy M1 M1Dep for equating to zero and


When = 0 , 9 x 2 + 22 x + 8 = 0 correct attempt to solve
dx

x = −2 A1 SC Allow B1 for x = −2 if A1 not


obtained from differentiation

4 A1
x=−
9

10(i) Alternate scheme

dy M1 attempt to differentiate
= ( x + 2 ) ( −3) + (1 − 3x ) 2 ( x + 2 )
2

dx

all correct A1

dy M1 M1Dep for equating to zero and


When = 0 , ( x + 2 )( −4 − 9 x ) = 0 oe correct attempt to solve
dx

x = −2 A1 SC Allow B1 for x = −2 if A1 not


obtained from differentiation

4 A1
x=−
9

10(ii) 1  B1 Allow mismatch of letters


D  , 0
3 

C ( 0, 4 ) B1 Allow mismatch of letters

10(iii) 1 M1 correct attempt to integrate a cubic


Area = ∫ 0
3 −3 x 3 − 11x 2 − 8 x + 4 dx equation

1 A2 A1 for 3 terms correct


 3 11 3 A1 for all correct
=  − x 4 − x3 − 4 x 2 + 4 x 
 4 3 0

3  1  11  1  4 4 M1 M1Dep for application of limits


−  −  − +
4  81  3  27  9 3

241 A1
= or 0.744
324

© UCLES 2018 Page 9 of 9


221
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/22


Paper 22 March 2018
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

222
0606/22
0 Cambridge
C IGCSE – Mark
M Scheme March 201
18
P
PUBLISHEDD

Question
Q Answer Marks Partiial Marks

1(a) ( P ∪ Q ) ∩ R′ oe B1

1(b)(i) B3
A B B3, 2, 1, 0:
7 6 key statements:
5 2 correctly placed
p
10
1
2 3, 4, 8 correectly placed
3 4 8 1, 5, 7, 6, 10
0 correctly pllaced
9 correctly placed
p
1 9
C

1(b)(ii)
1 1 B1 FT their (b))(i); do not alllow (1) or {1} etc.

2 ( 2k − 3)2 − 4(3 − 2k )(1) M1

4 k 2 − 4k − 3 A1

((2k − 3)(2k + 1) M1

ccritical valuees are −0.5 an


nd 1.5 A1

(their (−0.5) < k < their1.5


5 A1 FT their disstinct criticall values prov
vided both M
marks award ded;
mark final answer;
a

allow a pair of correctlyy connected in


nequalities
e.g. k > −0.5 and k < 1.55

3(i) 3
P2 × 3 P1 or 3 × 2 × 3 oe soi M1

118 A1 If M0 then SC1


S for 3 P2 × 2 P1 = 12 or
o 3 × 2 × 2 = 12

3(ii) 224 B1

3(iii) 2 × 4! oe soi M1

448 A1 If M0 then SC1


S for an aanswer follow wing one
omitted or inncorrect facttor/factorial e.g.
e 4! = 24 or
o
4
P4 = 24 or 3 P3 × 4 = 24 or 2! × 3! = 12 or
2! × 4 = 8 orr (2! × 3!) × 3 = 36

4(a)(i)
4 115 B1

4(a)(ii)
4 1180° or π (radians) B1

4(b)(i)
4 ttanx, −tanx B2 B1 for each

4(b)(ii)
4 4 B1

223
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

5 104 M1 104
oe or e.g. ÷ 1.6 2 + 0.52
1.6 cos17.354...

65 or 64.9 to 65.1 (seconds) A1

0.5 × their 65 oe M1 2
 104 
 − 104 or finds a correct angle
2
or 
 cos17.354... 
using trigonometry and then uses trigonometry
again to find BC e.g. 104 × tan 17.354...

32.5 or 32.49 to 32.6(metres) A1

6(i) d   x  2 x
M1
 tan    = k sec  
dx   3   3

1 2 x A1
sec   cao
3 3

6(ii)  x B2  x
3 tan   + c oe B1 for 3 tan   + 3
3 3
dy  x

or M1 for their dx = tan   + a constant
dx 3

7(i) 1 2 θ M1
× 8 × θ = 20 or π × 82 × = 20
2 360

5 A1
[θ =] or 0.625 rads oe
8

7(ii) 8 × their θ oe M1

5 (cm) cao A1

7(iii) 1 2 1 M2 M1 for either area seen


× 8 × 1.4 and × 82 × sin1.4 soi
2 2

13.3 or 13.26 to 13.27 [cm2] A1

8(a)(i)  14  M1
3 x + 4 = ln   oe
 5

OR 3x + 4 = ln14 − ln5 oe

x = −0.99(012…) isw or exact A1


equivalent

224
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

8(a)(ii) lg(2 y 2 − 7 y ) = lg 32 soi B2 B1 for each of 2 correct moves

2 y 2 − 7 y − 9 = 0 and attempt to M1
solve

y = 4.5 oe only A1

8(b)  p B2 B1 for numerator correctly simplified to


log 2   as final answer www
q  p
log 2 p − log 2 q = log 2  
q
1
or change of base log r 2 = oe soi
log 2 r

9(i) 6−2 M1
mPQ = or better
11 − 8

−1 M1
mL = oe
their 4 3

3 A1
y − 2 = − ( x − 8 ) isw or
4
3
y = − x + c c = 8 isw
4

225
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

9(ii) PQ 2 = (11 − 8)2 + (6 − 2)2 M1 or attempts to solve


8 11 x 8
1
3 = [ ± ]12.5 oe
2 2 6 − x +8 2
4
1 8 11 x 8 [ ]
or = ± 12.5
22 6 y 2

PQ = 5 soi A1 or expands correctly


1  3 
 8 ( 6 ) + 11 − x + 8  + 2 x
2  4 
 3  
− 2 (11) − 6 x − 8  − x + 8   = [ ± ]12.5 oe
 4  
1
or (8(6) + 11y + 2 x
2
−2(11) − 6 x − 8 y ) = [ ± ]12.5 oe

PR = 5 soi A1 1  25 
or simplifies to  − x + 50  = [ ± ]12.5 oe
2 4 
or 4 x − 3 y = 51 or 3 y − 4 x = −1 oe

Valid method of solution M1


e.g. R (8 ± 4, 2 ∓ 3) or attempts to
3
solve their y = − x + 8 and
4
25 = ( x − 8) + ( y − 2) 2 oe or
2

attempts to solve e.g.


4 x − 3 y = 51 3x + 4 y = 32 oe

(4, 5) (12, −1) A2 A1 for each or for x = 4, x = 12 or y = 5, y = −1

10(a)(i) Valid comment referencing the B1 or equivalent statement or arrows marked on a


graph diagram; must validly reference the graph in some
e.g. the function f is not one to one, way.
as shown by the fact that the graph
has a turning point

( )
10(a)(ii) 2 M1
1+ 1 + x2

2 + x2 A1 mark final answer;


must be simplified as far as possible

10(b)(i) Any value greater than or equal to 0 B1

10(b)(ii) Correct method for finding inverse M1

g −1 ( x) = x 2 − 1 A1 mark final answer

226
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

10(c) fully correct pair of graphs B4 B1 for exponential shape of h; must cross y-axis
B1 for an attempt at the graph of h and (0, 6) soi
y=x
B1 for correct reflection of their h in the line y = x
or logarithmic shape of inverse
6 B1 for an attempt at the graph of h−1 and (6, 0) soi

6 Max 3 marks if not fully correct

11(a)(i) (1 − sin A)(1 + sin A) M1


= 1 − sin 2 A
= cos 2 A

cos 2 A cos A A1
= ( = cot A )
sin A cos A sin A

11(a)(ii) 1 1 M1
= or better
tan 3 x 2

Any triple angle correct from M1


63.4(349…) 243.4(349…)
423.4(349…)

21.1(4…) 81.1(4...) 141.1(4...) A2 A1 for 21.1(4...) and 81.1(4...) or for 141.1(4...)

11(b) 10(sec2y – 1) – sec y − 1 (= 0) soi M1

(10sec y – 11)(sec y + 1) oe M1

10 A1
cos y = cos y = −1 nfww
11

π, 0.43[0], 5.85 A2 A1 for any one correct

12(i) dV B1
= 4πr 2 soi
dr

dr d r dV M1
= × oe attempted
d t dV dt

dr 1 M1
= × 200 soi
dt their 4π(10) 2

0.159 isw or 0.1591(54…) rot to 4 A1


or more figs

227
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

12(ii) dS B1
= 8πr soi
dr

dS M1
= 8π(10) × their 0.159
dt

awrt 40 A1 following correct solution

228
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/11


Paper 1 May/June 2018
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

229
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Generic Marking Principles

These general marking principles must be applied by all examiners when marking candidate answers.
They should be applied alongside the specific content of the mark scheme or generic level descriptors
for a question. Each question paper and mark scheme will also comply with these marking principles.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 1:

Marks must be awarded in line with:

• the specific content of the mark scheme or the generic level descriptors for the question
• the specific skills defined in the mark scheme or in the generic level descriptors for the question
• the standard of response required by a candidate as exemplified by the standardisation scripts.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 2:

Marks awarded are always whole marks (not half marks, or other fractions).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 3:

Marks must be awarded positively:

• marks are awarded for correct/valid answers, as defined in the mark scheme. However, credit
is given for valid answers which go beyond the scope of the syllabus and mark scheme,
referring to your Team Leader as appropriate
• marks are awarded when candidates clearly demonstrate what they know and can do
• marks are not deducted for errors
• marks are not deducted for omissions
• answers should only be judged on the quality of spelling, punctuation and grammar when these
features are specifically assessed by the question as indicated by the mark scheme. The
meaning, however, should be unambiguous.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 4:

Rules must be applied consistently e.g. in situations where candidates have not followed
instructions or in the application of generic level descriptors.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 5:

Marks should be awarded using the full range of marks defined in the mark scheme for the question
(however; the use of the full mark range may be limited according to the quality of the candidate
responses seen).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 6:

Marks awarded are based solely on the requirements as defined in the mark scheme. Marks should
not be awarded with grade thresholds or grade descriptors in mind.

© UCLES 2018 Page 2 of 10


230
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2018 Page 3 of 10


231
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

1 Substitution and simplification to obtain a 3 M1 substitution of y = x + 4 or x = y – 4 and


term quadratic in one variable simplification to 3 terms.

x 2 − 2 x − 8 = 0 or 2 x 2 − 4 x − 16 = 0 A1 correct equation of the form


or ax 2 + bx + c = 0 or ay 2 + by + c = 0
y 2 − 10 y + 16 = 0 or y 2 − 10 y + 16 = 0

Solution of quadratic equation M1 M1 dep

x = 4, y = 8 A2 A1 for each pair


x = −2, y = 2

2 5  B1
Midpoint  , −1
2 

8 B1
Gradient of line = −
3

3 M1
Gradient of perp =
8

Equation of perp bisector: M1 M1 dep Using their perpendicular


3 5 gradient and their midpoint
y +1 =  x − 
8 2

6 x − 16 y − 31 = 0 or A1
−6 x + 16 y + 31 = 0

3 4 B1 for either each row correct or each


A B C D
column correct – mark to candidate’s
9 advantage.
9 9
9
9

4(i) b=4 B1

c=6 B1

π M1 Evaluation of a using their b and their c


2 = a + 4sin and the given point.
2

a = −2 A1

© UCLES 2018 Page 4 of 10


232
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

4(ii) 3 B1 for −6 - y - 2

B1 for 3 complete cycles

B1 for all correct

5(i) The number of bacteria at the start of the B1


experiment

5(ii) 20 000 M1 use of given equation and attempt to


20 000 = 800e kt so = e2k solve for e2k
800
or use logs correctly
or ln 20 000 = ln 800 + ln(e 2 k )

2k = ln 25 M1 correct method to obtain 2k

1.61 A1

5(iii) P = 800e3ln 5 M1 Substitution of t = 3 in formula using


their k

= 100 000 A1 answer in range 99800 to 100200

6(a)  log 3 p  B1
 × log3 2  + log 3 q
 log3 2 

or log 3 2log 2 p + log3 q

log 3 p + log 3 q B1 B1 dep


log 2 p
or log 3 (2 × q)

log 3 pq B1 B1 dep

6(b) ( log a 5 − 1)( log a 5 − 3) = 0 M1 solution of quadratic equation

log a 5 = 1, a = 5 A2 A1 for a = 5
1
A1 for a = 3 5 or 1.71or 53
1
log a 5 = 3, a = 3 5 or 1.71 or 5 3

7(i) 1 3 2 2 1
  B1 for
2 5 4 2
3 2
B1 for  
5 4

© UCLES 2018 Page 5 of 10


233
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

7(ii) 5 B1 Relating solution of these equations to


4x − 2 y = matrix in (i)
2
7  2.5 
−5 x + 3 y = B1 for adapted equation or   or
2  3.5 
 x
2 
 y

 x  1 3 2  2.5  M1 Correct method for pre-multiplication by


 =    their inverse matrix.
 y 2 5 4  3.5 
or
 x  1 3 2  5 
2  =   
 y 2 5 4  7 

 29  A2 A1 for each. Condone in matrix form.


 x   7.25   4 
  =  or  
 y   13.25   53 
 
 4 
x = 7.25, y = 13.25

8(a) 3(2i − 5 j) − 4(i − 3j) M1 For expansion and collection of terms

3p − 4q = 2i − 3j A1

Magnitude of their 2i − 3 j M1 For method to find magnitude


22 + (−3) 2

2i − 3 j A1
Unit vector =
13

8(b)(i) v 2 = 2.732 + 1.252 B1 Correct use of Pythagoras

v = 3.00 B1

8(b)(ii) 1.25 M1 Use of a trig funtion to obtain a relevant


tan θ = oe angle
2.73

Angle to AB= 24.6o or 0.429 radians A1

9(i) 256 x8 − 64 x 6 + 7 x 4 3 B1 for each term

© UCLES 2018 Page 6 of 10


234
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

9(ii) 1 2 B1
4
+ 2 +1
x x

 1  M1 M1 for three correctly obtained products


( 256 x 8
) 2
− 64 x 6 + 7 x 4  4 + 2 + 1
x x 
leading to terms in x4 using their
256 x8 − 64 x 6 + 7 x 4 and their
1 2
( 256 × 1 − 64 × 2 + 7 × 1) x 4 4
+ 2 +1
x x

Coefficient of x 4 is 256 − 128 + 7 A1


= 135

10(a) 5+6 5 6− 5 M1 for rationalisation


×
6+ 5 6− 5

30 − 5 5 + 36 5 − 30 M1 M1dep for expanding the numerator to


= obtain four terms.
31

31 5 A1 A1 for 5 from correct working


= = 5
31

10(b)
( 2)
6
3× × 2 = 6 × 23

8 6 B2 B1 for 6 from 3× 2

( 2 ) or 2
6
3
B1 for 8 from

© UCLES 2018 Page 7 of 10


235
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

10(c) EITHER: B1 3 term quadratic equation equated to


zero
x2 + 2x − 4 = 0

− 2 ± 18 M1 use of the quadratic formula


x=
2

for use of 18 = 3 2 M1 M1 dep

2, − 2 2 A1 For both from full working

OR:
x2 + 2x − 4 = 0 B1


2 M1 Correct use of completing the square
2 1
 x +  = 4 + method
 2  2
3 2
x=± −
2 2

4 2 M1 M1dep for dealing with 2 in


x=− ,
2 2 denominator

x = 2, − 2 2 A1

11(i) dy 54 M1 dy p
= 16 − 3 for = 16 ± 3
dx x dx x

Equating to zero and obtaining x3 M1 M1dep

3 A2 A1 for each
x = , y = 36
2

© UCLES 2018 Page 8 of 10


236
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

11(ii) EITHER: B1 B1 for both

When x = 1, y = 43
When x = 3, y = 51

1  3 27
 ( 43 + 51) × 2  − ∫ 16 x + x 2
dx
2  1

1  B1 FT from their P and their Q


Area of trapezium =  ( 43 + 51) × 2  oe
2 

Integration to find area under curve M1  q


for  px 2 + 
 x

 27  A1 Integration correct
= 8 x 2 − 
 x

 27   27  M1 M1dep for application of limits


= 8 × 32 −  − 8 × 12 − 
 3  1

Required area = 94 – 82 A1
=12

OR: B1 B1 for both


When x = 1, y = 43
When x = 3, y = 51

Equation of PQ: y = 4 x + 39 B1 Equation of line FT from their P and


their Q

27 M1  r
Integration of their 4 x + 39 − 16 x − for  px + qx 2 + 
x2  x

 27  A1 All correct
= 39 x − 6 x 2 + 
 x

 27  M1 M1dep for application of limits


= 39 × 3 − 6 × 32 + 
 3
 27 
− 39 × 1 − 6 × 12 + 
 1

Required area = 72 – 60 A1
= 12

© UCLES 2018 Page 9 of 10


237
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

12 dy 1 M1 1
= ( 2 x − 5) 2 ( +c ) for k ( 2 x − 5 ) 2 ,
dx

1 A1
for ( 2 x − 5 ) 2

Substitution to obtain arbitrary constant M1 M1 dep


dy 9
Using = 6 when x =
dx 2

 dy  1 A1 dy
  = ( 2 x − 5) 2 + 4 for correct
dx
 dx 

1 M1 M1 dep on first M1 for integration of


Integration of their k ( 2 x − 5 ) 2 + c 1 3
k ( 2 x − 5 ) 2 to obtain m ( 2 x − 5 ) 2

1 3 A1 1 3
y= ( 2 x − 5 ) 2 +4x ( +d ) for ( 2 x − 5) 2 +4x
3 3
FT their (non -zero) constant

Finding constant M1 M1 dep for obtaining arbitrary constant


3
for m ( 2 x − 5 ) 2 + nx + d using
9 2
x= , y=
2 3

1 3 A1 for correct equation


y= ( 2 x − 5) 2 + 4 x − 20
3

© UCLES 2018 Page 10 of 10


238
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/12


Paper 1 May/June 2018
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

239
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Generic Marking Principles

These general marking principles must be applied by all examiners when marking candidate answers.
They should be applied alongside the specific content of the mark scheme or generic level descriptors
for a question. Each question paper and mark scheme will also comply with these marking principles.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 1:

Marks must be awarded in line with:

• the specific content of the mark scheme or the generic level descriptors for the question
• the specific skills defined in the mark scheme or in the generic level descriptors for the question
• the standard of response required by a candidate as exemplified by the standardisation scripts.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 2:

Marks awarded are always whole marks (not half marks, or other fractions).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 3:

Marks must be awarded positively:

• marks are awarded for correct/valid answers, as defined in the mark scheme. However, credit
is given for valid answers which go beyond the scope of the syllabus and mark scheme,
referring to your Team Leader as appropriate
• marks are awarded when candidates clearly demonstrate what they know and can do
• marks are not deducted for errors
• marks are not deducted for omissions
• answers should only be judged on the quality of spelling, punctuation and grammar when these
features are specifically assessed by the question as indicated by the mark scheme. The
meaning, however, should be unambiguous.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 4:

Rules must be applied consistently e.g. in situations where candidates have not followed
instructions or in the application of generic level descriptors.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 5:

Marks should be awarded using the full range of marks defined in the mark scheme for the question
(however; the use of the full mark range may be limited according to the quality of the candidate
responses seen).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 6:

Marks awarded are based solely on the requirements as defined in the mark scheme. Marks should
not be awarded with grade thresholds or grade descriptors in mind.

© UCLES 2018 Page 2 of 10


240
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2018 Page 3 of 10


241
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

1(i) π B1
or 60o
3

1(ii) 3 B1 for 3 asymptotes at x = 30o , 90o and


10 y

150 o ; the curve must approach but not


45 90 135
x

180
cross all 3 of the asymptotes and be in the
1st and 4th quadrants
−5

−10
B1 for starting at ( 0,1) and finishing at
(180,1)
B1 for all correct

2 For an attempt to obtain an equation in x only M1

9 x 2 − ( k + 1) x + 4 = 0 A1 correct 3 term equation

( k + 1)2 − ( 4 × 9 × 4 ) M1 M1dep for correct use of b 2 − 4ac oe

Critical values k = 11, k = −13 A1

−13 < k < 11 A1 For the correct range

3 e y = ax 2 + b B1 may be implied, b ≠ 0

either 3 = 5a + b M1 correct attempt to find a or b by use of


1 = 3a + b simultaneous equations or finding the
gradient and equating it to a
or Gradient = 1, so a = 1

Coefficient of x 2 is 1 A1

Intercept is –2 A1

(
y = ln x 2 − 2 ) A1 For correct form

4(i) 3 = ln ( 5t + 3) B1
e3 = 5t + 3 or better

t = 3.42 B1

4(ii) dx 5 M1 k1
= for
dt 5t + 3 5t + 3

dx 5 A1 all correct
When t = 0 , = , 1.67 or better
dt 3

© UCLES 2018 Page 4 of 10


242
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

4(iii) k1 B1 dep on M1 in (ii)


If t > 0 each term in > 0 so never
5t + 3
negative oe k1
FT on their , provided k1 > 0
5t + 3

4(iv) d2 x k2 M1
=
dt 2
( 5t + 3)2

d2 x 25 A1 all correct
=−
dt 2
( 5t + 3)2
d2 x 25
When t = 0, 2
= − or −2.78
dt 9

5(i) 10 3 B1 for each coefficient, must be


a = 243, b = −45, c = simplified
3

5(ii) 
 243 −
45 10 
(
+ 2  4 + 36 x + 81x 2 ) (
B1 For 4 + 36 x + 81x 2
)
 x 3x 

for having 3 terms independent of x M1

Independent term is A1
972 − 1620 + 270 = −378

6 attempt to differentiate quotient or equivalent M1


product

d 1 1 B1
( 2 x − 1) 2 = ( 2 x − 1)− 2 for a quotient
dx
1 3
d
( 2 x − 1)− 2 = − ( 2 x − 1)− 2 for a product
dx

 − 
1 A1 All other terms correct
2 x − 1 − ( x + 2 ) ( 2 x − 1) 2 
dy  
either =
( )
2
dx 2x −1

dy 1
 − 
3
= ( 2 x − 1) 2 − ( x + 2 ) ( 2 x − 1) 2 

or
dx  

dy M1 equate to zero and attempt to solve


When = 0, 2 x − 1 = x + 2
dx

x=3 A1

5 A1
y= 5, , 2.24
5

© UCLES 2018 Page 5 of 10


243
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

7(i) 1000 B1

7(ii) t B1
2000 = 1000e 4

t = 4ln 2, ln16 M1 For 4 ln k or ln k 4 , k > 0

2.77 A1

7(iii) B = 1000e 2 B1
= 7389, 7390

8(a)
( )
3 1 − sin 2 θ + 4sin θ = 4 M1 use of correct identity

( 3sin θ − 1)( sin θ − 1) = 0 M1 For attempt to solve a 3 term quadratic


equation in sin θ to obtain sin θ =
1
sin θ = , sin θ = 1
3

θ = 19.5o , 160.5o A1

90o A1

8(b) tan 2φ = 3 M1 obtaining an equation in tan 2φ and


π 2π correct attempt to solve for one solution to
2φ = , − reach 2φ = k
3 3

for one correct solution A1


π
φ = , or 0.524
6

for attempt at a second solution M1

π A1 for a correct second solution and no other


φ = − , or −1.05 solutions within the range
3

9(a)(i) 1000 B1

9(a)(ii) for use of power rule M1

for addition or subtraction rule M1 dep on previous M1

1000a A1 103 a
lg Allow lg
b2 b2

9(b)(i) x2 − 5x + 6 = 0 M1 For attempt to obtain a quadratic equation


and solve

x = 3, x = 2 A1 for both

© UCLES 2018 Page 6 of 10


244
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

9b(ii) ( log 4 a )2 − 5log 4 a + 6 = 0 M1 For the connection with (i) and attempt to
deal with at least one logarithm correctly,
either 4 their 3 or 4their 2

a = 64 A1

a = 16 A1

10(i)
( ) ( ) M1 For attempt to use the cosine rule
2 2
AC 2 = 4 3 − 5 + 4 3 + 5

( )(
−2 4 3 − 5 4 3 + 5 cos 60o ) A1 For all correct unsimplified

AC 2 = 123 M1 M1 dep for attempt to evaluate without


use of calculator

AC = 123 A1

ALTERNATIVE METHOD

Taking D as the foot of the perpendicular M1 For a complete method to get AC2
from A:
Find AD, BD, DC

AC 2 = AD 2 + DC 2

2
 12 − 5 3   15 + 4 3 
2 A1 For all correct unsimplified
2
AC =   +  
 2   2 

AC 2 = 123 M1 M1dep for attempt to evaluate without


use of calculator

AC = 123 A1

© UCLES 2018 Page 7 of 10


245
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

10(ii) AC 4 3 −5 AD M1 For attempt at the sine rule or


o
= or sin ACB = trigonometry involving right-angled
sin 60 sin ACB AC
triangles

For attempt at cosec M1 dep on first M mark


2 123 2 41
cosecACB = or
(
3 4 3 −5 )
4 3 −5 ( )
oe

2 123 4 3+5 M1 dep on previous M mark for a statement


cosec ACB = ×
3 4 3 −5( ) 4 3+5 involving rationalisation using a 3 + b

A1 4 3+5
=
2 41
23
(4 3+5 ) For rationalisation using
4 3+5
oe and

simplification

ALTERNATIVE METHOD

M1 Area of ABC
1
2
( )(
4 3 − 5 4 3 + 5 sin 60 = )
23 3
4

M1 For attempt at a second area of ABC and


1
2
( )
123 4 3 + 5 sin ACB =
23 3
4
equating to first area

For attempt at cosec M1 dep on first 2 M marks

A1 Need to be convinced no calculator is


=
2 41
23
(4 3+5 ) being used in simplification

© UCLES 2018 Page 8 of 10


246
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

11 1 B1 1
When x = 0, y = For y =
2 2

dy 1 4 x B1
= e
dx 2

dy 1 B1 dy
= , Gradient of normal = –2 FT on their , must be numeric
dx 2 dx

1 M1 For an attempt at a normal equation


either: Normal y − = −2 x
2  1
passing through their  0,  and a
OA  2
or: Gradient of normal = −
OB substitution of y = 0

1 A1
When y = 0, x =
4

EITHER: M1 For attempt to integrate to obtain


1
1 4x 3 3 1 1
k1e4 x + x , k1 ≠ , k1 ≠
∫0
4
8
e + dx
8 8 8 2

1 A1 For correct integration


 1 4 x 3x  4
 32 e + 8 
 0

Use of limits M1 M1dep

1 B1 1
For area of triangle = FT on their x =
16 4

e A1 final answer in correct form


=
32

OR: M1 For attempt at subtraction and attempt to


1
1 4x 3 1 integrate
∫0
4
8
e + − + 2 x dx
8 2
3
to obtain k1e4 x + x + k2 x + k3 x 2 , k1 ≠
1
8 8
1 A2 –1 for each error for integration
 1 4x 1 2 4
 32 e − 8 x + x 
 0

for use of limits M1 M1dep

e A1 final answer in correct form


=
32

© UCLES 2018 Page 9 of 10


247
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

12(a) 1 B1
p=
4

p + q − 4q + 6 = 4 B1 FT on their p

3 B1
q=
4

12(b)  1  1  M1 For attempt to factorise and solve, or


 x + 3 
3

x 3 + 1 = 0

solve using the quadratic formula oe, a
   1
quadratic in x3 or u

1 A1 For both
x3 = −1 or u = −1
1
x3 = −3 or u = −3

x = −1 A1

x = −27 A1

© UCLES 2018 Page 10 of 10


248
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/13


Paper 1 May/June 2018
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

249
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Generic Marking Principles

These general marking principles must be applied by all examiners when marking candidate answers.
They should be applied alongside the specific content of the mark scheme or generic level descriptors
for a question. Each question paper and mark scheme will also comply with these marking principles.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 1:

Marks must be awarded in line with:

• the specific content of the mark scheme or the generic level descriptors for the question
• the specific skills defined in the mark scheme or in the generic level descriptors for the question
• the standard of response required by a candidate as exemplified by the standardisation scripts.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 2:

Marks awarded are always whole marks (not half marks, or other fractions).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 3:

Marks must be awarded positively:

• marks are awarded for correct/valid answers, as defined in the mark scheme. However, credit
is given for valid answers which go beyond the scope of the syllabus and mark scheme,
referring to your Team Leader as appropriate
• marks are awarded when candidates clearly demonstrate what they know and can do
• marks are not deducted for errors
• marks are not deducted for omissions
• answers should only be judged on the quality of spelling, punctuation and grammar when these
features are specifically assessed by the question as indicated by the mark scheme. The
meaning, however, should be unambiguous.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 4:

Rules must be applied consistently e.g. in situations where candidates have not followed
instructions or in the application of generic level descriptors.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 5:

Marks should be awarded using the full range of marks defined in the mark scheme for the question
(however; the use of the full mark range may be limited according to the quality of the candidate
responses seen).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 6:

Marks awarded are based solely on the requirements as defined in the mark scheme. Marks should
not be awarded with grade thresholds or grade descriptors in mind.

© UCLES 2018 Page 2 of 10


250
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2018 Page 3 of 10


251
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

1 Substitution and simplification to obtain a 3 M1 substitution of y = x + 4 or x = y – 4 and


term quadratic in one variable simplification to 3 terms.

x 2 − 2 x − 8 = 0 or 2 x 2 − 4 x − 16 = 0 A1 correct equation of the form


or ax 2 + bx + c = 0 or ay 2 + by + c = 0
y 2 − 10 y + 16 = 0 or y 2 − 10 y + 16 = 0

Solution of quadratic equation M1 M1 dep

x = 4, y = 8 A2 A1 for each pair


x = −2, y = 2

2 5  B1
Midpoint  , −1
2 

8 B1
Gradient of line = −
3

3 M1
Gradient of perp =
8

Equation of perp bisector: M1 M1 dep Using their perpendicular


3 5 gradient and their midpoint
y +1 =  x − 
8 2

6 x − 16 y − 31 = 0 or A1
−6 x + 16 y + 31 = 0

3 4 B1 for either each row correct or each


A B C D
column correct – mark to candidate’s
9 advantage.
9 9
9
9

4(i) b=4 B1

c=6 B1

π M1 Evaluation of a using their b and their c


2 = a + 4sin and the given point.
2

a = −2 A1

© UCLES 2018 Page 4 of 10


252
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

4(ii) 3 B1 for −6 - y - 2

B1 for 3 complete cycles

B1 for all correct

5(i) The number of bacteria at the start of the B1


experiment

5(ii) 20 000 M1 use of given equation and attempt to


20 000 = 800e kt so = e2k solve for e2k
800
or use logs correctly
or ln 20 000 = ln 800 + ln(e 2 k )

2k = ln 25 M1 correct method to obtain 2k

1.61 A1

5(iii) P = 800e3ln 5 M1 Substitution of t = 3 in formula using


their k

= 100 000 A1 answer in range 99800 to 100200

6(a)  log 3 p  B1
 × log3 2  + log 3 q
 log3 2 

or log 3 2log 2 p + log3 q

log 3 p + log 3 q B1 B1 dep


log 2 p
or log 3 (2 × q)

log 3 pq B1 B1 dep

6(b) ( log a 5 − 1)( log a 5 − 3) = 0 M1 solution of quadratic equation

log a 5 = 1, a = 5 A2 A1 for a = 5
1
A1 for a = 3 5 or 1.71or 53
1
log a 5 = 3, a = 3 5 or 1.71 or 5 3

7(i) 1 3 2 2 1
  B1 for
2 5 4 2
3 2
B1 for  
5 4

© UCLES 2018 Page 5 of 10


253
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

7(ii) 5 B1 Relating solution of these equations to


4x − 2 y = matrix in (i)
2
7  2.5 
−5 x + 3 y = B1 for adapted equation or   or
2  3.5 
 x
2 
 y

 x  1 3 2  2.5  M1 Correct method for pre-multiplication by


 =    their inverse matrix.
 y 2 5 4  3.5 
or
 x  1 3 2  5 
2  =   
 y 2 5 4  7 

 29  A2 A1 for each. Condone in matrix form.


 x   7.25   4 
  =  or  
 y   13.25   53 
 
 4 
x = 7.25, y = 13.25

8(a) 3(2i − 5 j) − 4(i − 3j) M1 For expansion and collection of terms

3p − 4q = 2i − 3j A1

Magnitude of their 2i − 3 j M1 For method to find magnitude


22 + (−3) 2

2i − 3 j A1
Unit vector =
13

8(b)(i) v 2 = 2.732 + 1.252 B1 Correct use of Pythagoras

v = 3.00 B1

8(b)(ii) 1.25 M1 Use of a trig funtion to obtain a relevant


tan θ = oe angle
2.73

Angle to AB= 24.6o or 0.429 radians A1

9(i) 256 x8 − 64 x 6 + 7 x 4 3 B1 for each term

© UCLES 2018 Page 6 of 10


254
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

9(ii) 1 2 B1
4
+ 2 +1
x x

 1  M1 M1 for three correctly obtained products


( 256 x 8
) 2
− 64 x 6 + 7 x 4  4 + 2 + 1
x x 
leading to terms in x4 using their
256 x8 − 64 x 6 + 7 x 4 and their
1 2
( 256 × 1 − 64 × 2 + 7 × 1) x 4 4
+ 2 +1
x x

Coefficient of x 4 is 256 − 128 + 7 A1


= 135

10(a) 5+6 5 6− 5 M1 for rationalisation


×
6+ 5 6− 5

30 − 5 5 + 36 5 − 30 M1 M1dep for expanding the numerator to


= obtain four terms.
31

31 5 A1 A1 for 5 from correct working


= = 5
31

10(b)
( 2)
6
3× × 2 = 6 × 23

8 6 B2 B1 for 6 from 3× 2

( 2 ) or 2
6
3
B1 for 8 from

© UCLES 2018 Page 7 of 10


255
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

10(c) EITHER: B1 3 term quadratic equation equated to


zero
x2 + 2x − 4 = 0

− 2 ± 18 M1 use of the quadratic formula


x=
2

for use of 18 = 3 2 M1 M1 dep

2, − 2 2 A1 For both from full working

OR:
x2 + 2x − 4 = 0 B1


2 M1 Correct use of completing the square
2 1
 x +  = 4 + method
 2  2
3 2
x=± −
2 2

4 2 M1 M1dep for dealing with 2 in


x=− ,
2 2 denominator

x = 2, − 2 2 A1

11(i) dy 54 M1 dy p
= 16 − 3 for = 16 ± 3
dx x dx x

Equating to zero and obtaining x3 M1 M1dep

3 A2 A1 for each
x = , y = 36
2

© UCLES 2018 Page 8 of 10


256
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

11(ii) EITHER: B1 B1 for both

When x = 1, y = 43
When x = 3, y = 51

1  3 27
 ( 43 + 51) × 2  − ∫ 16 x + x 2
dx
2  1

1  B1 FT from their P and their Q


Area of trapezium =  ( 43 + 51) × 2  oe
2 

Integration to find area under curve M1  q


for  px 2 + 
 x

 27  A1 Integration correct
= 8 x 2 − 
 x

 27   27  M1 M1dep for application of limits


= 8 × 32 −  − 8 × 12 − 
 3  1

Required area = 94 – 82 A1
=12

OR: B1 B1 for both


When x = 1, y = 43
When x = 3, y = 51

Equation of PQ: y = 4 x + 39 B1 Equation of line FT from their P and


their Q

27 M1  r
Integration of their 4 x + 39 − 16 x − for  px + qx 2 + 
x2  x

 27  A1 All correct
= 39 x − 6 x 2 + 
 x

 27  M1 M1dep for application of limits


= 39 × 3 − 6 × 32 + 
 3
 27 
− 39 × 1 − 6 × 12 + 
 1

Required area = 72 – 60 A1
= 12

© UCLES 2018 Page 9 of 10


257
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

12 dy 1 M1 1
= ( 2 x − 5) 2 ( +c ) for k ( 2 x − 5 ) 2 ,
dx

1 A1
for ( 2 x − 5 ) 2

Substitution to obtain arbitrary constant M1 M1 dep


dy 9
Using = 6 when x =
dx 2

 dy  1 A1 dy
  = ( 2 x − 5) 2 + 4 for correct
dx
 dx 

1 M1 M1 dep on first M1 for integration of


Integration of their k ( 2 x − 5 ) 2 + c 1 3
k ( 2 x − 5 ) 2 to obtain m ( 2 x − 5 ) 2

1 3 A1 1 3
y= ( 2 x − 5 ) 2 +4x ( +d ) for ( 2 x − 5) 2 +4x
3 3
FT their (non -zero) constant

Finding constant M1 M1 dep for obtaining arbitrary constant


3
for m ( 2 x − 5 ) 2 + nx + d using
9 2
x= , y=
2 3

1 3 A1 for correct equation


y= ( 2 x − 5) 2 + 4 x − 20
3

© UCLES 2018 Page 10 of 10


258
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/21


Paper 2 May/June 2018
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

259
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Generic Marking Principles

These general marking principles must be applied by all examiners when marking candidate answers.
They should be applied alongside the specific content of the mark scheme or generic level descriptors
for a question. Each question paper and mark scheme will also comply with these marking principles.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 1:

Marks must be awarded in line with:

• the specific content of the mark scheme or the generic level descriptors for the question
• the specific skills defined in the mark scheme or in the generic level descriptors for the question
• the standard of response required by a candidate as exemplified by the standardisation scripts.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 2:

Marks awarded are always whole marks (not half marks, or other fractions).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 3:

Marks must be awarded positively:

• marks are awarded for correct/valid answers, as defined in the mark scheme. However, credit
is given for valid answers which go beyond the scope of the syllabus and mark scheme,
referring to your Team Leader as appropriate
• marks are awarded when candidates clearly demonstrate what they know and can do
• marks are not deducted for errors
• marks are not deducted for omissions
• answers should only be judged on the quality of spelling, punctuation and grammar when these
features are specifically assessed by the question as indicated by the mark scheme. The
meaning, however, should be unambiguous.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 4:

Rules must be applied consistently e.g. in situations where candidates have not followed
instructions or in the application of generic level descriptors.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 5:

Marks should be awarded using the full range of marks defined in the mark scheme for the question
(however; the use of the full mark range may be limited according to the quality of the candidate
responses seen).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 6:

Marks awarded are based solely on the requirements as defined in the mark scheme. Marks should
not be awarded with grade thresholds or grade descriptors in mind.

© UCLES 2018 Page 2 of 9

260
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2018 Page 3 of 9

261
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

1(i)(a) A is not a [proper] subset of B oe B1

1(i)(b) A and C are mutually exclusive oe B1


or A intersection C is the empty set oe

1(ii)(a) n ( A ∪ B) = 3 B1

1(ii)(b) x ∈ ( A ∩ C ′ ) oe B1

2(i) 1 M1

3x − 1

1 A1

3x − 1

2(ii) 11 B1
x= soi
15

dy M1
0.125 ≈ their × δx oe
dx x = their
11
15

0.05 nfww A1

3(i) ( 12 P7 = ) 3 991 680 B1

3(ii) (4 × 11P6 = ) 1 330 560 B1

3(iii) 4! × 4! × 2 oe M2 M1 for 4! × 4! oe only or 4 P × 4 P oe only


4 3

1152 A1

© UCLES 2018 Page 4 of 9

262
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

4(i) 2( −4)3 + 3 ( −4 ) − 4a − 12 = 0 with one


2 B1 Note: = 0 must be seen or may be implied by
correct interim step leading to e.g. −92 = 4a or 92 = −4a
a = −23
or convincingly showing that
2( −4)3 + 3 ( −4 ) − 4( −23) − 12 = 0
2

or correct synthetic division at least as far as


−4 2 3 a −12
−8 20 −4a − 80
2 −5 a + 20 0
then a = −23

or correct long division to, e.g. verify −23, at least


as far as
2 x2 − 5x − 3
x + 4 2 x 3 + 3x 2 − 23 x − 12
2 x3 + 8 x 2
− 5 x 2 − 23 x
− 5 x 2 − 20 x
− 3x − 12
−3 x − 12
0

p(1) = 2 + 3 − 23 − 12 B1
b = −30

4(ii) finds a correct quadratic factor B2 B1 for quadratic factor with 2 correct terms
e.g. (2x2 − 5x – 3)
OR

B1for finding (x – 3) using factor theorem


B1for convincingly finding (2x + 1) as third factor

Product of three linear factors M1


(2x + 1)(x – 3)(x + 4)

1 A1 If M0 then SC1 if quadratic factorised correctly but


x = − , x = 3, x = − 4 nfww does not show full factorisation but does give all 3
2
solutions correctly

5(i) Putting y = f(x), changing subject to x M1


and swopping x and y or vice versa

11  5x + 1 A1
f −1 ( x) =  + 5  or oe isw
2 x  2x

5(ii) x > 0 oe B1

© UCLES 2018 Page 5 of 9

263
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

5(iii) 1 B1
 1 
2 −5
 2x − 5 

1 M1 FT if expression of equivalent difficulty


oe
2 − 5(2 x − 5) 1
e.g.
2x − 5  1 
 −5
 2x − 5 

2x − 5 A1
Completes to oe
−10 x + 27
final answer

6(i) 16x = 40 oe M1

x = 2.5 oe (radians) A1

6(ii) 1 M1
(16 )2 (2.5) oe
2

320 A1

6(iii) 1 2 M1 FT provided their 320 > 140


r ( their 2.5) = (their 320) − 140 oe
2

correct simplification to r2 = … M1 dep on first M1

12 A1

7(i) 4 tan x + 4 x sec 2 x isw B2 Fully correct


B1 for one correct term as part of e.g. a sum of 2
terms

7(ii) d ( 3 x +1 ) B1
e = 3e3 x +1
dx

( x 2 − 1)( their 3e3 x +1 ) − their (2 x)e3 x +1 M1


( x 2 − 1)2

( x 2 − 1)( 3e3 x +1 ) − 2 xe3 x +1 A1


oe isw
( x 2 − 1)2

8(i) Takes logs of both sides M1

ln y = ln a + n ln x A1
or lg y = lg a + n lg x

© UCLES 2018 Page 6 of 9

264
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

8(ii) n = −0.2 to −0.3 nfww B1

attempts to equate y-intercept to ln a M1


or
forms their ln equation with their
gradient and a point on the line
or
uses two points on the line to form a
pair of simultaneous equations

a = e4.7 isw or 110 or 109.9[47…] A1 maximum of 2 marks if no coordinates stated

8(iii) use of ln(50) and lnx = 3 to 3.2 M1 50


or for = xtheir n or better
theira
or for ln 50 = ln(theira ) + (their n) ln x oe

awrt 22 or 23 to 2 significant figures A1 implies M1

9(i)  7  64
2 B3 B1 for each of p, q, r correct in correct format;
5 x −  − allow correct equivalent values.
 5 5
If B0, then
 7  64
SC2 for 5  x −  −
 5 5
or SC1 for correct values but incorrect format

9(ii) B4 B2 for fully correct shape in correct position


or B1 for fully correct shape translated parallel to
the x-axis

B1 for y-intercept at (0, 3) marked on graph


3
B1 for roots marked on graph at −0.2 and 3
−0.2 O 3

9(iii)  64  B2 FT their (i)


0 < k < their  −  64
 5  B1 for any inequality using their or max y
5
value is their 12.8soi

10(i) ds B1
v= = −3sin 3t
dt

π B1
When v = 0, t =
3

© UCLES 2018 Page 7 of 9

265
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

10(ii) Finding s when M1


π π
t= and t =
4 2

Finding s when M1 Using their (i) correctly


π
t = their and correct plan
3

1.29 nfww A1

10(iii) dv B1
a= = −9cos3t
dt

9 B1 FT their k cos 3t

11(a) 10 (1 − sin 2 x ) + 3sin x = 9 M1

Solves 10sin 2 x − 3sin x − 1 = 0 oe M1 dep on first M1


Solves their three term quadratic in sin

1 1 A1
sin x = , sin x = −
2 5

30º, 150º and 191.5º, 348.5º awrt A2 A1 for any two correct solutions

11(b) sin 2 y M1
3 = 4sin 2 y oe
cos 2 y

Solves 3sin 2 y − 4sin 2 y cos 2 y [= 0] M1 dep on first M1

3 A1
sin 2 y = 0 cos 2 y =
4

Any two of A1
π, 0.72273…, 5.56045… nfww

π A1 SC: cancels out sin2y after M1M0


, 0.361, 2.78 awrt nfww allow SC1 for 0.72273… and 5.56045... and
2
SC1for 0.361 and 2.78

12(i) h M1
tan 30 = oe
x
2

Correct completion to given answer A1

V = 5 3 h 2 isw B1

© UCLES 2018 Page 8 of 9

266
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

12(ii)(a) dV 5 3 B1 FT theirV = k h 2
= their10 3 h or
dh 2

dh dh dV M1
= × soi
dt dV dt

dh 1 M1
= × 0.5
dt  dV 
their  
 dh 

0.115 or 0.11547 to 0.1155 oe A1

12(ii)(b)  dx dx dh  1 M1
 = × =  2 3 × their
 dt dh dt  5 3

2 A1
5

© UCLES 2018 Page 9 of 9

267
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/22


Paper 1 May/June 2018
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

268
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Generic Marking Principles

These general marking principles must be applied by all examiners when marking candidate answers.
They should be applied alongside the specific content of the mark scheme or generic level descriptors
for a question. Each question paper and mark scheme will also comply with these marking principles.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 1:

Marks must be awarded in line with:

• the specific content of the mark scheme or the generic level descriptors for the question
• the specific skills defined in the mark scheme or in the generic level descriptors for the question
• the standard of response required by a candidate as exemplified by the standardisation scripts.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 2:

Marks awarded are always whole marks (not half marks, or other fractions).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 3:

Marks must be awarded positively:

• marks are awarded for correct/valid answers, as defined in the mark scheme. However, credit
is given for valid answers which go beyond the scope of the syllabus and mark scheme,
referring to your Team Leader as appropriate
• marks are awarded when candidates clearly demonstrate what they know and can do
• marks are not deducted for errors
• marks are not deducted for omissions
• answers should only be judged on the quality of spelling, punctuation and grammar when these
features are specifically assessed by the question as indicated by the mark scheme. The
meaning, however, should be unambiguous.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 4:

Rules must be applied consistently e.g. in situations where candidates have not followed
instructions or in the application of generic level descriptors.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 5:

Marks should be awarded using the full range of marks defined in the mark scheme for the question
(however; the use of the full mark range may be limited according to the quality of the candidate
responses seen).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 6:

Marks awarded are based solely on the requirements as defined in the mark scheme. Marks should
not be awarded with grade thresholds or grade descriptors in mind.

© UCLES 2018 Page 2 of 10


269
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2018 Page 3 of 10


270
0606/22
0 Cambridge
C IGCSE – Mark
M Scheme Ma
ay/June 201
18
P
PUBLISHEDD

Question
Q Answer Markss Parrtial Marks

1(i) cos θ cosθ sin θ


Uses cot θ =
U B1 for ussing cot θ = oe or tan θ =
sin θ B3 sin θ cossθ
oe at som
me stage
cos θ + sin θ
2 2

sin θ B1 for usse of cos2 θ + sin 2 θ = 1 oe


o

Uses cos2 θ + sin 2 θ = 1


U B1 for coommon denoominator of sin s θ oe eitheer
in a compound fractioon or in two partial
fractions
1
C
Completes too = cosecθ 1 − sin 22 θ 1 sin 2 θ
sin θ or for wrriting as − oe
sin θ sin θ sin θ

Maximu um of 2 markks if not fully correct orr


does nott complete too cosecθ

1(ii) 1 M1
ssinθ =
4

114.5° or A1 Not from


m wrong work
rking
114.47[751…]] rot to 4 or more
m figuress
isw

2(a) B1
A B

2(b) B3 B1 for 8 correctly plaaced and all the empty


P Q regions correct
c
111 2 5
B1 for 11, 2, 5 correcctly placed
8 B1 for 4 correctly plaaced
[0] [0] maximum of 2 markks if fully co orrect but
4 other va
alues such ass 30, 21 and//or 15 preseent
[0] within th
he diagram
R

ttheir 12 B1 STRICT
T FT their V
Venn diagram
m

© UCLES 2018 Page 4 of 10


271
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

3 p(−3) = 0 or p(2) = −15 stated or M1


implied

−54 + 9a + 72 + b = 0 or better A1 finds one correct equation; implies M1

16 + 4a − 48 + b = −15 or better A1 finds another correct equation; implies M1

Solves a pair of simultaneous M1 dep on first M1


equations in a and b condone one sign or arithmetic error in their
solution;
as far as finding one unknown

a = −7, b = 45 A1

60 cao A1

4 Eliminates one of the unknowns M1

Simplifies to a correct 3-term A1


quadratic:
2x2 + 4x – 16 [= 0] oe or
2y2 − 6y – 36 [= 0] oe

Factorises or solves M1 FT their 3-term quadratic in x or y;


( x + 4 )( x − 2 ) = 0 oe or
( y + 3)( y − 6 ) = 0 oe
(2, 6) and (−4, −3) oe A2 Not from wrong working

A1 for either (2, 6) or (−4, −3)


or A1 for x = 2 and x = −4 or y = 6 and y = −3

5(a) 7
P4 or 7 × 6 × 5 × 4 oe M1

840 A1

5(b)(i) 20 B1

5(b)(ii) 5
C1 × 4C1 × 2C1 or 5 × 4 × 2 oe M1

40 A1

5(b)(iii) 5
C3 + 4C3 oe M1

14 A1

© UCLES 2018 Page 5 of 10


272
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

6(i) (Arc length = ) 1.5 × 5 oe soi M1 implied by 7.5

(DE =) 10sin(0.75) oe soi M1 implied by awrt 6.82

34.3 or answer in range 34.31 to 34.32 A1

6(ii) 1 M1 implied by 18.75


(Area sector = ) × 52 × 1.5 oe
2

1 M1 implied by awrt 12.47


(Area triangle =) × 52 × sin(1.5) oe
2

31.2 or answer in range 31.21 to 31.22 A1

7(i) |their(a + c)| = their (52 + 142 ) M1

221 A1 mark final answer

7(ii) [(2 + m)i + (3 – 5m)j therefore] M1 for attempting to form a + mb and equate the
scalar of the i component to 0
their (2 + m ) = 0

m = −2 only A1 implies M1

7(iii) [(2n − 1)i + (3n + 5)j = 3i + 11j M1


or n(2i + 3j) = (3i + 11j) + (i – 5j) oe
leading to]

2n − 1 = 3 or 3n + 5 = 11 oe, soi

n = 2 only A1 implies M1

© UCLES 2018 Page 6 of 10


273
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

8(a)  −2 6  B2 B1 for a 2 by 2 matrix with 2 or 3 correct


  elements
 1 12 

 1  12 −6   B2 FT their non-singular BA
their     oe isw 1  
 −30  −1 −2   B1 FT for either   or
their (−30)  
 12 −6 
... × their  
 −1 −2 

If their BA is singular, B0 then SC1 for


 12 −6 
... × their  
 −1 −2 

OR

Alternative method A−1B−1:


1  −3 1 
B2 for A–1 =   isw
−5  −1 2 
1  −5 2 
or B−1 =   isw
6  −3 0 

1  −3 1 
or B1 for a multiplier of or for  
−5  −1 2 
1  −5 2 
or for a multipler of or for  
6  −3 0 

1  12 −6 
B2 FT for A−1 B−1 = their × their  
−30  −1 −2 

or B1 FT for a 2 by 2 matrix with 2 or 3


correct elements
Maximum of 3 marks if not fully correct

8(b)(i) 2×3 B1

8(b)(ii)  1 B2 B1 for each correct element; must be in a 1 by 2


 2 −  oe isw matrix
 2
or M1 for a full method as far as finding values
for the two elements

© UCLES 2018 Page 7 of 10


274
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

9(i) 1 1
d
( sin x ) = 1 (sin x)− 2 ( cos x ) oe B2 B1 for
1 −
(sin x) 2 × ...
dx 2 2
1
1 −
or for (sin x) 2
2
1
1 −
or for (...) 2 × cos x
2
 1
1  their  −1
or for their (sin x) 2  × cos x
2

their ( 4 x3 ) sin x M1 Applies correct form of product rule


 1 −
1

+ x 4  their ( sin x ) 2 ( cos x )  oe
 2 

1 −
1
 A1 Not from wrong working
4 x3 sin x + x 4  ( sin x ) 2 ( cos x ) 
2 
oe isw

9(ii)
∫ ( 4x sin x ) dx M1  x 4 cos x 
3
or ∫ ∫
x dx + 2 
 2 sin x
+ 4 x3 sin x  dx oe

 1 1



+  x 4 × ( sin x ) 2 ( cos x )  dx
 2 
FT their (i)
= x 4 sin x oe

x2 A2
∫ x dx + 2 x
4
A1 for sin x
+ 2 x 4 sin x [ +c ]
2
y

10(a)(i) B2 B1 for correct shape


B1 for roots marked on the graph
or seen nearby provided graph drawn and one
root is negative and one is positive

x
-3 5

10(a)(ii) Any correct domain B1

10(b)(i) 4 B1 mark final answer


3x − 1

© UCLES 2018 Page 8 of 10


275
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

10(b)(ii) Correct method for finding inverse M1 a


function e.g. FT only if theirhg( x) of the form where
bx + c
a, b and c are integers
swopping variables and changing
subject or vice versa;
or
indicates (hg) −1 ( x) = g −1h −1 ( x) and
x +1 4
finds g −1 ( x) = and h −1 ( x) =
3 x

a − cx
 
1 4  A1
 −1
FT their (hg)−1 ( x) =
(hg) ( x) =  3  x + 1 oe isw or
oe
bx
4+ x
(hg) −1 ( x) = 
  3x oe isw If M0 then SC1 for their hg(x) of the form
a
y = + b oe leading to their (hg)-1(x) of the
x
a
form y = isw
x−b

10(c) a cao B1

11(a) 4 1 
( 2 x − 1) 3 ( 2 x − 1) 3 +1
[+ c] oe isw B2 B1 for k × where k ≠ 0
4
×2 1 
 + 1
3 3 

11(b)(i) 1 M1
k cos 4 x [+ c] where k < 0 or k =
4

1 A1
− cos 4 x [ +c ]
4

11(b)(ii) Sight of correct substitution of limits: M1 FT their k cos 4 x from (b)(i)


1 4π  1 4π 
− cos −  − cos  oe dep on M1 awarded in (b)(i)
4 4  4 8 

1 A1 does not imply M1


4

© UCLES 2018 Page 9 of 10


276
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

11(c) x x M1 k any non-zero constant


∫ e 3 dx = ke 3 [ +c]

k=3 A1

Sight of correct substitution of limits: M1 dep on first M1


ln 8
their ke 3 − their ke0 oe

Shows how to deal with the power of B1


the first term e.g.
1
= ln 2 or 3 ( 3 8 )
ln 8 ln8
= ln 8 3 or
3 3
seen

6–3=3 A1 Not from wrong working

12(i) π r M1
tan = oe
12 h

π A1
r = h(2 − 3) or r = h tan oe
12

[V =] π ( 2 − 3 ) h 2 × h oe
1 2 M1 Correctly uses their expression for r in terms of
3 h in formula for volume of a cone dependent on
finding an expression connecting r and h

π ( 4 − 4 3 + 3) h3 A1
[V =] oe
3
correctly leading to
π ( 7 − 4 3 ) h3
[V =] AG
3

12(ii) Correct derivative of V e.g. B1


3π ( 7 − 4 3 ) h 2
oe isw
3

dh dh dV B1
= × soi
dt dV dt

1 M1 if correct implies B1 B1;


× 30 if incorrect, a correct FT statement implies the
 dV 
their   second B1
 dh  h = 5

5.32 A1

© UCLES 2018 Page 10 of 10


277
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/23


Paper 2 May/June 2018
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

278
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Generic Marking Principles

These general marking principles must be applied by all examiners when marking candidate answers.
They should be applied alongside the specific content of the mark scheme or generic level descriptors
for a question. Each question paper and mark scheme will also comply with these marking principles.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 1:

Marks must be awarded in line with:

• the specific content of the mark scheme or the generic level descriptors for the question
• the specific skills defined in the mark scheme or in the generic level descriptors for the question
• the standard of response required by a candidate as exemplified by the standardisation scripts.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 2:

Marks awarded are always whole marks (not half marks, or other fractions).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 3:

Marks must be awarded positively:

• marks are awarded for correct/valid answers, as defined in the mark scheme. However, credit
is given for valid answers which go beyond the scope of the syllabus and mark scheme,
referring to your Team Leader as appropriate
• marks are awarded when candidates clearly demonstrate what they know and can do
• marks are not deducted for errors
• marks are not deducted for omissions
• answers should only be judged on the quality of spelling, punctuation and grammar when these
features are specifically assessed by the question as indicated by the mark scheme. The
meaning, however, should be unambiguous.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 4:

Rules must be applied consistently e.g. in situations where candidates have not followed
instructions or in the application of generic level descriptors.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 5:

Marks should be awarded using the full range of marks defined in the mark scheme for the question
(however; the use of the full mark range may be limited according to the quality of the candidate
responses seen).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 6:

Marks awarded are based solely on the requirements as defined in the mark scheme. Marks should
not be awarded with grade thresholds or grade descriptors in mind.

© UCLES 2018 Page 2 of 9

279
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2018 Page 3 of 9

280
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

1(i)(a) A is not a [proper] subset of B oe B1

1(i)(b) A and C are mutually exclusive oe B1


or A intersection C is the empty set oe

1(ii)(a) n ( A ∪ B) = 3 B1

1(ii)(b) x ∈ ( A ∩ C ′ ) oe B1

2(i) 1 M1

3x − 1

1 A1

3x − 1

2(ii) 11 B1
x= soi
15

dy M1
0.125 ≈ their × δx oe
dx x = their
11
15

0.05 nfww A1

3(i) ( 12 P7 = ) 3 991 680 B1

3(ii) (4 × 11P6 = ) 1 330 560 B1

3(iii) 4! × 4! × 2 oe M2 M1 for 4! × 4! oe only or 4 P × 4 P oe only


4 3

1152 A1

© UCLES 2018 Page 4 of 9

281
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

4(i) 2( −4)3 + 3 ( −4 ) − 4a − 12 = 0 with one


2 B1 Note: = 0 must be seen or may be implied by
correct interim step leading to e.g. −92 = 4a or 92 = −4a
a = −23
or convincingly showing that
2( −4)3 + 3 ( −4 ) − 4( −23) − 12 = 0
2

or correct synthetic division at least as far as


−4 2 3 a −12
−8 20 −4a − 80
2 −5 a + 20 0
then a = −23

or correct long division to, e.g. verify −23, at least


as far as
2 x2 − 5x − 3
x + 4 2 x 3 + 3x 2 − 23 x − 12
2 x3 + 8 x 2
− 5 x 2 − 23 x
− 5 x 2 − 20 x
− 3x − 12
−3 x − 12
0

p(1) = 2 + 3 − 23 − 12 B1
b = −30

4(ii) finds a correct quadratic factor B2 B1 for quadratic factor with 2 correct terms
e.g. (2x2 − 5x – 3)
OR

B1for finding (x – 3) using factor theorem


B1for convincingly finding (2x + 1) as third factor

Product of three linear factors M1


(2x + 1)(x – 3)(x + 4)

1 A1 If M0 then SC1 if quadratic factorised correctly but


x = − , x = 3, x = − 4 nfww does not show full factorisation but does give all 3
2
solutions correctly

5(i) Putting y = f(x), changing subject to x M1


and swopping x and y or vice versa

11  5x + 1 A1
f −1 ( x) =  + 5  or oe isw
2 x  2x

5(ii) x > 0 oe B1

© UCLES 2018 Page 5 of 9

282
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

5(iii) 1 B1
 1 
2 −5
 2x − 5 

1 M1 FT if expression of equivalent difficulty


oe
2 − 5(2 x − 5) 1
e.g.
2x − 5  1 
 −5
 2x − 5 

2x − 5 A1
Completes to oe
−10 x + 27
final answer

6(i) 16x = 40 oe M1

x = 2.5 oe (radians) A1

6(ii) 1 M1
(16 )2 (2.5) oe
2

320 A1

6(iii) 1 2 M1 FT provided their 320 > 140


r ( their 2.5) = (their 320) − 140 oe
2

correct simplification to r2 = … M1 dep on first M1

12 A1

7(i) 4 tan x + 4 x sec 2 x isw B2 Fully correct


B1 for one correct term as part of e.g. a sum of 2
terms

7(ii) d ( 3 x +1 ) B1
e = 3e3 x +1
dx

( x 2 − 1)( their 3e3 x +1 ) − their (2 x)e3 x +1 M1


( x 2 − 1)2

( x 2 − 1)( 3e3 x +1 ) − 2 xe3 x +1 A1


oe isw
( x 2 − 1)2

8(i) Takes logs of both sides M1

ln y = ln a + n ln x A1
or lg y = lg a + n lg x

© UCLES 2018 Page 6 of 9

283
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

8(ii) n = −0.2 to −0.3 nfww B1

attempts to equate y-intercept to ln a M1


or
forms their ln equation with their
gradient and a point on the line
or
uses two points on the line to form a
pair of simultaneous equations

a = e4.7 isw or 110 or 109.9[47…] A1 maximum of 2 marks if no coordinates stated

8(iii) use of ln(50) and lnx = 3 to 3.2 M1 50


or for = xtheir n or better
theira
or for ln 50 = ln(theira ) + (their n) ln x oe

awrt 22 or 23 to 2 significant figures A1 implies M1

9(i)  7  64
2 B3 B1 for each of p, q, r correct in correct format;
5 x −  − allow correct equivalent values.
 5 5
If B0, then
 7  64
SC2 for 5  x −  −
 5 5
or SC1 for correct values but incorrect format

9(ii) B4 B2 for fully correct shape in correct position


or B1 for fully correct shape translated parallel to
the x-axis

B1 for y-intercept at (0, 3) marked on graph


3
B1 for roots marked on graph at −0.2 and 3
−0.2 O 3

9(iii)  64  B2 FT their (i)


0 < k < their  −  64
 5  B1 for any inequality using their or max y
5
value is their 12.8soi

10(i) ds B1
v= = −3sin 3t
dt

π B1
When v = 0, t =
3

© UCLES 2018 Page 7 of 9

284
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

10(ii) Finding s when M1


π π
t= and t =
4 2

Finding s when M1 Using their (i) correctly


π
t = their and correct plan
3

1.29 nfww A1

10(iii) dv B1
a= = −9cos3t
dt

9 B1 FT their k cos 3t

11(a) 10 (1 − sin 2 x ) + 3sin x = 9 M1

Solves 10sin 2 x − 3sin x − 1 = 0 oe M1 dep on first M1


Solves their three term quadratic in sin

1 1 A1
sin x = , sin x = −
2 5

30º, 150º and 191.5º, 348.5º awrt A2 A1 for any two correct solutions

11(b) sin 2 y M1
3 = 4sin 2 y oe
cos 2 y

Solves 3sin 2 y − 4sin 2 y cos 2 y [= 0] M1 dep on first M1

3 A1
sin 2 y = 0 cos 2 y =
4

Any two of A1
π, 0.72273…, 5.56045… nfww

π A1 SC: cancels out sin2y after M1M0


, 0.361, 2.78 awrt nfww allow SC1 for 0.72273… and 5.56045... and
2
SC1for 0.361 and 2.78

12(i) h M1
tan 30 = oe
x
2

Correct completion to given answer A1

V = 5 3 h 2 isw B1

© UCLES 2018 Page 8 of 9

285
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2018
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

12(ii)(a) dV 5 3 B1 FT theirV = k h 2
= their10 3 h or
dh 2

dh dh dV M1
= × soi
dt dV dt

dh 1 M1
= × 0.5
dt  dV 
their  
 dh 

0.115 or 0.11547 to 0.1155 oe A1

12(ii)(b)  dx dx dh  1 M1
 = × =  2 3 × their
 dt dh dt  5 3

2 A1
5

© UCLES 2018 Page 9 of 9

286
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/11


Paper 1 October/November 2018
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

287
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Generic Marking Principles

These general marking principles must be applied by all examiners when marking candidate answers.
They should be applied alongside the specific content of the mark scheme or generic level descriptors
for a question. Each question paper and mark scheme will also comply with these marking principles.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 1:

Marks must be awarded in line with:

• the specific content of the mark scheme or the generic level descriptors for the question
• the specific skills defined in the mark scheme or in the generic level descriptors for the question
• the standard of response required by a candidate as exemplified by the standardisation scripts.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 2:

Marks awarded are always whole marks (not half marks, or other fractions).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 3:

Marks must be awarded positively:

• marks are awarded for correct/valid answers, as defined in the mark scheme. However, credit
is given for valid answers which go beyond the scope of the syllabus and mark scheme,
referring to your Team Leader as appropriate
• marks are awarded when candidates clearly demonstrate what they know and can do
• marks are not deducted for errors
• marks are not deducted for omissions
• answers should only be judged on the quality of spelling, punctuation and grammar when these
features are specifically assessed by the question as indicated by the mark scheme. The
meaning, however, should be unambiguous.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 4:

Rules must be applied consistently e.g. in situations where candidates have not followed
instructions or in the application of generic level descriptors.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 5:

Marks should be awarded using the full range of marks defined in the mark scheme for the question
(however; the use of the full mark range may be limited according to the quality of the candidate
responses seen).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 6:

Marks awarded are based solely on the requirements as defined in the mark scheme. Marks should
not be awarded with grade thresholds or grade descriptors in mind.

© UCLES 2018 Page 2 of 9


288
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2018 Page 3 of 9


289
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1(a) B3 B1 for 2 cycles, one max and 2 min points in the


5 y

2
correct places and up to a max at each end
1
B1 for going between 2 and –4
B1 for starting at ( 0, 2 ) and finishing at ( 360, 2 )
x

90 180 270 360

−1

−2

−3

−4

−5

1(b)(i) 4 B1

1(b)(ii) π B1
60o or
3

2(i)   1  1 5 M1  1
 p −  = − + − 2 + a = 2 For either p  −  = 2 or q ( −2 ) = 0
  2  4 4  2
( q ( −2 ) = ) 16 − 6a + b = 0
a=3 A1

b=2 A1

2(ii) r ( x ) = 2 x3 + x 2 − 5 x + 1 M1 For r ( x ) using their p ( x ) and q ( x )

 2  16 4 10 M1 2
r  = + − +1 For r  
 3  27 9 3 3

35 A1 Must be exact
=−
27

© UCLES 2018 Page 4 of 9


290
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Guidance

3 ( 3 + kx )6 = B2 B1 for 1458kx or 1215k 2 x 2

729 + 1458kx + 1215k 2 x2

Terms in x2 for ( 2 − x )( 3 + kx ) M1 For attempt at further expansion to obtain 2 terms in


6

x2 and equating to 972


= −1458k + 2430k 2
2430k 2 − 1458k = 972

5k 2 − 3k − 2 = 0 M1 Dep for solution of resulting 3 term quadratic


( 5k + 2 )( k − 1) = 0
2 A1
k =−
5

k =1 A1

4(i)  9  49
2 B2 9 49
B1 for or
x−  − 2 4
 2 4

4(ii)  9 49  B1 FT their p and q


 ,− 
2 4 

4(iii) B3 B1 for shape


16 y

B1 for cusps at (1, 0 ) and ( 8, 0 )


14

12

B1 for all correct, passing through ( 0, 8 ) with


10

maximum in correct position


6

5 10

4(iv) 49 B1 FT their q
4

5(i) 1 2 B1
r θ = 48
2

96 B1 Dep
θ= Must have previous B1
r2

5(ii) rθ = 12 B1 For statement of arc length

96 M1 For attempt to use part (i) to find either r or θ


r× = 12
r2

r = 8 and θ = 1.5 A1 For both

© UCLES 2018 Page 5 of 9


291
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Guidance

5(iii) 1  M1 For a complete method including a correct attempt


Area = 48 −  r 2 sin θ  for the area of the triangle using their r and θ
2 

=16.1 A1

6(i) 4x B1
For
2x2 + 3

M1 For attempt to differentiate a quotient or appropriate


product

dy A1 All other terms correct


=
dx
(5x + 2)
4x
2
2x + 3
(
− 5ln 2 x 2 + 3 )
( 5 x + 2 )2
dy −5ln 3 A1 For given answer
When x = 0 =
dx 4

6(ii) 1 B1 May be implied by tangent equation, allow 0.55


y = ln 3 or 0.549
2

Equation of tangent B1
 5  1
y =  − ln 3  x + ln 3
 4  2
or
y = −1.37 x + 0.549

7(a) lg100 = 2 B1

3lg x = lg x3 B1

100 x3 B1
lg
y

7(b)(i) 6x2 + 7 x − 3 = 0 M1 For obtaining in suitable quadratic form and attempt


to solve
( 2 x + 3)( 3x − 1) = 0
3 1 A1 For both
x=− x=
2 3

© UCLES 2018 Page 6 of 9


292
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Guidance

7(b)(ii) x = log a 3 M1 For realising connection with part (i) and attempt to
1 1 3
= log a 3 solve = log a 3 or − = log a 3
3 3 2

a = 27 A1

3 M1 For realising connection with part (i) and attempt to


− = log a 3
2 3 1
solve − = log a 3 or = log a 3
2 3

2 1 A1
 1 3  1 3
a =   or 0.481or   oe
 3 9

8(i) M1 For attempt to use chain rule to obtain


1

( )
kx 5 x 2 + 4 2 where k is a constant

1 A1 Allow unsimplified
3
2
(
(10 x ) 5 x 2 + 4 ) 2

8(ii) M1 For attempt to use part (i) if in correct form of


3

(
m 5x2 + 4 ) 2

3 A1 3
1
15
(
5x2 + 4 ) 2
( +c ) FT on their
1
k
(
5x2 + 4 ) 2

8(iii) M1 For use of limits if their (ii)


3

(
Must be in the form m 5 x 2 + 4 ) 2

1
3 3
 A1
 19 
15 
2
(
 5a + 4 ) 2 − 42 
  = 15 
 

3 M1 Dep
( 5a 2 + 4 ) 2 = 27 For complete and correct method to deal with the
3
power of
2

leading to a = 1 A1

9(i) 3 B1

© UCLES 2018 Page 7 of 9


293
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Guidance

9(ii) M1 For attempt to differentiate to obtain a + be−t

ds A1 All correct
= 4 − 3e−t
dt

2 = 4 − 3e−t M1 Dep for correct attempt to solve equation involving


exponential where e−t > 0

3 2 A1 Must be an exact form


leading to t = ln or − ln
2 3

9(iii) ds 17 M1 ds
When t = ln 5, = For attempt to find value of when t = ln 2
dt 5 dt

M1 Dep for attempt to use method of small changes

17h A1
∂s =
5

10(i)  6 B1 For velocity, may be implied by later work


Velocity of A  
8

 2 6 M1 For a complete and correct method


When t = 6, rA =   + 6  
 −5  8

 38  A1 For 43
= 
 43 

10(ii)  16   4  B1
rB =   +   t
 37   2 

10(iii)  16   4   2   6  M1 For equating position vectors at a time t


  +  t =   +  t
 37   2   −5   8 

16 + 4t = 2 + 6t or M1 Dep for equating like vectors at least once


37 + 2t = −5 + 8t

t =7 A1 Allow from one correct equation

Both equations lead to t = 7 B1 For showing that t = 7 satisfies both equations thus
verifying collision, or equivalent

10(iv)  44  B1
 
 51 

© UCLES 2018 Page 8 of 9


294
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Guidance

11(a)(i) B1 For critical values

2-f - 4 B1 Dep
For correct inequality and notation

11(a)(ii) x = 3cos y M1 For attempt to find f −1 and equate to 0.5


cos 2 y = 0.5

π M1 Dep
2y = For correct attempt to solve, dealing with the
3
double angle

π A1
y=
6

11(b) (
g2 ( x ) = g 3 − x2 ) M1 For correct attempt at g 2 , allow unsimplified

( )
2
= 3 − 3 − x2

−6 + 6 x2 − x 4 = −6 M1 Dep for equating to –6 and attempt to solve to


obtain a non-zero root
6 x2 − x4 = 0

x=0 B1

x=± 6 A1

© UCLES 2018 Page 9 of 9


295
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/12


Paper 1 October/November 2018
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

296
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Generic Marking Principles

These general marking principles must be applied by all examiners when marking candidate answers.
They should be applied alongside the specific content of the mark scheme or generic level descriptors
for a question. Each question paper and mark scheme will also comply with these marking principles.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 1:

Marks must be awarded in line with:

• the specific content of the mark scheme or the generic level descriptors for the question
• the specific skills defined in the mark scheme or in the generic level descriptors for the question
• the standard of response required by a candidate as exemplified by the standardisation scripts.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 2:

Marks awarded are always whole marks (not half marks, or other fractions).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 3:

Marks must be awarded positively:

• marks are awarded for correct/valid answers, as defined in the mark scheme. However, credit
is given for valid answers which go beyond the scope of the syllabus and mark scheme,
referring to your Team Leader as appropriate
• marks are awarded when candidates clearly demonstrate what they know and can do
• marks are not deducted for errors
• marks are not deducted for omissions
• answers should only be judged on the quality of spelling, punctuation and grammar when these
features are specifically assessed by the question as indicated by the mark scheme. The
meaning, however, should be unambiguous.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 4:

Rules must be applied consistently e.g. in situations where candidates have not followed
instructions or in the application of generic level descriptors.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 5:

Marks should be awarded using the full range of marks defined in the mark scheme for the question
(however; the use of the full mark range may be limited according to the quality of the candidate
responses seen).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 6:

Marks awarded are based solely on the requirements as defined in the mark scheme. Marks should
not be awarded with grade thresholds or grade descriptors in mind.

© UCLES 2018 Page 2 of 10


297
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2018 Page 3 of 10


298
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1 M1 For order of operations – subtraction


(
sin x + 50o = − ) 1
2 of 1, division by ± 2 and attempt at
( x + 50 o
= −45o , 225o ) sin −1

M1 Dep
For obtaining a solution by subtracting
50o

x = −95o , 175o A2 A1 for one correct solution


A1 for a second correct solution and
no others within the range

2 dy 1 M1 dy
= 5x + e2 x ( +c ) For attempt to integrate to get in
dx 2 dx
the form 5 x + pe 2 x .
Condone omission of + c

dy 7 M1 Dep
When x = 0, = 4 so c = For attempt to get value of c
dx 2

5x2 1 2 x 7 M1 Dep on first M1 only


y= + e + x ( +d ) For attempt to get y in the form
2 4 2
5x2
including + pe2 x .
2
Condone omission of + d.

13 M1 Dep on previous DepM1


When x = 0, y = −3 so d = − For attempt to obtain d, allow if c not
4
found

5x2 1 2 x 7 13 A1 Must have an equation


y= + e + x−
2 4 2 4

3(i) B2 B1 for correct shape with vertex at


10 y

( 2,0 )
−2 −1 1 2 3 4 5
x

6 Dep B1 for passing through or starting


−5
at ( 0,6 )
−10

© UCLES 2018 Page 4 of 10


299
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Guidance

3(ii) Either 6 − 3x = 2 B1 4
For x =
4 3
x=
3

6 − 3x = −2 M1 For considering – 2

8 A1
x=
3

Or 9 x 2 − 36 x + 32 = 0 M1 For squaring each side and attempt to


solve a 3 term quadratic = 0

4 A1
x=
3

8 A1
x=
3

3(iii) 4 8 B1 FT on their solutions in part (ii), must


x< , x> both be positive and written as 2
3 3
separate statements

4(i) B1 2
For
2x + 1

M1 For attempt to differentiate a product

dy 2 A1 For all other terms correct


= x3 + 3x 2 ln ( 2 x + 1)
dx 2x + 1

dy A1 For awrt 0.161


When x = 0.3, = 0.161
dx

4(ii) 0.161h B1 FT on their numerical answer to part


(i)

5(i) 7th term: 924a 6b6 x6 = 924 x6 B1 For any correct statement
924a6b6 = 924
924 a 6 ( bx ) = 924 x 6
6

1 B1 Dep on first B1
( ab )6 = 1 or ab = 1 so b = Must be convinced, nfww
a

© UCLES 2018 Page 5 of 10


300
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Guidance

5(ii) 6th term: 792a7b5 x5 = 198 x5 B1 For any correct statement


792a7b5 = 198
792 a 7 ( bx ) = 198 x 5
5

use of ab = 1 to obtain a 2 = ... or b2 = ... M1 For attempt to solve their equations


simultaneously to obtain an equation in
a 2 or b5

1 A1
a=
2

b=2 A1

6(i) M1 1
For kx ( 5 x − 125)

3

1 A1 Allow unsimplified
2
( )

× 10 x 5 x 2 − 125 3
3
 20 − 
1
2
(
 x 5 x − 125 3  )
 3 

6(ii) M1 2

(
For m 5 x 2 − 125 ) 3
( +c )
2 A1 FT on their k from part (i)
3
20
(
5 x 2 − 125 ) 3
( +c )

6(iii) 3  2 2
 M1 Dep on previous M1
 ( 375 ) 3 − ( 55 ) 3
 For use of limits in their answer to part
20   (ii), must be in the form
2

( 2
m 5 x − 125 ) 3
( +c ) ,
= 5.63 A1 Allow greater accuracy

© UCLES 2018 Page 6 of 10


301
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Guidance

7(a)  −12  B1 For magnitude, may be implied by a


  = 13 correct v
 5

 −36   −12  B1 Must be a vector


v=  or 3  
 15   5

7(a)  −12  B1 For value of t, may be implied by a


Alternative If t   = 39 , t = 3 correct v
 5

 −36   −12  B1
v=  or 3  
 15   5

7(b) M1 For equating like vectors at least once

17r + 2s + 3 = 0 M1 Dep
2r + 6s + 9 = 0 For solution of resulting equations to
obtain 2 solutions

r =0 A1

3 A1
s=− oe
2

8(i) a ( a + 4 ) − 12 = 0 M1 For correct use of det = 0

a 2 + 4a − 12 = 0 M1 Dep
For solution of resulting quadratic
equation

leading to a = −6, a = 2 A1 For both

8(ii) 1  8 −3  B2 1
A −1 =   oe B1 for
20  −4 4  20
 8 −3 
B1 for  
 −4 4 

8(iii) −1  2
3 M1 For pre-multiplication by their A-1
B=A  
 4 −5 

M1 Dep
For multiplication of 2 matrices – need
to see at least 2 correct elements – may
be unsimplified

1  4 39  A1 For final matrix oe


=  
20  8 −32 

© UCLES 2018 Page 7 of 10


302
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Guidance

9(i) p ( −3) = 0 leading to M1 For substitution of x = −3 and


−27a + 9b − 3c − 9 = 0 equating to zero

p′ ( x ) = 3ax 2 + 2bx + c M1 For differentiation in the form


p′ ( 0 ) = 36 rx 2 + sx + t and substitution of x = 0

c = 36 A1 nfww

p′′ ( x ) = 6ax + 2b M1 For further differentiation in the form


p′′ ( 0 ) = 2b vx + w of their p′ ( x ) and substitution
of x = 0

b = 43 A1 nfww

a = 10 A1 nfww

9(ii) 1 M1 1
p  For use of x = in their p ( x ) from
2 2
part (i)

21 A1

10(i) a=2 B1

1 M1 For a correct attempt to solve


cos bx = −
2 π a
cos b = ± provided 0 < a ≤ 4 to
6 4
get b = ...

leading to b = 4 A1

10(ii) 1 M1 Dep
cos 4 x = −
2 a
For attempt to solve their cos bx = ±
4
provided 0 < a ≤ 4 or use of symmetry
to get x = ...

π π  A1
x= so  , 0 
3 3 

10(iii) At M, y = −2 B1

π B1
x=
4

© UCLES 2018 Page 8 of 10


303
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Guidance

11(i) 2r + rθ = 10 M1 For use of arc length and attempt to get


perimeter, must have 2 terms involving
r

M1 Dep
For attempt to get r in terms of θ

10 A1
r=
2 +θ

1  10 
2 M1 For attempt to obtain the area of the
A=   θ sector in terms of θ only, using their r
2  2 +θ 

50θ A1 For manipulation to get the required


A= answer nfww
(2 + θ ) 2
AG

11(ii) M1 For attempt to differentiate a quotient


or an equivalent product

dA 50 ( 2 + θ ) − 100θ ( 2 + θ ) A1 All correct, allow unsimplified


2

=
dθ ( 2 + θ )4
or
dA
= 50 ( 2 + θ ) − 100θ ( 2 + θ )
−2 −3

dA M1 dA
When =0 For equating their to 0 and
dθ dθ
attempt to solve – need to see at least
one line of working

θ =2 A1 Condone inclusion of −2

25 A1
A=
4

© UCLES 2018 Page 9 of 10


304
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Guidance

11(ii) 10 − 2r M1 dA
Alternative Starting again using θ = so A complete method to obtain
2 dr
A = 5r − r 2

dA A1
= 5 − 2r
dr

dA M1 For equating to zero and attempt to


When =0 solve
dr

r = 2.5 A1

25 A1
A=
4

12 2 x 2 + 7 x = 0 or y 2 − 3 y − 10 = 0 M1 For attempt to obtain a simplified


quadratic equation in one variable
equated to 0

M1 Dep
For solution of quadratic

( 0, 5 ) A1

 7  A1
 − , − 2
 2 

 7 3 B1
Midpoint  − , 
 4 2

Gradient of AB = 2 M1 For attempt to obtain gradient of line


1 perpendicular to AB using their
∴⊥ gradient = − coordinates
2

3 1 7 M1 For a correct attempt to obtain


⊥ bisector: y − =− x+  equation of perpendicular bisector
2 2 4
using their midpoint and their
perpendicular gradient

Consideration of when y = x M1 Dep on previous M1


For attempt to find intersection with
the line y = x

5 A1 For both
x= y=
12

© UCLES 2018 Page 10 of 10


305
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/13


Paper 1 October/November 2018
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

306
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Generic Marking Principles

These general marking principles must be applied by all examiners when marking candidate answers.
They should be applied alongside the specific content of the mark scheme or generic level descriptors
for a question. Each question paper and mark scheme will also comply with these marking principles.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 1:

Marks must be awarded in line with:

• the specific content of the mark scheme or the generic level descriptors for the question
• the specific skills defined in the mark scheme or in the generic level descriptors for the question
• the standard of response required by a candidate as exemplified by the standardisation scripts.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 2:

Marks awarded are always whole marks (not half marks, or other fractions).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 3:

Marks must be awarded positively:

• marks are awarded for correct/valid answers, as defined in the mark scheme. However, credit
is given for valid answers which go beyond the scope of the syllabus and mark scheme,
referring to your Team Leader as appropriate
• marks are awarded when candidates clearly demonstrate what they know and can do
• marks are not deducted for errors
• marks are not deducted for omissions
• answers should only be judged on the quality of spelling, punctuation and grammar when these
features are specifically assessed by the question as indicated by the mark scheme. The
meaning, however, should be unambiguous.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 4:

Rules must be applied consistently e.g. in situations where candidates have not followed
instructions or in the application of generic level descriptors.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 5:

Marks should be awarded using the full range of marks defined in the mark scheme for the question
(however; the use of the full mark range may be limited according to the quality of the candidate
responses seen).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 6:

Marks awarded are based solely on the requirements as defined in the mark scheme. Marks should
not be awarded with grade thresholds or grade descriptors in mind.

© UCLES 2018 Page 2 of 11


307
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2018 Page 3 of 11


308
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1(a) C3 × 22 × ( px ) B1
5 3

8 M1 equating their coefficient of x3 to


40 p 3 = −
25 8
− and finding p3
8 25
p3 = −
1000

1 A1
p=− or p = −0.2
5

1(b)  1 
4 B1
( )
8 4
C4 × 2 x 2 × 2 
 4x 

1 M1 1
70 × 16 × at least two of 70, 16, correct in
256 256
an evaluation of a three-term product

35 A1 cao
, 4.375, 4 83
8

2(i) 20 − 2r B1
θ=
r

1 2  20 − 2r  M1 use of their θ in terms of r in


Area = r   formula for sector area
2  r 

A = 10r − r 2 A1 simplification to get given answer

Alternative

s = 20 − 2r B1

1 M1 use of formula for sector area using


= r (20 − 2r ) their expression for s in terms of r
2

A = 10r − r 2 A1 simplification to get given answer

2(ii) dA M1 dA
= 10 − 2r for = 10 − kr , equating to zero
dr dr
dA and solving for r
When =0 , r =5
dr

( 20 − 2 × 5) M1 Dep
θ= substitution of their value of r to get
5
θ

θ =2 A1

© UCLES 2018 Page 4 of 11


309
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Guidance

3(i)
( ) ( ) M1 correct use of Pythagoras or correct
2 2
AC 2 = 5 3 + 5 + 5 3 − 5
use of cosine rule with cos90

= 75 + 25 + 50 3 + 75 + 25 − 50 3 M1 correct expansion to 6 or 8 terms


= 200

AC = 10 2 A1 from AC2 = 200

3(ii) 5 3+5 B1
tan BCA = oe
5 3 −5

=
(5 3 + 5)(5 3 + 5) oe
M1 for rationalisation

(5 3 − 5)(5 3 + 5)
100 + 50 3
= oe
50

=2+ 3 A1

4(i) M1 for 10 (1 + cos3x )9 f(x)

M1 for k sin 3x (1 + cos3x )9

dy A1
= −30sin 3 x (1 + cos3 x )
9

dx

π dy A1
When x = , = 30
2 dx

4(ii) dy dx dy M1 dy dx
Use of × = their × =6
dx d t d t dx d t
dy
with =6
dt

dx 1 A1 FT from their answer from part (i)


= or 0.2
dt 5

© UCLES 2018 Page 5 of 11


310
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Guidance

5(i) log3 4 B1 change of base


log 9 4 =
log3 9

1 B1 Dep
= log 3 4 must have B1 for change of base and
2
1 full working
= log 3 2 2 or log 3 4
2
= log3 2

Alternative A

log9 4 = 2log9 2 B1 use of power rule

2log 3 2 B1 Dep
= change of base and full working
log3 9
2log3 2
=
2log3 3
= log3 2

Alternative B

x = log9 4 ⇒ 9 x = 4 B1 correct use of indices to reach


32 x = 4
9 x = 4 ⇒ 32 x = 4

⇒ 3x = 2 ⇒ x = log 3 2 B1 Dep
full working
∴ log9 4 = log3 2

Alternative C

log10 4 B1 change of base and use of power rule


log9 4 =
log10 9

2log10 2
=
2log10 3

= log3 2 B1 Dep
change of base and full working

© UCLES 2018 Page 6 of 11


311
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Guidance

5(ii) log3 2 + log3 x = 3 B1 for log3 2 x = 3


log3 2 x = 3

33 = 2x B1

27 B1
x = 13.5, x =
2

Alternative

log3 x = log3 27 − log3 2 B1

27 B1
= log 3
2

27 B1
x = 13.5, x =
2

6(i) ds M1 for ke−0.5t + 4


= −6e −0.5t + 4
dt

ds 2 M1 Dep
When = 0, e −0.5t = equating to zero and correct order of
dt 3
2 operations to solve for t
−0.5t = ln
3
2
t = −2 ln
3

t = 0.811 A1

6(ii) M1 for ke−0.5t

d2s A1
2
= 3e−0.5t
dt

6(iii) 3e−0.5t = 0.3 M1 correct order of operations and


correct use of ln to solve
e−0.5t = 0.1
ln 0.1 ke−0.5t = 0.3 for t
t=
−0.5

s = 12e−0.5×4.605 + 4 × 4.605 − 12 M1 Dep


use of t to obtain s

s = 7.62 A1

6(iv) e−0.5t is always positive or e−0.5t can never be B1 correct comment about e−0.5t
zero or negative

© UCLES 2018 Page 7 of 11


312
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Guidance


JJJG
7(i) AD = m ( c − a ) B1

JJJG JJJG JJJG 2


7(ii) AD = OD − a B1
for OD = b
3
JJJG JJJG
2 B1 FT their OD if OD = kb
= b−a
3

7(iii) 2 M1 equating parts (i) and (ii)


m (c − a ) = b − a
3

24a (1 − m ) + 24mc = 16b M1 attempt to eliminate or compare like


vectors using given condition
Comparing with 15a + 9c = 16b

3 A1
m=
8

8(i) 5 - f ( x ) - 6 or [5,6] oe B2 B1 for 5 - f ( x ) - p ( p > 5 )


or for q - f ( x ) - 6 ( q < 6 )

8(ii) y M1 complete valid attempt to obtain the


x = sin +5 inverse with operations in correct
4
order.

y = 4sin −1 ( x − 5 ) A1

Range 0 - y - 2π B1

8(iii)   π  B1  π
 x− 3  x− 
3
2  sin   + 5  (= 11) for sin  +5
 4  4
 
 

 π M1  π
x−  1 x− 
3 3
sin  = for sin  =k
4 2 4

1 π M1 Dep
x = 4sin −1   + oe for use of sin–1 and correct order of
2 3
operations to obtain x. Allow one
+/– or ×/ ÷ sign error

x = π or 3.14 A1 x = π and no other solutions in range

© UCLES 2018 Page 8 of 11


313
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Guidance

9 d
dx
( (
ln 3 x 2 + 1 = 2 ))
6x
3x + 1
B1
for
6x
3x 2 + 1

M1 differentiation of a quotient or
dy
x2
6x
2
3x + 1
− 2 x ln 3x 2 + 1 ( ) product
=
dx x4

or
d y  −2   1  6x
(
=  3  ln 3 x 2 + 1 +  2  )
dx  x   x  3x 2 + 1 ( )
(
x 2 f( x) − 2 x ln 3x 2 + 1 ) A1

x4
 2  1 
(
or for  − 3  ln 3x 2 + 1 +  2  f( x)
 x  x 
)
dy A1
When x = 2 , = −0.410
dx

Gradient of perp = 2.436… M1 use of − 1 with a gradient obtained


m
by differentiation

1 B1
When x = 2, y = 0.641 or ln13
4

Normal: y − 0.641 = 2.436 ( x − 2 ) M1 Dep

y = 2.44 x − 4.23 A1

10(i) x + 8 = 12 + x − x 2 M1 correct method of solution to obtain


x or y
x 2 = 4 , x = ±2
or
y 2 − 16 y + 60 = 0
y = 6 or y = 10

x = 2, y = 10 A2 A1 for x = –2 and x = 2 or for y = 6


x = −2, y = 6 and y = 10
or for either point from a correctly
solved equation.

10(ii) M1 for 12 x + px 2 + qx 3 ( +c )

x 2 x3 A1
12 x + − ( +c )
2 3

© UCLES 2018 Page 9 of 11


314
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Guidance

10(iii) 
2 B1 FT
x 2 x3  1 
12 x + −  −  ( 6 + 10 ) × 4  area of the trapezium unsimplified
 2 3  −2  2  1 
 ( 6 + 10 ) × 4  or
2 
2 2
  (−2) 2 
 + 8 × 2 − + 8 × ( −2) 
2   2 
(= 32)

 2 2 23   (−2) 2 (−2)3  M1 correct use of correct limits for area


12 × 2 + −  − 12 × −2 + −  under the curve using their integral
 2 3  2 3 
of the form 12 x + px 2 + qx3

128 A1
= oe
3

32 A1
= oe
3

Alternative

2 M1 subtraction of the two equations with


∫−2
12 + x − x 2 − x − 8 dx
intent to integrate the result
2
= ∫ −2
4 − x 2 dx


2 A1
x3 
= 4x − 
 3  −2

 8  8 M1 Dep
 4 × 2 − 3  −  4 × −2 + 3  for correct application of limits
   

32 A1
= oe
3

11(i) 1 1 1


3
1
2 M1 1
p   = a   + 17   + b   − 8 expression for p  
2
  2
  2
   2 2

p ( −3) = a ( −3) + 17(−3)2 + b ( −3) − 8


3 M1 expression for p ( −3)

a 17 b A1 both equations correct (allow


+ + −8 = 0 equivalents and terms not collected
8 4 2
−27a + 153 − 3b − 8 = −35 but powers should be evaluated)

Leading to a = b = 6 A1 from correct equations with


evidence that both have been found
correctly in order to verify that a = b

© UCLES 2018 Page 10 of 11


315
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Guidance

11(ii) ( 2 x − 1) ( 3x 2 + 10 x + 8 ) B2 B1 for 3x 2 and +8 from factorisation


or for 3x 2 + 10 x... from long division

11(iii) ( 2 x − 1)( x + 2 )( 3x + 4 ) B1 cao

11(iv) 1 B1
sin θ =
2

θ = 30o , 150o B2 B1 for a first correct solution


B1 for a second correct solution with
no extras in range 0 - θ - 180 and
no solution arising from other
factors.

© UCLES 2018 Page 11 of 11


316
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/21


Paper 2 October/November 2018
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

© UCLES 2018

317
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Generic Marking Principles

These general marking principles must be applied by all examiners when marking candidate answers.
They should be applied alongside the specific content of the mark scheme or generic level descriptors
for a question. Each question paper and mark scheme will also comply with these marking principles.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 1:

Marks must be awarded in line with:

• the specific content of the mark scheme or the generic level descriptors for the
question
• the specific skills defined in the mark scheme or in the generic level descriptors for the
question
• the standard of response required by a candidate as exemplified by the standardisation
scripts.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 2:

Marks awarded are always whole marks (not half marks, or other fractions).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 3:

Marks must be awarded positively:

• marks are awarded for correct/valid answers, as defined in the mark scheme.
However, credit is given for valid answers which go beyond the scope of the syllabus
and mark scheme, referring to your Team Leader as appropriate
• marks are awarded when candidates clearly demonstrate what they know and can do
• marks are not deducted for errors
• marks are not deducted for omissions
• answers should only be judged on the quality of spelling, punctuation and grammar
when these features are specifically assessed by the question as indicated by the mark
scheme. The meaning, however, should be unambiguous.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 4:

Rules must be applied consistently e.g. in situations where candidates have not followed
instructions or in the application of generic level descriptors.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 5:

Marks should be awarded using the full range of marks defined in the mark scheme for the
question (however; the use of the full mark range may be limited according to the quality of
the candidate responses seen).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 6:

Marks awarded are based solely on the requirements as defined in the mark scheme.
Marks should not be awarded with grade thresholds or grade descriptors in mind.

© UCLES 2018 Page 2 of 8


318
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy marks
to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2018 Page 3 of 8


319
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

1 x 2 + 7 x − 8 (> 0) 2 M1for expanding and collecting


terms

x < –8 or x > 1 2 M1 for factorising


( x + 8 )( x − 1) > 0
2(a) x  M1
Take logs:  − 1 log3 = log10
2 

 log10  M1
Make x the subject: x = 2  + 1
 log3 

6.19 A1

2(b) 2 2 M1 for attempt to combine


e5 y+1 = exponential terms
3

–0.281 2 M1 for taking natural logs:


2
5 y + 1 = ln  
3

3(a) Expand 4 terms: M1


8 + 8 10 − 3 10 − 30

–22 A1

5 10 A1

3(b)
(4 − 3 6 ) × ( 3− 2 ) M1 Multiply numerator and

( 3 + 2) ( 3− 2)
denominator by ( 3− 2 )

4 3 − 3 18 − 4 2 + 3 12 M1 Expand
3− 2

10 3 −13 2 A2 A1for each term

© UCLES 2018 Page 4 of 8


320
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

4 1 cosx sinx B1 Correctly converts 3 terms into


= −5 sinx and cosx
cosx sinx cosx

M1 Uses cos 2 x = 1 − sin 2 x

6sin 2 x + sinx − 1 = 0 A1

( 3sinx − 1)( 2sinx + 1) = 0 M1

19.5°, 160.5°, 210°, 330° A2 A1 for 2 correct


A1 for further 2 correct

5(i)  7 8 2 Minus 1 each error.


A2 =  
 −4 −1

5(ii) 7 p + 3q = 1 2 M1 forms two equations in p and q


8 p + 2q = 0 A1 Both correct
−4 p − q = 0 ,
−p + q =1

1 4 2 M1 solves equations to find p and q


p=− ,q=
5 5

6(i) 120 2 B2 5 × 4 × 3 × 2
or B1for pattern
n(n − 1)( n − 2)(n − 3)

6(ii) 720 2 B1 4 × 3 × 2
B1 dep ×6 × 5 = 720

6(iii) 2520 2 B1 4 ×…×…×…× 3


B1 Dep ×7 × 6 × 5 = 2520

7(i) (1 + cosx ) − (1 − cosx ) M1 Taking common denominator


(1 − cosx )(1 + cosx )
2cosx A1
=
1 − cos 2 x

2cosx M1 Using 1 − cos 2 x = sin 2 x


=
sin 2 x

2cosx 1 A1 Fully correct completion


= × AG
sinx sinx
= 2cosecxcotx

© UCLES 2018 Page 5 of 8


321
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

7(ii) 2cosecxcotx = secx M1

1 A1
cot 2 x =
2

0.955, 2.19, 4.10, 5.33 A2 A1 for 2 correct values


A1 for further 2 correct values

8(i) dy B1
= 1 − 2e2−5 x
dx

dy B1
x = 2.5 → = −1 and y = 3.5
dx

−1 M1
Grad of normal =
dy
dx

y = x +1 A1 Equation of normal

8(ii) 1 M1
Area of trapezium = × 2.5 × 4.5
2

5.625 sq units A1

5 M1 Area under curve


( 5− 2 x )
∫ x + e dx
2.5

5 A1
 x2 1 
=  − e ( 5− 2 x ) 
2 2  2.5

M1 insert limits and subtract (= 9.87)

Shaded area = 15.5 A1 5.625 + 9.87

9(i) 2 y + 2r + πr = 5 B1

5 − 2r − πr B1 Dep
y=
2

© UCLES 2018 Page 6 of 8


322
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

9(ii) πr 2 M1
A = 2 yr +
2

πr 2 A1
= r ( 5 − 2r − πr ) +
2
πr 2
= 5r − 2r 2 −
2

9(iii) M1 differentiate

dA A1
= 5 − πr − 4r
dr

dA M1 set to zero and attempt to solve


=0
dr

5 A1
r= = 0.7
π+4

A = 1.75 A1

10(i) 12 − 2 x = k + 6 + kx − x 2 M1 * Equate and collect terms


→ x2 − ( 2 + k ) x + 6 − k = 0

b2 − 4ac = 0 M1 Dep*
→ (2 + k ) = 4(6 − k )
2

k 2 + 8k − 20 = 0 A1

( k + 10 )( k − 2 ) = 0 M1

k = −10 or 2 A1

10(ii) ( −4, 20 ) and ( 2, 8 ) 3 M1 Insert values of k in equations


and solve for x
A1 x + 8 x + 16 = 0 → x = −4
2

→ y = 20
A1 x − 4 x + 4 = 0
2

→ x=2→ y =8

© UCLES 2018 Page 7 of 8


323
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

10(iii) 1 B1
Grad of perpendicular =
2

Midpoint ( −1 ,14 ) B1 FT

y − 14 1 1 B1 FT
Eqn = → y = x + 14.5
x +1 2 2

11 n ( ( R ∩ H ) ∩ N ′ ) = 14 − x B1

n (( R ∩ N ) ∩ H ′) = 5 B1

n( N ∩ (R ∪H )') = 21 − x B1

x + 9 + x + 15 + 14 − x + 5 + 21 − x + x − 2 M1 correctly form equation in x and


= 70 attempt to solve

x =8 A1

n( N ∩ (R ∪H )') = 13 A1

© UCLES 2018 Page 8 of 8


324
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/22


Paper 2 October/November 2018
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

325
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Generic Marking Principles

These general marking principles must be applied by all examiners when marking candidate answers.
They should be applied alongside the specific content of the mark scheme or generic level descriptors
for a question. Each question paper and mark scheme will also comply with these marking principles.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 1:

Marks must be awarded in line with:

• the specific content of the mark scheme or the generic level descriptors for the question
• the specific skills defined in the mark scheme or in the generic level descriptors for the question
• the standard of response required by a candidate as exemplified by the standardisation scripts.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 2:

Marks awarded are always whole marks (not half marks, or other fractions).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 3:

Marks must be awarded positively:

• marks are awarded for correct/valid answers, as defined in the mark scheme. However, credit
is given for valid answers which go beyond the scope of the syllabus and mark scheme,
referring to your Team Leader as appropriate
• marks are awarded when candidates clearly demonstrate what they know and can do
• marks are not deducted for errors
• marks are not deducted for omissions
• answers should only be judged on the quality of spelling, punctuation and grammar when these
features are specifically assessed by the question as indicated by the mark scheme. The
meaning, however, should be unambiguous.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 4:

Rules must be applied consistently e.g. in situations where candidates have not followed
instructions or in the application of generic level descriptors.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 5:

Marks should be awarded using the full range of marks defined in the mark scheme for the question
(however; the use of the full mark range may be limited according to the quality of the candidate
responses seen).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 6:

Marks awarded are based solely on the requirements as defined in the mark scheme. Marks should
not be awarded with grade thresholds or grade descriptors in mind.

© UCLES 2018 Page 2 of 10


326
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2018 Page 3 of 10


327
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

1 x 2 + x − 12 > x + 13 M1 expand and simplify

→ x 2 …25 A1

x > 5 or x < −5 A1
or x > 5 , x < −5
or x > 5 and x < −5

B1
n ( F ∩ C ) = n ( F ∪ C )′ = x
2

n ( C ∩ F ′ ) = 40 − x B1

n ( F ∩ C ′ ) = 80 − 2 x or 2 ( 40 − x ) B1

x + x + 40 − x + 80 − 2 x = 105 M1

x = 15 A1 cao

3(i) 3 x 2sin2 x − x3 × 2cos2 x 3 M1 Quotient rule


A2/1/0 minus one each error
( sin2 x )2 isw

3(ii) π3 B1
y= [ = 0.48…]
64

dy 3π2 B1
= [=1.85] oe
dx 16

3π2 π3 B1 cao
y= x−
16 32

[ y = 1.85 x − 0.97]
4(i) Take logs : ( 3 x − 1) log2 = log6 M1

log 6 A1
+1
log 2
Make x the subject : x = oe
3

awrt 1.19 A1
or awrt 1.195

© UCLES 2018 Page 4 of 10


328
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

4(ii) 1 = log3 3 B1

2 B1
= 2log 3 y
log y 3

3 y 2 − y − 14 = 0 B1

( 3 y − 7 )( y + 2 ) = 0 M1 Solve a three term quadratic

7 A1
y= only
3

2( ) M1
3 p +1
5 32 p +5
= 211 or =3 ( )
2 3q
2q 1
2 3 
3  3

xa M1
Use = x a −b or x a × xb = x a +b
xb

3 p + 3 − 2q = 11 and 2 p + 5 − 1 = 6q A1 Allow unsimplified

M1 solve

p = 4 and q = 2 A1

6(a) Number first B1


= 7 × 6 × 5 × 6 × 5 or 7 P3 × 6 P2 or 6300

Letter first B1
= 6 × 5 × 4 × 7 × 6 or 6 P3 × 7 P2 or 5040

6300 + 5040 = 11 340 B1

6(b) With 2 sisters = 7C5 × 3C2 = 63 3 B1 One combination evaluated


B1Another combination
With 1 sister = 7C6 × 3C1 = 21 evaluated
With no sister = 7C7 = 1 and B1 Third combination and 85
Total 85

OR

Total no of ways = 10C7 = 120 B1

With 3 sisters = 7C4 = 35 B1

Without 3 sisters = 120 − 35 = 85 B1

© UCLES 2018 Page 5 of 10


329
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

7
(1 − 3 )(1 + 3 ) = −2 B1

M1 *
uses quadratic formula

x=
( )(
−1 ± 1 − 4 1 − 3 1 + 3 ) A1

2 (1 − 3 )

M1 Dep*
× numerator and denominator by
(
their 1+ 3 )
1 3 A2 A1 for each
x = 1 + 3 or x = − −
2 2

8(i) (1 + sinx ) − (1 − sinx ) M1


(1 − sinx )(1 + sinx )
2sinx A1
1 − sin 2 x

2sinx M1
cos 2 x

2sinx 1 A1 AG
× = 2tanxsecx
cosx cosx

8(ii) M1 equate 2secxtanx = cosecx

1 A1
tan 2 x =
2

35.3°,144.7°, 215.3°, 324.7° 2 A1 two correct

9(i) dy −
1 B1
=x 2
dx

dy 1 B1
x=4→ =
dx 2

grad of normal = −2 M1

y−4 A1
= −2 → [ y = −2 x + 12]
x−4

© UCLES 2018 Page 6 of 10


330
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

9(ii) (6, 0) B1 FT

9(iii) 1 B1 FT
Area of triangle = × 2 × 4 = 4
2
1 M1

Area under curve = 2 x 2 dx

4 2
3 A1
= x
3

2 A1 FT
Total area = 14 [14.7]
3

OR

Area of trapezium OBAP B1 FT


1
= ( 6 + 4 ) × 4 = 20
2

Area between curve and y- axis M1


y2
=
4∫ dy

y3 A1
=
12

2 A1 FT
Total area = 14 [14.7]
3

© UCLES 2018 Page 7 of 10


331
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

10(i) 2k + 1 − kx = 12 − 4 x − x 2 M1 *
x 2 + 4 x − kx + 2k − 12 + 1

b2 − 4ac M1 Dep*
→ ( 4 − k ) − 4 ( 2 k − 11)
2

k 2 − 16k + 60 A1

( k − 6 )( k − 10 ) M1

k = 6 or10 A1

OR

k = 4 + 2x M1 *

−4 x − 2 x 2 + 8 + 4 x + 1 = 12 − 4 x − x 2 M1 Dep*
2
k −4 k −4
or 2k + 1 − k   = 12 − 2 ( k − 4 ) −  
 2   2 

x2 − 4 x + 3 A1
or k 2 − 16k + 60

( x − 1)( x − 3) M1
or ( k − 6 )( k − 10 )

x = 1or x = 3 → k = 6 or 10 A1

10(ii) k = 6 → [ y ] = 13 − 6 x B1 FT

k = 10 → [ y ] = 21 − 10 x B1 FT

M1 solve

x = 2 , y = 1. 2 cao

11(i) 2 ( 4 x − 3) + 1 M1
gf ( x ) =
3 ( 4 x − 3) − 1

8x − 5 A1
=
12 x − 10

© UCLES 2018 Page 8 of 10


332
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

11(ii) y ( 3 x − 1) = 2 x + 1 B1
or x ( 3 y − 1) = 2 y + 1

(3 y − 2) x = y + 1 M1
or ( 3x − 2 ) y = x + 1

x +1 A1
g -1 ( x ) =
3x − 2

11(iii)  2x + 1  B1
4  − 3[ = x − 1]
 3x − 1 

3x 2 − 3x − 6 oe B1

3 ( x + 1)( x − 2 ) M1

x = 2 only A1

© UCLES 2018 Page 9 of 10


333
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

12 Identifying angle with downward vertical of B1


wind as 50°

Triangle drawn with sides 260, 40 and included B1


angle of 50° .

Cosine rule : M1 *
( vr )2 = 2602 + 402 − 2 × 260 × 40cos50°

vr = 236 A1

sinα sin50° M1 dep*


Sine rule : =
40 vr
or
Cosine rule :
402 = 2602 + 2362 − 2 × 260 × 236cos α

α = 7.5° A1

OR Using components

Identifying angle with downward vertical of B1


wind as 50°

 40cos40°  B1
vw =  
 −40cos50° 

M1
vr = ( 40cos40° )2 + ( 260 − 40cos50 )2

vr = 236 A1

40cos40° M1
tanα =
260 − 40cos50°

α = 7.5° A1

© UCLES 2018 Page 10 of 10


334
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/23


Paper 2 October/November 2018
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

335
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Generic Marking Principles

These general marking principles must be applied by all examiners when marking candidate answers.
They should be applied alongside the specific content of the mark scheme or generic level descriptors
for a question. Each question paper and mark scheme will also comply with these marking principles.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 1:

Marks must be awarded in line with:

• the specific content of the mark scheme or the generic level descriptors for the question
• the specific skills defined in the mark scheme or in the generic level descriptors for the question
• the standard of response required by a candidate as exemplified by the standardisation scripts.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 2:

Marks awarded are always whole marks (not half marks, or other fractions).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 3:

Marks must be awarded positively:

• marks are awarded for correct/valid answers, as defined in the mark scheme. However, credit
is given for valid answers which go beyond the scope of the syllabus and mark scheme,
referring to your Team Leader as appropriate
• marks are awarded when candidates clearly demonstrate what they know and can do
• marks are not deducted for errors
• marks are not deducted for omissions
• answers should only be judged on the quality of spelling, punctuation and grammar when these
features are specifically assessed by the question as indicated by the mark scheme. The
meaning, however, should be unambiguous.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 4:

Rules must be applied consistently e.g. in situations where candidates have not followed
instructions or in the application of generic level descriptors.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 5:

Marks should be awarded using the full range of marks defined in the mark scheme for the question
(however; the use of the full mark range may be limited according to the quality of the candidate
responses seen).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 6:

Marks awarded are based solely on the requirements as defined in the mark scheme. Marks should
not be awarded with grade thresholds or grade descriptors in mind.

© UCLES 2018 Page 2 of 8


336
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2018 Page 3 of 8


337
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

1 x=2 B1

3 − 5x = −3x + 13 oe M1

x = –5 A1

2 3 B1 for each correct diagram

3(i) 81  7
2 3 7
−x −  B1 b =
4  2 2
2
7
M1 ±8 ±   seen
2
or expand given form and equate
for 8 or 7

A1 fully correct

3(ii) 81 2
maximum their B1
4
7
when x = their B1
2
from their correct form

3(iii) 2
 2 7  81 M1 replace x by z 2 in their (i) and
z −  = oe
 2 4 equate to zero.

7 9 M1
z2 = ±
2 2

z=± 8 A1

© UCLES 2018 Page 4 of 8


338
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

4(i) integrate: increase in powers of at least one term M1 *

dy 1 A1
= x2 − + (C )
( x + 1)
3
dx

1 A1
C=
8

4(ii) integrate their (i): increase in powers of at least one M1 Dep*


term

1 1 1 A1 two correct terms in x


y = x3 + + x + ( D)
2 ( x + 1) 8
2
3

29 A1
D=
12

5(i) 1  4 −3  2  4 −3 
  B1  
5  −1 2   −1 2 
1
B1
5

5(ii) post multiply by A–1 M1


C = BA–1

1  0 5 A1
 
5  −13 16 

5(iii)  0 −4   −4 23  B1
I−B =  or AB =  
 2 −4   −7 24 

D = A (I − B) or D = A – AB M1

 6 −20  A1
D= 
 8 −20 

© UCLES 2018 Page 5 of 8


339
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

6 3x B1 implied by one correct equation


log28 = 3 or log 3x − log y = log (any base)
y
or log22 = 1 soi

x + 2y = 8 B1

3x B1
=2
y

solve correct equations for x or y M1

x = 2 and y = 3 A1

7(i) 167 960 1

7(ii) evidence of selecting from 16 M1

[16 C7 =] 11 440 A1

7(iii) 2 × n Cr with n = 16 or r = 9 M1

 2 ×16 C9 =  22880 A1
 

7(iv) 4 × n Cr with n = 16 or r = 9 M1

 4 ×16 C9 =  45760 A1
 

8(i) 12.1 − 5.5 B1 correct expression for gradient


[= 3]
3.7 − 1.5

y 2 − 5.5 M1
= their grad
e 2 x − 1.5
or correctly use y2 = (their m) e2x + c with one point to
find c

y = [±] 3e2 x + 1 A1

8(ii) [±]34.8 1

© UCLES 2018 Page 6 of 8


340
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

8(iii) 50 = ( their 3) e2 x + their1 or B1 *

2500 = ( their 3) e 2 x + their1

 2499  M1 Dep*
2 x = ln   obtain 2x explicitly
 3 

3.36 cao A1

9(a) π π M1
x+ =
4 3

π 5π A2 A1 for one correct


and (0.262 and 1.31)
12 12

9(b) 1 1 M1
correctly use sec y = and cosec y =
cos y sin y

4 A1 obtain expression for tany or y


tan y = explicitly
3

53.1° and 233.1° A1

9(c) correctly rewrite equation in terms of sinz and cosz M1

use sin 2 z = 1 − cos2 z M1 appropriate use of pythagorean


identity for forming an equation in
one trig ratio

8cos2 z − 2cos z − 1 = 0 oe A1

( 4cos z + 1)( 2cos z − 1) = 0 M1 solve 3 term quadratic in cosz

60° and 300° and 104.5° and 255.5° A2 A1 for any two correct

10(i) d 1 1 B1
3 + x = (3 + x ) 2

dx 2

1 1 M1
correctly substitute their ( 3 + x )− 2
2
and their 2x into product rule

dy 1 1 1 A1
= x2 × (3 + x ) 2 + 2 x (3 + x ) 2

dx 2

© UCLES 2018 Page 7 of 8


341
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2018

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

10(ii) y=2 B1

dy 17 B1
=
dx 4

y − 2 17 17 9 B1 17
= ( y = x − ) oe FT on their 2 and their from
x −1 4 4 4 4
or use y = mx + c and find c dy
their
dx

10(iii) dy M1
set their =0
dx

obtain correct quadratic equation A1


5x2 + 12x [= 0] soi

(0, 0) and (–2.4, 4.46) A2 A1 for one point or two correct


values of x

11(i) −5x + k + 5 = 7 − kx − x 2 M1 *

b 2 − 4ac ( = 0 ) → ( k − 5) − 4 ( k − 2) ( = 0) M1 Dep*
2

k 2 − 14k + 33 ( = 0) A1

( k − 11)( k − 3) ( = 0 ) M1 Dep dep *


solve quadratic in k

k = 11 and k = 3 A1

11(ii) y = –5x + 16 and y = 7 – 11x – x2 B2 FT their k


B1 for any two correct
y = –5x + 8 and y = 7 – 3x – x2

solve one tangent/curve pair for one variable from M1


quadratic equation with repeated root

(–3, 31) and (1, 3) A2 A1 for one correct point or two


correct x values

11(iii) find distance between any two points found in (ii) M1

800 oe A1

© UCLES 2018 Page 8 of 8


342
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/12


Paper 12 March 2019
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

343
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

1(a)(i) 6 B1

1(a)(ii) 1 B1

1(b) 2 B1 for P contained within Q


B1 for Q and R separate
Q P R

B1
S ′ ∩ T ′ or ( S ∪ T )′ oe
1(c)

( X ∩Y ) ∪( X ∩ Z ) B1
or X ∩ (Y ∪ Z ) oe

2 4 B1 for general shape with maximum point in


1st quadrant
 1 
B1 for  − ,0  and ( 3,0 ) soi
 2 
B1 for ( 0,3) soi
B1 dep on first B1, with cusps and correct
1
shape for x < − and x > 3
2

3(i) 729 − 162 x + 15x 2 3 B1 for 729


B1 for −162 x
B1 for 15x 2
Mark final answer

 4  B1
( )
3(ii)  2
2
729 − 162 x + 15 x 2  x 2 − 4 + 2  for expansion of  x − 
 x   x

Term independent of x = −2916 + 60 M1 for attempt to find independent term, must be


considering 2 products using their answer to
part (i)

= −2856 A1

4(i) p′ ( x ) = 6 x 2 + 2ax + b B1 for p′ ( x ) = 6 x 2 + 2ax + b

p′ ( −3) = 54 − 6a + b , = −24 B1 must be convinced of correct substitution


leading to 6a − b = 78 and simplification
AG

© UCLES 2019 Page 4 of 8


344
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

4(ii) 1 2 a b M1 1


p   : + + − 49 = 0 for attempt at p   equated to 0
2 8 4 2 2

6a − b = 78 M1 M Dep on previous M for attempt to solve


a + 2b = 195 oe both equations

leading to a = 27 A1

b = 84 A1

4(iii) ( 2 x − 1) ( x 2 + 14 x + 49 ) 2 M1 for factorisation by observation or by


long division

4(iv) ( 2 x − 1)( x + 7 ) B1
2

5(i) log 4 16 + log 4 p M1 for dealing with product correctly

2+ p A1

5(ii) 7log 4 x − log 4 256 M1 for dealing with power and division correctly

7p −4 A1

5(iii) 2 + p − (7 p − 4) = 5 M1 for use of parts (i) and (ii) to obtain a value


1 for p
leading to p =
6

1 M1 for correct attempt to deal with log 4 in order


so x = 4 6
to obtain x

x = 1.26 A1

6(a) BA and CB 2 B1 for one correct product of 2 matrices


B1 for a second correct product of 2
matrices, with no other incorrect products

6(b)(i) 1  3 2 2 1
  oe B1 for soi
16  −5 2  16
 3 2
B1 for  
 −5 2 

© UCLES 2019 Page 5 of 8


345
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

6(b)(ii) X −1XZ = X −1Y M1 for pre-multiplication by their inverse matrix


1  3 2  4 1 
Z=   
16  −5 2  2 0 

attempt at matrix multiplication M1 M1 Dep on previous M mark, must have at


least 2 correct elements

1  16 3 A1
Z=   oe
16  −16 −5 

7(i)
Area =
1
2
( )(
8 + 6 5 10 − 2 5 ) M1 for a correct method of finding the area of the
trapezium

= 10 + 22 5 A2 A1 for 10 with sufficient working seen


A1 for 22 5 with sufficient working seen

7(ii) 4 B1
cot θ =
10 − 2 5

=
(
4 10 + 2 5 ) M1 for attempt to rationalise an expression for
cot θ , some evidence of expansion must be
(10 − 2 5 )(10 + 2 5 ) seen

1 5 A1
= +
2 10

8(a)(i) 0 B1

8(a)(ii) Area under curve = M1 for attempt to find the total area under the
1 1 graph
( 2 × 10 ) + ( 4 × 10 ) + (10 + 20 ) × 4
2 2

= 110 A1

8(b)(i) 7π M1 7π
When t = , v = −2.5 for substitution of t = and correct
12 12
attempt to evaluate

Speed = 2.5 A1 must be positive

8(b)(ii) a = 6cos 2t M1 for differentiation to get acceleration, must


be of the form m cos 2t

When acceleration = 0, cos 2t = 0 M1 M Dep on previous M mark for equating to


zero and correct attempt to solve to get a
solution in radians.

π A1
t= or 0.785
4

© UCLES 2019 Page 6 of 8


346
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

9(i) 1 2 M1 for use of the area of the sector


r θ = 36
2
72
θ= 2
r

P = 2r + rθ M1 for attempt to find P making use of the area

72 A1 for attempt to simplify to obtain AG


P = 2r +
r

9(ii) dP 72 M1 for attempt to differentiate to obtain the form


=2− 2
dr r b
a + 2 and equate to zero
r

dP A1
When = 0, r = 6
dr

P = 24 A1

d 2 P 144 B1 FT on their positive r, for a correct method


= 3 positive so minimum to determine the nature of the stationary point
dr 2 r
leading to a correct conclusion.
If the second derivative is evaluated, it must
be correct for their r.

10(i) dy 2 M1 for attempt to integrate to obtain the form


= 2e 2 x + 3 x ( +c )
dx me2 x + nx
A1 all correct

c =8 M1 M1 Dep on previous M mark for attempt to


get c

3x 2 2 M1 for attempt to integrate again to obtain


y = e2 x + + 8x ( +d ) the form pe 2 x + qx 2 ( + rx )
2
A1 all correct, FT on their ke2 x and their c

d = −6 M1 M1 Dep on previous M mark for attempt to


get d

3x 2 A1
y = e2 x + + 8x − 6
2

© UCLES 2019 Page 7 of 8


347
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

10(ii) 1 M1 dy
When x = , y = −2.26 for attempt to obtain both y and using
4 dx
dy their work from (i)
= 12.0
dx

1 1 2 M1 Dep on previous M mark for attempt to


y + 2.26 = − x−  obtain the equation of the normal
12  4
A1 allow unsimplified, must be using correct
accuracy or exact equivalents.

11(a) (
2sin x cos 2 x − 1 = 0 ) M1 for obtaining in terms of sin and cos to obtain
one solution correctly

sin x = 0, x = 0o , 180o B1 for x = 0o , 180o and no other in the given


range for the solution of this equation

1 A1 for x = 45o , 135o and no other in the


cos x = ± , x = 45o , 135o
2 given range for the solution of this
equation

11(b)(i) 1 sin 2 θ M1 for dealing with cot and sec



cosθ cosθ

cos 2 θ M1 for correct use of identity


cosθ

cosθ A1 for all correct working to gain AG

11(b)(ii) 1 M1 for use of part (i) and attempt to solve


cos3θ = correctly to obtain a positive angle, may be
2
5π π implied by one correct solution
θ= or
9 9

5π π M1 for use of part (i) and attempt to solve


θ =− or − correctly to obtain a negative angle, may be
9 9
implied by one correct solution

π 5π A2 A1 for one correct pair of solutions


θ =± , ± A1 for a second pair of solutions with no
9 9
extra solutions within the range

© UCLES 2019 Page 8 of 8


348
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/22


Paper 22 March 2019
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

349
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

1(i) 1 081 575 B1

1(ii) 40 320 B1

1(iii) 2730 B1

2(i) d ( ln x ) 1
= ,
d e
x
( )
= e x soi
B2 B1 for each
dx x dx

1 ( M1
e x × their − ln x ) × their e x
dy x
=
dx
(e ) x 2

correct completion to given answer, A1


dy 1 − x ln x
=
dx xe x

2(ii)  1 − 2ln 2  M1
δy =  2  × h soi
 2e 

−0.0261[…]h isw A1

3(i) Fully correct curve B3 B1 for correct shape for sine with y-
intercept at −1
y
6 B1 for curve with period 120°
B1 for curve with amplitude 5

Maximum of 2 marks if not fully


x correct.
60 120 180 240 300 360

-6

3(ii) a = −1 b = 5 c = 3 B2 B1 for any 2 correct

4(a) Expands, rearranges to form a M1


3-term quadratic on one side
4 x 2 + x − 3[*0]

3 A1
Critical values and −1
4

3 A1 FT their critical values


−1 - x - final answer
4

© UCLES 2019 Page 4 of 10


350
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

4(b) 1
( )
M1
k 2 − 4  k 2 +1
4

−1 A1

discriminant independent of k and negative oe A1 FT their −1

5 2+4 3 M1
[ m AB = ] oe or − soi
3−7 2

2 M1
[ mCD = ] their oe, soi
3

2 3+3 M1
their = oe or
3 k −2
2
3 + 3 = their ( x − 2) oe
3

k = 11 nfww A1

 (their 11) + 2 3 + −3  M1
 ,  oe
 2 2 

3 A1 FT their mAB and (their 6.5, 0)


y=− ( x − 6.5 ) oe isw
2

6(i) Takes logs, to any base, of both sides and applies M1


the addition/multiplication law for logs
ln y = ln( Ab x ) ⇒ ln y = ln A + ln b x

⇒ ln y = ln A + x ln b A1

6(ii) ln y = 1.4x + 2.2 oe B2 B1 for either m = 1.4 or ln b = 1.4 or c =


or ln y = xln 4 + ln 9 oe 2.2 or
ln A = 2.2

[ A = etheir 2.2 =] 9 and B2 FT their 2.2 and their 1.4


[b = etheir1.4 =] 4
B1 FT for A = etheir 2.2 or b = etheir1.4 or
correct FT decimal rounded to more
than 1 sf

6(iii) ln y = 6 M1
2.7
or y = their 9(their 4 )
or y = etheir 2.2 (etheir1.4×2.7 )
or ln y = their1.4(2.7) + their 2.2
or ln y = (2.7) ln(their 4) + ln(their 9)

awrt 400 correct to 1 sf A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 5 of 10


351
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

7(i) 1 B2 1
d
( 1 2
x2 + 1) = x + 1 ( ) d
(
( x2 + 1 ) = kx x2 + 1 )
− −
2 × 2x B1 for 2
dx 2 dx
where k ≠ 1

x2 + 1 M1

1 1

( )

+ x × their  x 2 + 1 2 × 2x 
2 
 

2
 dy  2x + 1 A1
 dx = 1
  2
(
x +1 2 )
1
or a = 2, b = 1, p = nfww
2

7(ii) Complete argument B2 FT their positive a and b


dy
e.g. For stationary points = 0 and when a and B1 FT for a partially correct argument
dx
dy
b are positive, ax 2 + b cannot be 0 e.g. Because cannot be 0.
or 2x2 cannot be −1 dx

8(i) 6i − 4 j − ( 2i + 12 j) oe M1

4i − 16 j oe, isw A1

8(ii) JJJG JJG JJJG


OC =  OA + 1 AB oe M1
  4
JJJG JJJG 3 JJJG
or OC =  OB − AB oe
  4
JJJG 1 JJJG 3 JJG
or OC =  OB + OA oe
 4 4
or 3( x − 2) = 6 − x and
3( y − 12) = −4 − y

3i + 8 j oe A1
JJJG M1
OC = their 32 + their 82

3i + 8 j A1 FT their 3i + 8 j and their 73


their
73

8(iii) λ B2 λ
− ( 2i + 12 j) oe, isw B1 for ( 2i + 12 j) seen or
1+ λ 1+ λ
JJJG 1
OD = ( 2i + 12 j) oe
1+ λ

© UCLES 2019 Page 6 of 10


352
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

9(a)(i) Valid explanation e.g. B2 B1 for either each x is mapped to a


Each x is mapped to a unique value of y [and so g unique value of y oe or for inverse does
is a function] but the inverse does not exist not exist because it is many to one oe
because it is many to one oe

9(a)(ii)  g 2 ( x ) =  6(6 x 4 + 5) 4 + 5 isw B2 B1 for  g 2 ( x ) =  6(6 x 4 + 5) 4 + 5 isw


   
for all real x B1 for correct domain

9(a)(iii) [k = ] 0 B1

9(a)(iv) y −5 M1 x−5
x4 = soi or y 4 =
6 6

y −5 A1 x −5
x = ±4 or y = ± 4
6 6

x−5 A1 If M1 A0 A0, allow SC1 for an answer


h −1 ( x) = − 4
6 x−5 x−5
of h −1 ( x) = 4 or y = 4
6 6

9(b)(i) p>2 B1

9(b)(ii) For p: B2 B1 for each


Correct exponential shape tending to y = 2
passing through (0, 5)

For the inverse function: B1


Approximate reflection of p in the dotted line
passing through
(their 5, 0)

9(b)(iii) Valid explanation e.g. B1


The graphs do not intersect and so there are no
solutions oe

10(i) Eliminates x or y e.g. M1


3x + 3 = x + 5 x + 1
or 3 + 3u 2 = u 2 + 5u + 1

Rearranges to a 3-term quadratic e.g. A1


0 = 2x − 5 x + 2
or 0 = 2u 2 − 5u + 2

Factorises or solves 0 = 2 x − 5 x + 2 oe M1
or 0 = 2u 2 − 5u + 2 oe

x = 0.5 , x = 2 A1
or u = 0.5 , u = 2

© UCLES 2019 Page 7 of 10


353
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

A(0.25, 3.75) B(4, 15) oe A2 A1 for each or for x = 0.25 and x = 4

© UCLES 2019 Page 8 of 10


354
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

10(ii) Method 1: Finding the area of the trapezium and subtracting

Valid method to find the area of the trapezium soi M1

1125 5 A1
or 35 or 35.2 or 35.15625 rot to 4 or
32 32
more figs, soi

Attempts to integrate M1
their 4
∫ their 0.25
( x + 5 x + 1)dx [−their 35.2]

their 4 A1
 2 3

x 5x 2 
 2 + 3 + x [−their 35.2] oe
 2 
 their 0.25

F(their 4) – F(their 0.25) [−their 35.2] M1

45 13 A1
or 2 or 2.8125 isw
16 16
or 2.81, or 2.812

Method 2: Finding the difference of two integrals

Attempts to integrate M2 M1 for an attempt to form the


their 4 difference with at most one error and
∫ their 0.25
( x + 5 x + 1 − (3 + 3x))dx
attempts to integrate
their 4
or ∫ their 0.25
(−2 x + 5 x − 2)dx oe

their 4 A1 FT
  3

  −2 x
2
5x 2  dep on at least M1 already awarded;
their  2 + 3 − 2 x   oe must be at least 3 terms and, if FT, must
  2   be of equivalent difficulty
 their 0.25

F(their 4) – F(their 0.25) M1

45 13 A2
or 2 or 2.81, 2.812 or 2.8125
16 16

© UCLES 2019 Page 9 of 10


355
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

11(a) x 2 ( x 6 + 1) 1 B1
6
= x 2 + 4 soi
x x

x3 x −3 B2 B1 for any two out of three terms


+ + c oe, isw correct
3 −3

11(b)(i) k sin(4θ − 5) where M1


1
k > 0 or k = −
4

sin(4θ − 5) A1
( +c )
4

11(b)(ii) sin(4(2) − 5) sin(4(1.25) − 5) M1 FT their (b)(i), dep on M1 awarded in


− (b)(i)
4 4
sin(3) sin(0)
or −
4 4

0.0353 or 0.03528[…] oe, cao A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 10 of 10


356
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/11


Paper 1 May/June 2019
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

357
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1(a) E B1

E B1

1(b) E B2 B1 for P ⊂ R and Q ⊂ R


B1 for P ∩ Q = ∅
R P Q

2(i) 4 B1

2(ii) 2π B1
120o or
3

2(iii) B3 B1 for a complete curve starting at


( ) (
−90o , 3 and finishing at 90o , − 5 )
B1 for −5 ≤ y ≤ 3 for a complete curve
Minimum point(s) at y = –5
Maximum point(s) at y = 3

DepB1 for a fully correct sine curve


satisfying both the above and passing
( )( ) (
through −60o , − 1 , 0o , − 1 and 60o , − 1 )
3(i) –12 B1

3(ii) ( 2 × −3 − 1)( k − 3) − 12 = 23 oe M1

or 2 ( −3) + ( 2k − 1)( −3) − k − 12 = 23


2

k = −2 A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 4 of 12


358
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

3(iii) ( 2 x − 1)( x − 2 ) − 12 = −25 M1 expansion and simplification to a 3 term


quadratic equation equated to zero, using
2 x 2 − 5 x + 15 = 0 their k.

Discriminant: 25 − ( 4 × 2 × 15 ) M1 using discriminant for their three term


= –95 quadratic equation

which is < 0 so no real solutions A1 cao for correct discriminant and correct
conclusion

4(i) a = 256 B1

8 × 27 × bx [ = 256 x ] oe M1

8 × 7 × 26 × ( bx )
2

or  = cx 2  oe
2  

1 A2 A1 for each
b= oe, c = 112
4

4(ii) B1
( 256 + 256 x + 112 x )  4 x2 2
− 12 +
9 

x2 
 9 
for  4 x 2 − 12 + 2 
 x 

Terms independent of x are M1 adding and selecting


( 256 × ( −12) ) + (112 × 9) ( their 256 × their ( −12) ) + ( their112 × their 9)
= −3072 + 1008

= –2064 A1

5(i)  3
1 M1  3
v = 20 ×   oe finding and using the magnitude of  
3 + 4  4
2 2
 4

 12  A1
v= 
 16 

5(ii)  1   12  M1 correct use of position vector and their


rp =   +   t velocity vector
 2   16 
A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 5 of 12


359
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

5(iii)  17   8   1   12  M1 equating position vectors of both particles


  +  t =   +  t at time t and solve either equation for t
 18   12   2   16 
Leading to
17 + 8t = 1 + 12t
or 18 + 12t = 2 + 16t

t=4 A1

 49  A1
Position vector of collision  
 66 

6 Method 1

3x2 − 2 x + 1 = 2 x + 5 M1 equating the equations of the line and the


curve and rearranging to obtain a three
leading to term quadratic equated to zero

3x 2 − 4 x − 4 = 0 A1

2 A1
x=− and x = 2
3

∫ ( 2 x + 5 − ( 3x ))
2
2 M1 subtraction (either way round)
2 − 2 x + 1 dx

3

∫ ( 4 + 4 x − 3x ) dx
2
2 M1 integration to Ax + Bx 2 + Cx 3
2

3

A1 for 4 x + 2 x 2 − x 3 oe
3 2
4 x + 2 x2 − x  2
 −
3

M1 Dep on preceding M1
(8 + 8 − 8) −  −
8 8 8 
+ +  correct use of limits
 3 9 27 
40
=8−−
27

256 A1
= or 9.48 or 9 13
27
27

© UCLES 2019 Page 6 of 12


360
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

6 Method 2

3x2 − 2 x + 1 = 2 x + 5 M1 equating the line and the curve and


rearranging to obtain a three term quadratic
leading to equated to zero

3x 2 − 4 x − 4 = 0 A1

2 A1
x=− and x = 2
3

1  11  8 B1 area of the trapezium, allow unsimplified


Area of trapezium =  + 9×
2 3  3

2 M1 integration to Ax + Bx 2 + Cx 3

2
Area under curve = 2 3x − 2 x + 1 dx

3

2 A1 for x 3 − x 2 + x
=  x3 − x 2 + x  2

3

  8 4 2  M1 DepM1 for correct use of limits.


=  (8 − 4 + 2 ) −  − − −  
  27 9 3  
38
6−−
27

152 200 A1
Shaded Area = −
9 27
256
= or 9.48 or 9 13
27
27

7(a) Method 1

log 3 x B1 change to base 3 logarithm


log 3 x + = 12
log 3 9

3log3 x M1 simplification and dealing with base 3


= 12 logarithms to obtain a power of 3
2
3
x = 38 or 324

x = 6561 A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 7 of 12


361
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

7(a) Method 2

log9 x B1 change to base 9


+ log9 x = 12
log9 3

3log 9 x = 12 M1 simplification and dealing with base 9


4 3 12 logarithms to obtain a power of 9
x = 9 or 9

x = 6561 A1

7(b) Method 1

B1 use of power rule


( )
log 4 3 y 2 − 10 = log 4 ( y − 1) +
2 1
2

3 y 2 − 10 1 B1 DepB1 for use of division rule


log 4 =
( y − 1) 2
2

3 y 2 − 10 B1 1
=2 for = log 4 2
( y − 1) 2 2

y 2 + 4 y − 12 = 0 M1 Dep on first two B marks


simplification to a three term quadratic.

y = 2 only A1

7(b) Method 2

B1 use of power rule


( )
log 4 3 y 2 − 10 = log 4 ( y − 1) +
2 1
2

( )
log 4 3 y 2 − 10 = log 4 ( y − 1) + log 4 2
2 B1 for log 4 2

3 y 2 − 10 = 2 ( y − 1) B1 Dep on first B1
2

use of the multiplication rule

y 2 + 4 y − 12 = 0 M1 Dep on first and third B marks.


simplification to a 3 term quadratic

y = 2 only A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 8 of 12


362
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

8(i) f > −1 B1 or f ( x ) > −1 , y > −1 , ( −1, ∞ ) , { y : y > −1}

8(ii) x +1 M1 a complete valid method to obtain the


ey = oe inverse function
5

 x +1 −1  x +1 A1
y = ln   or f ( x) = ln   oe
 5   5 

Domain x > −1 or ( −1, ∞ ) B1 FT their (i) or correct

8(iii) g (1) = 5 so fg (1) = f ( 5 ) M1 evaluation using correct order of operations

5e5 − 1 = 741 A1 awrt 741 or 5e5 − 1

8(iv)
( ) M1 correct use of g2
2
g2 ( x ) = x2 + 4 +4

x 4 + 8 x 2 + 16 + 4 = 40 M1 DepM1 for forming and solving a


quadratic in x 2
(x )
2 2
+4 = 36
or
x 4 + 8 x 2 − 20 = 0
(x 2
)(
+ 10 x 2 − 2 = 0 )
x = ± 2 only A1

9(i) Method 1

600π = 2πr 2 + 2πrh B1

600π − 2πr 2 M1 making h subject from a two term


h= expression for SA.
2πr

V = πr 2 h A1 correct substitution and manipulation to


obtain given answer
 600π-2πr 2 
V = πr 2  
 2πr 
 300 
V = πr 2  −r
 r 
3
V = 300πr − πr

© UCLES 2019 Page 9 of 12


363
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

9(i) Method 2

600π = 2πr 2 + 2πrh B1

600πr = 2πr 3 + 2πr 2 h M1 multiplying both sides by r

600πr-2πr 3 A1 correct manipulation to obtain πr 2 h


= πr 2 h
2
V = πr 2 h
V = 300πr − πr 3

9(ii) dV M1 differentiation of given formula to A+Br2


= 300π − 3πr 2
dr

dV M1 equating to zero and attempt to solve


When = 300π − 3πr 2 = 0
dr

r = 10 A1

V = 2000π or 6280 or 6283 A1

d 2V d 2V B1 d 2V d 2V
= −6πr , <0 cao for = −6πr , = −60π or other
dr 2 dr 2 dr 2 dr 2
so maximum correct method leading to maximum

10(i) Method 1

lg y = A + Bx 2 B1 statement soi

16 = A + 6 B M1 one correct equation


4 = A + 2B

leading to A = −2 and B = 3 A2 A1 for each

10(i) Method 2

lg y = A + Bx 2 B1 statement soi

Gradient = B B1
B=3

16 = A + 6 B or 4 = A + 2 B M1 a correct equation

A = −2 A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 10 of 12


364
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

10(i) Method 3

lg y − 4 = 3( x 2 − 2) M1 correct equation or for correct method for


finding constant.
or lg y − 16 = 3( x 2 − 6)

OR

4 = 3( 2) + c
or 16 = 3 ( 6 ) + c

lg y = A + Bx 2 B1 statement soi by their A and B

Hence y = 103 x
2
−2 B1
B=3

A = –2 A1

10(ii)  1 
−2 + 3
2
M1 correct use of their A and B

y = 10  3

y = 0.1 oe A1

10(iii) 2 = 103 x
2
−2 M1 correct use of their A and B

lg 2 = 3 x 2 − 2 M1 complete correct method to solve for x


lg 2 + 2
x=
3

x = 0.876 A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 11 of 12


365
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

11(i) 1 1 M1 differentiation of a product


dy
dx
( )
= x 2 + 1 ( 2 x − 3) 2 + 2 x ( 2 x − 3 ) 2

B1 d 1
1 1
for ( 2 x − 3) 2 = × 2 ( 2 x − 3)− 2 oe
dx 2

A1 all else correct i.e.


1
dy
dx
( )
= x 2 + 1 f ( x) + 2 x ( 2 x − 3) 2

1 M1 1
= ( 2 x − 3)

2 (x 2
+ 1 + 2 x ( 2 x − 3) ) correctly taking out a factor of ( 2 x − 3)

2

1
or correctly using ( 2 x − 3) 2 as
denominator

5x2 − 6 x + 1 A1
= 1
( 2 x − 3) 2
11(ii) When x = 2 , y = 5 B1

dy 1 M1 substitution to obtain gradient and correct


= 9 , so gradient of normal = − method for gradient of normal
dx 9

1 M1 DepM1 for equation of normal


Equation of normal y − 5 = − ( x − 2)
9

x + 9 y − 47 = 0 or − x − 9 y + 47 = 0 A1 Must be in this form

© UCLES 2019 Page 12 of 12


366
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/12


Paper 1 May/June 2019
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

367
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1(a) E B1

E B1

© UCLES 2019 Page 3 of 11


368
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1(b) P = {30o ,150o , 210o , 330o } B1 May be seen or implied in a Venn


diagram
Allow without set notation

Q = {30o ,150o } B1 May be seen or implied in a Venn


diagram
Allow without set notation

P ∩ Q = {30o ,150o } B1 Dep on both previous B marks


Must be in set notation

2 Either: ( 2 x + 3) ( x − 1) = 3 ( 2 x + 3) M1 For attempt to equate line and curve


2

and attempt to simplify to


( 2 x + 3) ( 2 x 2 + x − 6 ) ( = 0 ) 2 x + 3 × a quadratic factor
or cancelling 2 x + 3 and obtaining
a quadratic factor

( 2 x + 3) ( 2 x 2 + x − 6 ) = 0 M1 Dep for attempt at 3 linear factors


from a linear term and a quadratic
( 2 x + 3)( 2 x − 3)( x + 2) = 0 term

 3  B1
 − , 0
 2 

3  A1 Dep on first M mark only


 ,18 
2 

( −2, − 3) A1 Dep on first M mark only

( 2 x + 3) ( x − 1) = 3( 2 x + 3) M1 For attempt to equate line and curve


2
Or:
and attempt to simplify to a cubic
4 x3 + 8 x 2 − 9 x − 18 ( = 0 ) equation, by collecting like terms

( x + 2) ( 4 x2 − 9) M1 Dep
For attempt to find a factor from a 4
( 2 x − 3) ( 2 x 2 + 7 x + 6 ) term cubic equation (usually
x + 2 ), do long division oe to
( 2 x + 3) ( 2 x 2 + x − 6 ) obtain a quadratic factor and
( 2x + 3)( 2x − 3)( x + 2)( = 0) factorise this quadratic factor

 3  A1
 − , 0
 2 

3  A1
 ,18 
2 

( −2, − 3) A1

3(i) 1000 B1

© UCLES 2019 Page 4 of 11


369
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

3(ii) dB B1
= 400e2t − 1600e−2t
dt

3 = e 2t − 4e −2t oe M1 For equating an equation of the


form ae 2t + be −2t to 1200 and
dividing by 400

e 4 t − 3e 2 t − 4 = 0 A1

3(iii) (e 2t
)(
+ 1 e 2t − 4 = 0 ) M1 For attempt to factorise and solve,
dealing with exponential correctly,
to obtain e 2 t = ...

1 A1
t = ln 2, ln 4 or awrt 0.693 only
2
isw if appropriate

4(a) 5 B1
a=
2

3 B1
b=−
2

11 B1
c=
2

4(b) 1

1 M1 For attempt to solve simultaneous
9x 2 − 3y 2 = 12 1
1

1 equations. Must reach kx 2 = ... or
4x 2 + 3y 2 = 14 −
1
ky 2 = ... oe

x=4 A1

1 A1
y=
4

5(i) 9.6 = 12θ M1 For use of arc length

θ = 0.8 A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 5 of 11


370
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

5(ii) Either M1 For attempt to find AB or OB using


AB their θ
tan θ = , ( AB = 12.36 ) May be implied by a correct
12
Or triangle area
12 Allow if using degrees consistently
OB = ( OB = 17.22 )
cosθ

Either M1 Allow if using degrees consistently


1
Area ∆OAB = × 12 × their 12.36
2
Or
1
Area ∆OAB = × 12 × their 17.22 × sinθ For attempt to find area of triangle
2 using their θ
( = 74.1 or 74.2)
1 B1 Allow unsimplified
Area of sector OAC = × 122 × 0.8
2
= 57.6

Area of shaded region = 16.5 or 16.6 A1

6(a)(i) 40320 B1

6(a)(ii) No. of ways with maths books as 1 unit = 5! B1


5
or 5 × 4! or P5 or 120

No. of ways maths books can be arranged B1


amongst themselves = 4! or 4 P4 or 24

Total = ( 5! × 4! oe ) = 2880 B1

6(a)(iii) No. of ways with maths books as 1 unit and B1


geography books as 1 unit = 3! or 3P3 or
3 × 2! or 6

No. of ways maths books can be arranged B1


amongst themselves and geography books
can be arranged amongst themselves
= 4! × 3! or 4 P4 × 3P3 or 144

Total = ( 3! × 4! × 3! oe ) B1
= 864

6(b)(i) 12
C6 = 924 B1

© UCLES 2019 Page 6 of 11


371
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

6(b)(ii) Either: 924 − 8C6 M1 For their (i) – the number of teams
of just men

Total = 896 A1

Or: 5M 1W : 8C5 × 4C1 ( = 224) M1 For a complete method

4M 2W : 8C4 × 4C2 ( = 420)


3M 3W : 8C3 × 4C3 ( = 224)
8 4
2M 4W : C2 × C4 ( = 28)

Total = 896 A1

7(i) 120 B1 For correct triangle, may be implied


β 35 by a correct sine rule or cosine rule.

650

120 120 650 650 M1 For use of a correct sine rule to


or = or obtain α = ... or θ = ...
sin α sin ( 55 − θ ) sin 35 sin145
Or for a correct cosine rule leading
to a value for v, followed by a
correct sine rule leading to one of
the other angles

α = 6.08o or β = 138.9 A1 May be implied by a correct


θ = awrt 49o

Bearing is 048.9o or 049o A1

7(ii) Either M1 For use of sine rule or cosine rule to


vr 650 120 find resultant velocity
= or
sin (145 − theirα ) sin 35 sin ( theirα ) Do not allow for a right-angled
triangle
May be seen in (i)
Or vr2 = 6502 + 1202 −
( 2 × 650 × 120 ) cos (145 − theirα )
vr = 745 A1 For correct resultant velocity, allow
awrt 745

1250 M1 For correct attempt at finding time


Time taken = using their v , ≠ 650, 120, 770 or
their 744.7
530

= 1.68 hours or I hour 41 mins or 101 mins A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 7 of 11


372
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

8(i) m B1 May be implied by subsequent


ey = +c work
x

Either 20 = 2m + c M1 For at least 1 correct equation


8 = 4m + c

M1 Dep
For attempt to solve their 2
equations simultaneously to obtain
at least one unknown

leading to m = −6, c = 32 A1 For both

 6 A1 Must have correct brackets


y = ln  32 −  Mark the final answer given
 x

Or: Gradient = m = ( −6) M1 For attempt to find gradient and


equate it to m

20 = 2m + c or 8 = 4m + c M1 For at least 1 correct equation, may


1  be using their m
or e y − 8 = m  − 4 
 x 
 1 
or e y − 20 = m  − 2 
x 

leading to c = 32 and m = −6 A1 For both m = −6, c = 32

 6 A1
y = ln  32 − 
 x

8(ii) 3 B1
x> oe
16

8(iii) y = ln 30 isw B1

8(iv)  6 M1 For a correct substitution and


2 = ln  32 −  attempt to re-arrange using 2, their
 x
32 and their – 6, keeping exactness
to obtain x =

6 A1 Must be exact
x= oe
32 − e2

© UCLES 2019 Page 8 of 11


373
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

9(i) 5 = 4 + 2cos3x M1 For attempt to solve trig equation to


obtain one correct solution

π A1
9

π A1

9

9(ii) π M1 For use of subtraction method


Either: ∫

9
π
9
4 + 2cos3 x − 5 dx

π M1 For attempt to integrate to obtain


2 9 the form a sin 3x + bx
 3 sin 3 x − x  π
 −
9

B1 2
For sin 3x
3

B1 For −x , may be implied by


4 x − 5x

 3 π  3 π M1 Dep on previous M mark for


 −  −  − +  correct application of their limits in
 3 9  3 9 radians from (i) retaining exactness

2 3 2π A1
Shaded area = − oe isw
3 9

© UCLES 2019 Page 9 of 11


374
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

9(ii) 2π M1 5 × the difference of their limits in


Or: Area of rectangle = 5 × exact radians
9

Area under curve = M1 For attempt to integrate to obtain


π the form a sin 3x + bx
 2 9
 4 x + 3 sin 3 x  π
 −
9

B1 2
For sin 3x
3

B1 For 4x

 3 4π   3 4π  M1 Dep on previous M mark for


 3 + 9  −  − 3 − 9  correct application of their limits
    in exact radians from (i) retaining
 2 3 8π  exactness
 = + 
 3 9 

2 3 2π A1
Shaded area = − oe isw
3 9

10(i) 800 = 4 x 2 h B1

800 800 B1
h= 2
oe or xh = oe
4x 4x

( S = ) 2hx + 8xh + 4 x2 oe M1 Allow if h is substituted at this


point

 2000  A1 Leading to AG, must have S = or


S = 4x2 +   surface area = at some point and no
 x 
errors

© UCLES 2019 Page 10 of 11


375
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

10(ii)  dS  2000 B1 For correct differentiation


 =  8x − 2
 dx  x

dS M1 For equating to zero and attempt to


When = 0, x = 3 250 oe (6.30) solve, must get as far as x = …,
dx
b
must be using the form ax + 2
x

A1 For correct positive x

S = 476 only A1

d2S 4000 B1 For a correct convincing method,


2
=8+ 3 with enough detail to reach a
dx x
2
correct conclusion of a minimum.
d S
> 0 or 24 so minimum Must be using x = 3 250 oe
dx 2

11 M1 For attempt at differentiating a


product

B1 2 1
× 3 ( 3x + 1) 3

For
3

 dy  2 1 2 A1 For all other terms correct


=  ( x − 2 ) × × 3 ( 3x + 1) 3 + ( 3x + 1) 3


 dx  3

4 B1
y=
3

7 dy 13 M1 For attempt at normal equation


When x = , =
3 dx 3 1
using −
their m
7
and their y when x =
3

4 3 7 A1 For correct normal equation, may


Equation of normal: y − =− x−  be implied by a correct final answer
3 13  3

73 A1
At y-axis, y =
39
 73 
 0,  isw
 39 

© UCLES 2019 Page 11 of 11


376
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/13


Paper 1 May/June 2019
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

377
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1 A∩ B =∅ B1

Z ⊂ ( X ∩Y ) B2 B1 for identifying X ∩ Y

2 3 B1
a=
2

7 B1
b=
3

c=3 B1

3 x2 + (3 − m) x + m − 4 = 0 M1 For equating line and curve and attempting to


obtain a quadratic equation equated to zero

Discriminant: ( 3 − m ) − 4 ( m − 4 ) M1 Dep
2

For use of b2 − 4ac , could be implied by use


of quadratic formula

( m − 5 )2 A1

Always positive or zero for any m, so A1 For a suitable comment/conclusion


line and curve will always touch or
intersect

4(i) B1 6 x3
For
( 2x 3
+5 )
M1 For attempt to differentiate a quotient

6x2 A1 For all other terms correct


( x − 1) (
− ln 2 x 3 + 5 )
dy
=
(2x 3
+5 )
dx ( x − 1)2
When x = 2, A1
dy 24 8
= − ln 21 or − ln 21, or –1.90
dx 21 7

4(ii) −1.90 p oe B1

© UCLES 2019 Page 4 of 8


378
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

5(i) B1 For shape with maximum in 1st quadrant

B1  1 
For  − , 0  and ( 5, 0 )
 3 

B1 For ( 0, 5 )

B1 All correct with cusps and correct shape for


1
x < − and x > 5
3

5(ii) M1 For attempt to find maximum point

7 A1 7
Maximum point when x = For x =
3 3

64 64 A1
y= so k =
3 3

6(i) 1 sin θ M1 For dealing with sec, tan and cosec in terms of
− × sin θ oe sin and cos
cosθ cosθ

1 − sin 2 θ M1 For simplification and use of identity


cosθ

cos 2 θ A1 For simplification to AG


cosθ

6(ii) 3 M1 For use of part (i) and attempt to solve to get as


cos 2θ = far as 2θ = ...
2

2θ = 30o , 330o M1 For dealing with double angle correctly, may


be implied by one correct solution

θ = 15o , 165o A1 For both

6(iii)  π 1 M1 For correct attempt to solve, may be implied


sin  φ +  = ± π π
 3 2 by φ + =
π π 3π 5π 7π 9π 3 4
φ+ = , , , ,
3 4 4 4 4 4

M1 Dep
For dealing with compound angle correctly

5π 11π 17π 23π A2 A1 for one correct pair,


φ= , , , A1 for a second correct pair with no extra
12 12 12 12
solutions in the range.

© UCLES 2019 Page 5 of 8


379
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

7(i)
( ) ( ) M1 For use of Pythagoras’ theorem and attempt to
2 2
AC 2 = 2 5 − 1 + 2 + 5
expand brackets

= 20 − 4 5 + 1 + 4 + 4 5 + 5 A1 For correct unsimplified, must be convinced of


non-calculator use

AC = 30 A1

7(ii) 2 5 −1 2 − 5 M1 For attempt at tan ACB and rationalisation


tan ACB = ×
2+ 5 2− 5

4 5 − 2 − 10 + 5 M1 Dep
= oe For seeing at least 3 terms in the numerator
4−5

= 12 − 5 5 A1

7(iii) sec2 ACB = tan 2 ACB + 1 M1 For use of identity using their (ii)
= 144 − 120 5 + 125 + 1

= 270 − 120 5 A1

8(i) g ≥1 B1 Must be using correct notation

8(ii) g ( )
62 = 125 B1

1 B1
f −1 ( x ) = ln x
3

1 B1 For correct order and manipulation to obtain


ln125 = ln 5
3 1
the given answer, need to see ln125
3

8(iii) 3e3 x = 24 M1 For dealing with derivatives correctly

1 A1
x = ln8
3

x = ln 2 A1

8(iv) B3 B1 for correct g with intercept


B1 for y = x and/or implication of symmetry
B1 for correct g −1 with intercept

9(a)(i) 7! = 5040 B1

© UCLES 2019 Page 6 of 8


380
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

9(a)(ii) Treating the 4 trophies as 1 unit so B1 Maybe implied by a correct answer


there are 4! ways

There are also 4! ways of arranging B1


the football trophies amongst
themselves

Total = 4! × 4! = 576 B1

9(a)(iii) Treating the 4 football trophies as 1 B1 Maybe implied by a correct answer


unit and the 2 cricket trophies as 1
unit so there are 3! ways

There are also 4! ways of arranging B1 Maybe implied by a correct answer


the football trophies amongst
themselves and 2 ways of arranging
the cricket trophies

Total = 3! × 4! × 2 = 288 B1

9(b)(i) 3003 B1

9(b)(ii) 28 B1

9(b)(iii) 3003 – 1 M1 For their (i) – 1

3002 A1 FT

10(i) M1 1
Attempt to integrate to obtain k ( 2 x + 3) 2

dy 1 A1 All correct, condone omission of +c


= ( 2 x + 3) 2 ( +c )
dx

5 =3+c M1 Dep
For attempt at c

dy 1 M1 For a further attempt to integrate


= ( 2 x + 3) 2 + 2
dx

1 3 A1 All correct, condone omission of +d


y= ( 2 x + 3) 2 + 2 x ( + d )
3

1 8 M1 For attempt at d
− = +1+ d
3 3

1 3 A1 Must have y =
y= ( 2 x + 3) 2 + 2 x − 4
3

© UCLES 2019 Page 7 of 8


381
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

10(ii) When x = 3, y = 11 M1 For attempt to find y using their (i)

M1 Dep
For attempt at normal

1 A1 Al1 correct unsimplified


Normal: y − 11 = − ( x − 3)
5

x + 5 y − 58 = 0 A1 For correct form

11(i) B1 For correct triangle, may be implied by


subsequent work

120 600 M1 For use of the correct sine rule


=
sin α sin130

α = 8.81o A1 Allow greater accuracy

Bearing 041.2o or 041o A1 Allow greater accuracy

11(ii) vr 600 120 M1 For use of sine rule using their α or cosine
= = rule
sin 41.19 sin130 sin α

vr = 515.8 awrt 516 A1

2500 M1 For attempt to find time using their vr , not


Time taken =
515.8 600, 720 or 480

= 4.85 or 4.84 A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 8 of 8


382
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/21


Paper 2 May/June 2019
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

383
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

1 6 x 2 + 7 x − 20 [*0] M1 where * may be any inequality sign or =

4 5 A1
Critical values , −
3 2

x≤−
5 4
or x ≥ final answer
A1 FT their critical values using outside
2 3 regions

2(i) d 1 B1
(ln x) = soi
dx x

1 M1
x 3   − 3x 2 ln x
dy
=   2
x
dx x3 ( )
1
or x −3   + ( −3 x ) ln x
−4

 x

Completion to given answer: A1


dy 1 − 3ln x
=
dx x4

2(ii)  1 − 3ln e  M1
 4 h
 e 

2h A1
− oe or −0.0366h awrt
e4

3(i) Correct shape 3 B1 correct shape must have cusp on x-


0.6 oe indicated on x-axis axis
3 indicated on y-axis B1 for each correct point
There must be a sketch to award the
marks for the intercepts and sketch
should be continuous with one
intersection only on each axis

3(ii) Solves 5 x − 3 = x − 2 oe M1
or (5 x − 3) 2 = (2 − x) 2

1 A1
[ x =] oe
4

5 B1
[ x =] oe
6

© UCLES 2019 Page 4 of 9


384
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

4 ( 5 − 3) = 5 + 9 − 2(3) 5
2 M1

their (14 − 6 5 ) 5 −1 M1 Attempts to rationalise


× or forms a pair of simultaneous
5 +1 5 −1
equations
e.g. 5 p + q = 14, p + q = −6

their (14 5 − 30 − 14 + 6 5) M1 multiplies out; numerator must have at


least 3 terms; condone one sign error in
5 −1
numerator; denominator may be 4 or
5 − 5 + 5 −1

or solves their simultaneous equations to


find one unknown

5 5 − 11 A1 or p = 5, q = −11

5(i) 10 B1
− oe
6

5(ii) 27 B1

5(iii) Attempts to find total area M1

1 M1
(23 + their k + 6) × 10
2
1 1
or × 4 × 10 + 23 × 10 + × 6 × 10
2 2

280 A1

6(a) ( x + 3)( x − 3) − 2 x(− x) B1

their det A = 0 M1 Can be implied by later work

[ x =] ± 3 isw A1

6(b)(i) 3 × 2 or 3 by 2 B1

6(b)(ii) BC is a 3 by 3 matrix and CB is a 2 by 2 B2 B1 for a partially correct statement e.g.


matrix [so they cannot be the same] oe The orders are not the same or BC is
a 3 by 3 matrix or CB is a 2 by 2
matrix
6 5
or [CB =]   [so not equal] or B1 for 3 correct elements
 41 15 
or finding one correct element of CB as or B1 for finding one correct element of
being different from BC and CB as being different from BC, without
commenting that the elements are further comment
different, [the matrices cannot be the
same] oe

© UCLES 2019 Page 5 of 9


385
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

7(i) sec 2 u B1

7(ii) dy dy du M1
Attempts = ×
dx du dx
dy dy dx
or = ÷
dx du du

dy their sec 2 u A1 FT their (i)


=
dx 3u 2

u = 3 x − 1 soi B1

sec 2 ( 3 x − 1) A1 final answer


cao
3( 3 x − 1) 2
If B1 only then SC1 for
2 1

k ( x − 1) 3 sec2 ( x − 1) 3

8(i) 5π B1
[angle ECD =] oe or 0.873 soi
18

Attempts to find AC and subtract 8 M1 8


e.g. AC =

cos
9

[ DC =] 2.44 A1

1 2π M2 1 2 2π
× 8 × theirAC × sin M1 for ×8 × or for
2 9 2 9
1 5π
OR × their 2.442 × their seen
2 18

1  2π  1 2π
× 8 × 8 tan   − × 82 ×
2  9  2 9
1 5π
− × their 2.442 × their
2 18

awrt 1.91 A1

8(ii) their(6.712 – 2.443) M2 M1 for either arc seen


 5π   2π 
+ their 2.443   + 8  
 18   9 

awrt 12.0 A1

9(a)(i) 39 916 800 B1

9(a)(ii) 5! × 6! oe M1

86 400 A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 6 of 9


386
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

9(b)(i) 5
C3 × 3C1 oe M1

30 A1

9(b)(ii) 5
C2 × 3C2 + 5C1 × 3C1 oe M1

45 A1

10(i) 4−3 1 M1 ALT uses y = mx + c with A and B as


= oe
1− p 3 far as an equation in p only

−2 A1

10(ii) Either: Finds midpoint AB B1 FT their p


 their p + 1 3 + 4 
 , 
 2 2 

Verifies ( −0.5, 3.5 ) is on L B1

y = −3 x + 2 therefore m = −3 oe B1
1
and × −3 = −1 oe
3

Or: finds midpoint AB B1 FT their p


 their p + 1 3 + 4 
 , 
 2 2 

1 B1
× −3 = −1 oe
3

y − 3.5 = −3( x + 0.5) and completion to B1


y = −3 x + 2

10(iii) q=4 B1

10(iv) 22.5 nfww B2 B1 for correct method to find area using


correct values
1
e.g. × AB × MC where M is the
2
midpoint of AB

© UCLES 2019 Page 7 of 9


387
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

11(a)(i) 1  1 cosθ  M2 M1 for either


 − 
sin θ  sin θ sin θ  cosecθ − cot θ 1  cosθ 
=  cosecθ − 
sin θ sin θ  sin θ 
cosecθ − cot θ 1  1 
or =  − cot θ 
sin θ sin θ  sin θ 

1 − cos θ M1
1 − cos 2 θ

1 − cos θ 1 A1
=
(1 − cosθ )(1 + cosθ ) 1 + cosθ
11(a)(ii) awrt 233.1 B2 with no extras in range
3
B1 for cos θ = − soi
5

11(b)  1 M1
3φ − 4 = tan −1  −  soi
 2

awrt 0.132, 1.18 A2 with no extras in range


A1 for one correct

12(a) e2 x B1
seen
2

e2 a 1 M1 Uses limits correctly for their integral


− = 50 and sets = 50
2 2

Rearranges and takes logs to base e: M1 Using their integral


2a = ln101 oe

1 A1 Allow any exact equivalent


a = ln101 or ln 101 final answer
2

12(b)(i) 2 B2 B1 for −k sin 5 x where k > 0


[ y =] 3x − sin 5 x [ +c ]
5

8π 3π 2  π  M1
= − sin  5 ×  + c
5 5 5  5

2 A1
y = 3x − sin 5 x + π
5

© UCLES 2019 Page 8 of 9


388
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

12(b)(ii)   2   B3 2

∫  ∫
 y dx =  3 x − 5 sin 5 x + π  dx 
 
B2 for
25
cos5 x oe nfww

3x 2
=
3x 2 2
+ cos5 x + πx [ +c ] and B1FT for + … + πx [ +c ]
2 25 2

π M1
their F(π) – their F  
2

16[.0] or 15.95 to 15.96 or A1


13π 2 2

8 25

© UCLES 2019 Page 9 of 9


389
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/22


Paper 2 May/June 2019
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

390
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

1 Either: B1
Quotient rule:

d
( sin x ) = cos x soi
dx

B1
d
dx
( 2
)
ln x 2 = oe soi
x

M1
( ln x ) ( their cos x ) − ( sin x )  their 2x 
2

( ln x ) 2 2

oe

A1
( ln x ) cos x − ( sin x )  2x 
2

oe isw
( ln x ) 2 2

Or: B1
Product rule on y = (sin x)(ln x 2 ) −1

d
( sin x ) = cos x soi
dx

B1
d
dx
( )
(ln x 2 )−1 = −(ln x 2 )−2 ×
2
x

 2 M1
(sin x) × their  −(ln x 2 ) −2 × 
 x
+ (their cos x)(ln x 2 ) −1 oe

 2 A1
(sin x) ×  −(ln x 2 ) −2 × 
 x
+ (cos x )(ln x 2 ) −1 oe isw

2 k 2 − 4( k − 1)(− k ) oe B1

k (5k − 4) M1

Correct critical values 0, 0.8 oe A1

k < 0, k > 0.8 oe A1 FT their critical values provided their


ak 2 + bk + c > 0 has positive a and there are 2
values;
mark final answer

If B1 M0 allow SC1 for a final answer of k > 0.8 oe

© UCLES 2019 Page 4 of 9


391
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

3(i) Uses x = 2 as a root: M1 or 2 a −12 5 6


a(23 ) − 12(22 ) + 5(2) + 6 = 0 ↓ 2a −24+4a −38+8a
a −12+2a −19+4a −32+8a = 0

Solves 8a − 48 + 10 + 6 = 0 to find A1 or solves −32 + 8a = 0 to find a = 4


a=4
If M0 then SC1 for 4(23 ) − 12(22 ) + 5(2) + 6 = 0 or
showing that the synthetic division with a = 4
results in a remainder of 0

3(ii) ( x − 2)(4 x 2 − 4 x − 3) B2 B1 for any two terms correct in quadratic factor

Product of three correct linear factors: B1


( x − 2)(2 x − 3)(2 x + 1)

x = 2, x = 1.5, x = −0.5 oe B1 dep on all previous marks having been earned

If B2 B0 then award SC1 for correct factorisation of


correct quadratic factor leading to 3 correct roots

4 Either: B1
1
A = πx 2 oe, soi
4

dA 2 B1
= πx oe, soi
dx 4

dx B1
= 0.01 soi
dt

2 M1 dA
π(6) × 0.01 FT their when x = 6
4 dx

0.03π or exact equivalent A1 mark final answer

Or: B1
x
A = πr 2 and r = soi
2

dA B1
= 2πr oe soi
dr

dr B1
= 0.005 oe soi
dt

2π(3) × 0.005 M1

0.03π or exact equivalent A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 5 of 9


392
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

5(i) 5( x − 1.5) 2 − 10.25 isw B3 B1 for each of p, q, r correct in correctly formatted


expression; allow correct equivalent values

If B0 then SC2 for 5 ( x − 1.5 ) − 10.25 or


SC1 for correct values but other incorrect format

5(ii) their − 10.25 B2 STRICT FT their part (i);


is least value when
5
x = their1.5 B1 STRICT FT for each

6(a) 2 × 4 or 2 by 4 B1

6(b)(i) 1 3 4 B2 1   3 4
(A−1 =)   isw B1 for × their   or for k ×   , where k
2 1 2 2   1 2
is not 0 or 1

6(b)(ii) 1 13 20  B3 FT their A−1 provided B1 earned in (b)(i)


B=   oe isw B1 for the strategy of using A−1:
4 5 8 
B = A−1 A−1 soi or AB = A−1 soi or BA = A−1 soi or
B = (A−1)2

and B1 for two or three elements of B correct or


correct FT

7(a) lg (x2 – 3) = lg 1 soi M1

−2 and 2 A1 Implies M1

7(b)(i) Two separate terms in numerator: B1 Combines terms in numerator:

(sin(2 x + 5)) ln a or  a sin(2 x +5) 


sin(2 x + 5) or ln  
log a a = (sin(2 x + 5))log a a  a 

− ln a or B1 or (sin(2 x + 5) − 1) ln a
log a a −1 = − log a a
 a sin(2 x +5) 
ln  
or  a  = log ( a sin(2 x +5) −1 )
a
ln a

sin(2 x + 5) − 1 B1 dep all previous marks awarded;

7(b)(ii) 1 B3 FT their numerical k


− cos(2 x + 5) + ( their −1) x (+ c)
2 1
B2 for − cos(2 x + 5) seen
2
1
or B1 for a cos(2 x + 5), a < 0 or for cos(2 x + 5)
2
1
or for − cos 2 x + 5 seen
2

© UCLES 2019 Page 6 of 9


393
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

8(a) 20 3 3 6 B2 20 3 3 6
− a  x  and − a  x5  oe soi B1 for either − a  x  or − a  x5  oe
8 32 8 32
6 6
C C
or or for − 3 a 3  x 3  and − 5 a  x5  oe,
8 32
6 6
C3 3 3 C5
20 3 3 6 or for a  x  and a  x 5  oe
a  x  and a  x5  oe soi 8 32
8 32  
20 3 3
or for a  x  and ka  x 5  oe where k > 0
8
6
or for ka 3  x 3  and a  x5  oe where k > 0
32  

20 3 6 M1
their a = 120 × their a oe soi
8 32

[ a =] ± 3 A1

8(b)(i) 1 + 40 x + 760 x 2 + 9120 x 3 B2 B1 for three out of the four terms correct
If B0 then SC1 for 1, 40 x, 760 x 2 , 9120 x3 seen but
not summed

8(b)(ii) 1 + 40(−0.01) + 760(−0.01) 2 + B2 or M1 for use of x = −0.01 oe in their expansion


seen or implied by e.g. 0.66688 without working or
9120(−0.01)3
1 − 0.4 + 0.076 − 0.00912
or 1 − 0.4 + 0.076 − 0.00912 oe
leading to 0.66688 cao

9(a) 6(1 − cos 2 x) − 13cos x = 1 oe B1

Solves or factorises their 3-term M1


quadratic

70.5 and 289.5 A2 with no extras in range


A1 for either, ignoring extras in range

9(b)(i) Numerator: M1
sin y
Substitution of tan y =
cos y

Denominator: M1
Substitution of
1 + tan 2 y = sec2 y
sin 2 y
or substitution of 1 + tan 2 y = 1 +
cos 2 y
1
and correct rearrangement to oe
cos 2 y

Correct completion to 4sin y cao A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 7 of 9


394
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

9(b)(ii) −0.848[06…] rot to 3 or more figures B1 with no extras in range

10(a) 52 + ( −15) 2 seen M1

1 A1
( 5i − 15 j) oe, isw
5 10

10(b)(i) 9 B1
  oe, soi
 12 

 3 2   9 M1
  +  their    oe, soi
 −5  3   12  
 12  1   9 
or   −  their    oe, soi
 7 3  12  

9 A1  −9 
  If B1 M0, award SC1 for a final answer of  
 3  −3 
oe
JJJG JJJG JJJG
10(b)(ii) Forms a valid vector relationship using M1 or DC = OC − OD
JJJG JJJG JJJG
DC and e.g. OD or DB  6   9  1  12 
 9  JJJG  6    = their   −   soi
e.g. their   = OD +   oe  1.25   3  λ  7
JJJG JJJG JJJG
 3  1.25  or DC = DB − CB
JJJG  6  1  9  6  λ − 1  12  1  9
or DB =   + × their   oe
 1.25  3  12   =   − × their   soi
 1.25  λ  7 3  12 

Finds a correct proportion A1 or solves a correct equation in λ


JJJG JJJG
e.g. OB = 4OD oe soi 1
JJJG JJJG e.g. 6 = 9 − × 12
or 3OB = 4 DB oe soi λ

λ = 4 A1 from a fully correct method

11(i) v ≠ 0 or v > 0 oe B1

11(ii) Differentiates : B2 B1 for k (t + 1) −4 with k ≠ −12


4 × −3(t + 1) −4 oe, isw

1 B1
− oe or −0.00926
108

11(iii) Integrates: B3 B2 for −2(t + 1) −2 [ +c ]


[ s =] − 2(t + 1) −2 + 2 oe, isw or B1 for k (t + 1) −2 [ +c ] with k ≠ −2

© UCLES 2019 Page 8 of 9


395
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

11(iv) Finds their s from (iii) when t = 4 M1


or when t = 3

or finds
their ( −2(t + 1) −2 [+2] ) 
4

 3
( (
= their −2(4 + 1) −2 − −2(3 + 1) −2 ))
9 A1
or 0.045
200

12(a)(i) g > −9 B1

12(a)(ii) x>1 B1

12(a)(iii) [gf ( x) =] 4 (5x − 2) − 9 B1


2

100 x 2 − 80 x − 38 = 0 M1
45 + 9
or ( 5x − 2 ) =
2

−(−80) ± (−80) 2 − 4(100)(−38)


[ x =]
2(100)
4+3 6
leading to oe only A1
10
1 54 
or  2 +  or better only
5 4 

12(b)(i) (They are) reflections (of each other) in B1


(the line) y = x oe

12(b)(ii) x2 = y 2 + 1 or y 2 = x 2 + 1 M1

x = [ ± ] y 2 + 1 or y = [ ± ] x 2 + 1 A1

− x 2 + 1 nfww A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 9 of 9


396
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/23


Paper 2 May/June 2019
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

397
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Generic Marking Principles

These general marking principles must be applied by all examiners when marking candidate answers.
They should be applied alongside the specific content of the mark scheme or generic level descriptors
for a question. Each question paper and mark scheme will also comply with these marking principles.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 1:

Marks must be awarded in line with:

• the specific content of the mark scheme or the generic level descriptors for the question
• the specific skills defined in the mark scheme or in the generic level descriptors for the question
• the standard of response required by a candidate as exemplified by the standardisation scripts.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 2:

Marks awarded are always whole marks (not half marks, or other fractions).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 3:

Marks must be awarded positively:

• marks are awarded for correct/valid answers, as defined in the mark scheme. However, credit
is given for valid answers which go beyond the scope of the syllabus and mark scheme,
referring to your Team Leader as appropriate
• marks are awarded when candidates clearly demonstrate what they know and can do
• marks are not deducted for errors
• marks are not deducted for omissions
• answers should only be judged on the quality of spelling, punctuation and grammar when these
features are specifically assessed by the question as indicated by the mark scheme. The
meaning, however, should be unambiguous.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 4:

Rules must be applied consistently e.g. in situations where candidates have not followed
instructions or in the application of generic level descriptors.

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 5:

Marks should be awarded using the full range of marks defined in the mark scheme for the question
(however; the use of the full mark range may be limited according to the quality of the candidate
responses seen).

GENERIC MARKING PRINCIPLE 6:

Marks awarded are based solely on the requirements as defined in the mark scheme. Marks should
not be awarded with grade thresholds or grade descriptors in mind.

© UCLES 2019 Page 2 of 8


398
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

© UCLES 2019 Page 3 of 8


399
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

1 For attempting to solve M1 where * may be any inequality sign or =


9 x 2 + 17 x − 2 [*0]

1 A1
Critical values , −2
9

1 A1 FT their critical values from ax 2 + bx + c < 0 with a


−2 < x < final answer
9 >0

2 d B1
(tan 3x) = 3sec2 3x soi
dx

d x 1 x B1
 cos  = − sin soi
dx  2 2 2

Applies correct form of product rule M1

 dy  A1
 dx = 
 
1 x
−  sin  tan 3x + 3 ( sec 2 3 x ) cos
x
2 2 2
oe isw

3(i) 7−9 2 M1
oe or − seen
4 − ( −3) 7

 2 M1
y − 4 = their  −  ( x − 6)
 7
 2
or y = their  −  x + c
 7
40
and their c = oe
7

2 x + 7 y = 40 oe A1

3(ii) 2 2 M1 FT their equation from part (i)


 40   40 
their   + their  
 2   7 

20.8[00…] A1

4(i) Correct graph B3 B1 Correct sinusoidal shape with midline at y = 4


B1Two cycles
B1 Correct amplitude

Maximum of 2 marks if not fully correct

4(ii) 180° B1

© UCLES 2019 Page 4 of 8


400
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

4(iii) 3 B1

5(a)(i) 3 by 2 or 3 × 2 B1

5(a)(ii) 0 0 B1
 
0 0
0 0
 

5(b) 1 0 B2 B1 for either


−1
  and B is C oe
 0 1 

5(c) 1  5 −4a  B2 1    5 −4 a 
  B1 for   or ... ×  
9a  1 a  9a   1 a 

6(i) 9(3 x − 5) 2 − 2 isw B2 B1 for k (3x − 5) 2 k ≠ 9 seen

54(3x − 5)[1] isw B2 B1 for k (3 x − 5)[1] k ≠ 54 seen

6(ii) Solves their 9(3x − 5) 2 − 2 = 0 M1

5 2 A1
[ x =] ± or exact equivalent
3 9

6(iii) 5 2 M1
Substitutes their +
3 9
5 2
or their − into
3 9
their 54(3x − 5)[1] and considers sign of
result

5 2 d2 y A1
When x = + >0
3 9 dx 2
so minimum

5 2 d2 y
and when x = − <0
3 9 dx 2
so maximum

© UCLES 2019 Page 5 of 8


401
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

7(i) [ AD = BC =] 35 soi B1

Valid method for finding DC M1

[ DC =] 19.2836... A1

4π M1
50 × oe
9

4π A1
35 + 35 + 19.2836… + 50 ×
9
= 159 or awrt 159 isw

7(ii) Sector – triangle: M1 or Segment + trapezium :


1 4π 1  4π 4π 
× 502 × × 502  − sin 
2 9 2  9 9 

1  4π   M1 1 
−  × their152 × sin    oe +  ( 64.2787... + 19.2836...) × 26.81155 
2  9   2 

1630 or 1634.538… rot to 4 or more A1


figs, isw

8(a)(i) p = 2, q = 7, r = −7 B3 B1 for each


or
M1 for any two of
2
 1  8× 7 2  1 
( ) ( )
7 6
8 x2  − , x −  ,
 px  2  px 
3
8× 7 × 6 2 5 1 
3× 2
x( ) − 
 px 
or better

8(a)(ii) Valid explanation B1

8(b) n(n − 1)  1 
2 B1
 −  [ x] seen or implied
2  2

 n(n − 1)  1  2  M1
their  −  = 30
 2  2  
 

n 2 − n − 240 = 0 A1

16 A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 6 of 8


402
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

9 Roots of curve: (4, 0) or (−4, 0) oe B1

Intersections: (−3, 7) or (3, 7) oe B1

Correct strategy for finding area B1

x3 M1
∫ (16 − x 2 )dx =16 x −
3
x3

or (9 − x 2 )dx = 9 x −
3

F(b) – F(a) M1

148 1 A1
or 49 or 49.3[33…]
3 3
JJJG
10(i) PQ = q − p B3 B2 for any two correct or
JJJG JJJG JJJG
QA = 2p − q B1 for OA = 2p or OB = 4q soi
JJJG
PB = 4q − p
JJJG JJJG JJJG JJJG
10(ii) PQ = λ (4q − p) − µ (2p − q) oe isw B2 B1 for PQ = λ PB − µ QA soi

10(iii) For equating the coefficients of p or q in M1


q − p = λ (4q − p) − µ (2p − q)

4λ + µ = 1 oe A1 FT their (ii) provided in terms of λ, µ, p and q


λ + 2µ = 1 oe

Solves their equations in λ and µ M1

1 3 A1
λ= ,µ=
7 7

11(i)  dx  B1
 v = dt =  5 + cos t
 

5 + cos t ≠ 0 (and so never at rest) oe B1

11(ii) π π M1


x = 5   + sin   or
3 3
π π
x = 5   + sin   seen
2
  2

2.75 to 2.752 A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 7 of 8


403
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme May/June 2019
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

11(iii)  dv  M1 FT their v provided of the form k ± cos t


 a = dt =  − sin t
 

[t = 4,a = − sin 4 = ] 0.757 or A1


0.7568[024…]

11(iv) Valid method soi e.g. M1


their (− sin t ) = 0 or cos t = −1
sketch of v = 5 + cos t

t=π A1

12 Eliminates y: M1
10 x 3 − 19 x 2 − x = 4 x − 6 oe

Collects terms: A1
10 x 3 − 19 x 2 − 5 x + 6 = 0

x – 2 is a factor soi B1

Correct quadratic factor: B2 B1 for any two correct elements of quadratic factor
(10x2 + x – 3)

Factorises their 3-term quadratic or M1


solves their 3-term quadratic = 0:
(5x + 3)(2x – 1) oe

(−0.6, −8.4), (0.5, −4) A2 A1 for x = −0.6, x = 0.5 or y = −8.4, y = −4 nfww or


for one correct (x, y) pair

 their ( −0.6 + 0.5) their ( −8.4 + −4)  M1


 ,  oe
 2 2 

(−0.05, −6.2) oe A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 8 of 8


404
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS
Paper 1 Var. 11
MARK SCHEME

October/November 2019

405
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1 A′ ∩ B oe B1

( X ∩Y ) ∪( X ∩ Z ) or X ∩ (Y ∪ Z ) B1

2 2 x 2 + 3 x + k = kx − 3 M1 For an attempt to equate and simplify to a


3 term quadratic equation, allow an error
in one term

2 x 2 + ( 3 − k ) x + ( k + 3) = 0 A1

(3 − k ) − 4 × 2 × ( k + 3) M1 For attempt to use the discriminant, allow


2

previous error, leading to a quadratic


equation in terms of k

k 2 − 14k − 15 = 0 giving critical values of A1 For critical values


−1 and 15

−1 < k < 15 A1

3 x M1 For expressing the terms on the left hand


Either 7 x × 7 2 y or 49 2 × 49 y or 55 x × 52 y side of either one of the 2 equations in
5x terms of powers of 7, 49, 5 or 25
or 25 2 × 25 y

x A1
7 x × 7 2 y = 7 0 or 49 2 × 49 y = 490

5x A1
55 x × 52 y = 5−2 or 25 2 × 25 y = 25−1

leading to x + 2 y = 0 M1 For attempt to solve two linear equations,


and 5 x + 2 y = −2 with integer coefficients and constants, in
terms of x and y

1 1 A1
x=− , y=
2 4

4(i) d
dx
( (
ln 4 x 2 + 1 = 2
8x
))
4x + 1
B1

( 2 x − 3)
8x
( )
− 2ln 4 x 2 + 1
M1 For attempt to differentiate a quotient
dy
=
( 4x 2
+1 ) A1 For all other terms, not including
dx ( 2 x − 3) 2 8x
, correct
4x2 + 1

4(ii) dy 16 M1 dy
When x = 2, = − 2ln17 For attempt to find value of when
dx 17 dx
= −4.73 x = 2 and multiply by h

Change in y = −4.73h A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 4 of 10


406
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

5(i) f  > 1 B1 Must be using correct notation

g∈\ B1 Must be using correct notation

5(ii) g ( 0 ) = 1, g (1) = 2 M1 For attempt at g 2 and correct order


and attempt at f ( 2 )

f ( 2 ) = 164.8 awrt 165 A1

5(iii) B3 B1 for correct f and ( 0, 4 ) , must be in


first and second quadrant
B1 for correct f-1 and ( 4,0 ) , must be in
first and fourth quadrant
B1 for y = x and/or symmetry implied,
by ‘matching intercepts’. No
intersection.

= k(8x + 5) − 2
6 dy 1 M1 For attempt to differentiate, must be in
the form k(8x + 5) − 2
1
dx

= 4(8x + 5) − 2
dy 1 A1
dx

1 B1
When x = ,y=3
2

3 1 M1 1
Normal: y − 3 = −  x −  For attempt at the normal when x = ,
4 2 2
dy
using correct process for their and
dx
their y.

6x + 8y – 27 = 0 A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 5 of 10


407
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

7(i) lg y = lg A + x lg b B1 For statement, may be implied by


subsequent work

Either M1 For one correct equation


6 = lg A + 3.4 lg b
or 3.6 = lg A + 2.2 lg b M1 For another correct equation and attempt
to solve simultaneously

lg b = 2, b = 100 A1

lg A = –0.8, A = 10–0.8 or 0.158 A1

Or M1 equating gradient to lg b and attempt to


Gradient = lg b = 2 evaluate

b = 100 A1 Must be identified as b

6 = lg A + 3.4 lg b M1 For a correct equation and attempt to find


or 3.6 = lg A + 2.2 lg b lg A

lg A = –0.8, A = 10–0.8 or 0.158 A1 Must be identified as A

7(ii) lg 900 = –0.8 + 2x oe M1 For correct use of y = 900

x = 1.88 A1

8(i)
( ) + (7 − 5 ) M1 For use of Pythagoras’ theorem and
2 2
BC2 = 7 + 5
attempt to expand and simplify
= 49 + 14 5 + 5 + 49 – 14 5 + 5
= 108

BC = 6 3 A1

Perimeter = 22 + 6 5 + 6 3 A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 6 of 10


408
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

8(ii) Either M1 Either


1
2
( )(
4 + 3 5 + 11 + 2 5 7 + 5 ) For a valid method and attempt to expand
out and simplify
1
( )(
= 15 + 5 5 7 + 5
2
)
1
(
= 105 + 35 5 + 15 5 + 25
2
)
Or M1 Or

( 4 + 3 5 )( 7 + 5 ) + 12 ( 7 + 5 )( 7 − 5 ) For a valid method and attempt to expand


1 out and simplify
= 28 + 21 5 + 4 5 + 15 + (49 – 5)
2

Area =  65 + 25 5 A2 A1for each term

9(i) Either M1 For use of cosine rule


152 = 10 2 + 10 2 − 200 cos AOB
cos AOB = −0.125

AOB = 1.696 so 1.70 to 2 dp A1 Must have justification to 2 dp

Or M1 For use of basic trig


 AOB  7.5
sin  =
 2  10
AOB
= 0.8481
2

AOB = 1.696 so 1.70 to 2 dp A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 7 of 10


409
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

9(ii) π B1
Angle DOC =
3

Either M1 For attempt to get AOD or BOC


 π 
AOD = BOC = 0.5  2π − − 1.696 
 3 
AOD = BOC = 1.77

Arc lengths = 17.7 M1 For attempt at arc length using their


previous answer

Perimeter =  15 + 10 + ( 2 × 17.7 ) = 60.4 A1

Or M1 For either arc length


10π
Arc AB = 17 or Arc CD = 
3

(20π – arc AB – arc CD) M1

Perimeter = 60.4 A1

9(iii) Either M1 For area of sector using their BOC


1
Area of each sector =  102 (1.770 )
2

Area of triangles = M1 For area of one triangle using the sine


1 π 1  rule oe
 × 100 × sin  +  × 100sin1.70 
2 3 2 

Total area = 177 + 43.3 + 49.6 M1 For plan

Area = awrt 270 A1

Or M1 For area of a sector or area of a triangle


Area of upper segment = using the sine rule oe
1 2
10 (1.696 − sin1.696 )
2

Area of lower segment =  M1 For whichever has not been obtained in


1 2π π previous part
10  − sin 
2 3 3

Shaded area = 100π – are of the 2 segments M1 For plan


Area = 314.2 – 35.2 – 9.06

Area = awrt 270 A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 8 of 10


410
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

10 1.5 = 2 + cos 3 x M1 For correct attempt to find points of


cos3 x = −0.5 intersection

2π 4π M1 For dealing with 3x correctly


3x = ,
3 3

2π A1
x= or 40o
9

4π A1
x= or 80o
9

Either M1 For subtraction method – condone


4π omission of or incorrect limits
∫ 2π 1.5 −
9
( 2 + cos 3x ) dx
9

4π M1 For attempt to integrate – condone


[ −0.5 x − k sin 3x ]2π9 omission of or incorrect limits
9

4π A1 All correct – condone omission of or


 1 9
 −0.5 x − 3 sin 3x  2π
incorrect limits
 
9

 2π 3  π 3 M1 Dep for application of limits, must be in


 − +  −  − − 
6   9 6 
radians
 9

3 π A1
Area = −
3 9

Or M1 For attempt at rectangle (must include


 2π  subtraction subsequently)
1.5 × 
 9 

4π M1 For attempt to integrate – condone


[ 2 x + k sin 3x ] 9
2π omission of or incorrect limits
9

4π A1 All correct – condone omission of or


 1 9
 2 x + 3 sin 3 x  2π
incorrect limits
 
9

  8π 3   4π 3  M1 Dep for application of limits, must be in


  −  − 
  9 +   radians
 9 6 6
    

3 π A1
Area = −
3 9

© UCLES 2019 Page 9 of 10


411
0606/11 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

11(a)(i) 362 880 B1

11(a)(ii) 7! × 2 B1 For 7!

10 080 B1 For 7! × 2 leading to 10080

11(a)(iii) Total =  4! × 4! × 3!  = 3456 B3 B1 for treating as 4 separate units 4!


B1 for either number of ways of
arranging the maths books amongst
themselves 4! or the number of ways of
arranging the physics books amongst
themselves 3!

11(b)(i) 18 564 B1

11(b)(ii) Total 3738 B4 B1 4 boys 3150


B1 5 boys 560
B1 6 boys 28

12 dy  π M1 For attempt to integrate


= k cos  x +  + c
dx  3

dy  π A1 All correct, condone omission of +c


= −2cos  x +  + c
dx  3

2π M1 Dep for attempt to find c


5 = −2cos +c
3

dy  π A1
= −2cos  x +  + 4
dx  3

 π M1 attempt to integrate a second time to


y = p sin  x +  ( + qx + d )  π
 3 obtain y = p sin  x + 
 3

 π A1 All correct, condone omission of +d


y = −2sin  x +  + 4 x + d
 3

5π 2π 4π M1 Dep for attempt to find a second arbitrary


= −2sin + +d constant
3 3 3

 π π A1
y = −2sin  x +  + 4 x + + 3
 3 3
 π
or y = −2sin  x +  + 4 x + 2.78
 3

© UCLES 2019 Page 10 of 10


412
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS
Paper 1 Var. 12
MARK SCHEME

October/November 2019

413
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1(i) B3 B1 for y intercept ( 0,1) , must have a


graph
B1 for starting and finishing at ( ±90, −1)
B1 for all correct, must be attempt at a
curve passing through ( ±30, −1) and
( ±60, −3)
1(ii) 2 B1

1(iii) 2π B1
120o or
3

2 lg y 2 = mx + c B1 May be implied by subsequent work

Gradient =  −4 (= m) B1

c = 32 B1

their
c
+ their
mx M1 Dep on first B1
y = 10 2 2
their
c
+ their
mx
Use of lg y 2 = 2lg y and 10 2 2

Or use of y 2 = 10( their c + their mx ) and


c mx
their + their
10 2 2

y = 1016− 2 x A1

3  x
14
13 2 B2 All terms correct
1 −  = 1 − 2 x + x or B1 for 2 correct terms
 7 7

(1 − 2 x ) B2 First three terms correct


4
= 1 − 8 x + 24 x 2
or B1 for one incorrect term

293 2 M1 For attempt to multiply out to obtain


Product = 1 − 10 x + x
7 (1) − 10 x + mx 2 , m ≠ 16
293 A1 For both, need to identify a and b
a = −10, b =
7

4(i) B4 B1 for shape, with max in first quadrant


B1 for ( −0.5,0 ) and ( 5,0 )
B1 for ( 0,5 )
B1 all correct, with cusps and correct
curvature for x < 0.5 and x > 5

© UCLES 2019 Page 4 of 10


414
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

4(ii) k =0 B1 Not from incorrect work

Stationary point when M1 For attempt to find y-coordinate of


121 stationary point, must be a complete
y=± or ±15.125 method i.e.
8
Use of calculus
Use of discriminant,
Use of completing the square
Use of symmetry
Allow if seen in part (i), but must be used
in (ii)

121 A1 cao
k>
8

5a(i) fg B1

5a(ii) g −1 B1

5a(iii) f −1 B1

5a(iv) g2 B1

5(b)(i) Undefined at x = 0 oe B1

5(b)(ii) 4=a+b M1 For attempt at h (1) and differentiation to


obtain h ′ (1) , must have the form
p
h ′ ( x ) = 3 and attempt at h ′ (1)
x
p
h′ ( x ) = oe
x3

b = −8 A1 For both
a = 12

6(a) 7 5

7 B3 7
p q r 3
2 3 B1 for each term or for each of a = ,
2
5 7
b= , c=−
3 3

© UCLES 2019 Page 5 of 10


415
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

6(b) Either M1 For change of base.


2
log 7 x + =3
log 7 x

( log7 x ) M1 Dep for forming a 3 term quadratic


2
− 3log 7 x + 2 = 0
equation in log 7 x and a correct attempt to
log 7 x = 1, log 7 x = 2
solve

x = 7, x = 49 M1 Dep on both previous M marks for


dealing with a base 7 logarithm correctly

A1 For both

1 M1 For change of base


Or + 2log x 7 = 3
log x 7

2 ( log x 7 ) − 3log x 7 + 1 = 0 M1 Dep for forming a 3 term quadratic


2

equation in log x 7 and a correct attempt to


log x 7 = 1, log x 7 = 0.5
solve

x = 7, x = 49 M1 Dep on both previous M marks for


dealing with a base x logarithm correctly

A1 For both

Or M1 For change of base


lg x lg 7
+2 = 3 or lg1000
lg 7 lg x

( lg x )− 3lg 7 ( lg x ) + 2 ( lg 7 ) = 0 M1 Dep for forming a 3 term quadratic


2 2

equation in lg x and a correct attempt to


lg x = 2lg 7 lg x = lg 7
solve

x = 7, x = 49 M1 Dep on both previous M marks for


dealing with a base 10 logarithm correctly

A1 For both, must be exact

7(i) dy
dx
( )
= e x + 1 + 2 xe x ( x + 5 )
2 2 B1 For 2 xe x2

M1 For attempt at differentiating a product or


expanding brackets and differentiating a
product

A1 For all other terms, apart from 2 xe x2 ,


correct

© UCLES 2019 Page 6 of 10


416
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

7(ii) dy M1 dy
When x = 0.5, = 9.35 For attempt to find their when
dx dx
x = 0.5 and multiplication by p

Approximate change = 9.35p A1

7(iii) dy dx dy M1 For use of correct rates of change


× =
dx dt dt dy
equation using their when x = 0.5 and
dx dx
9.346 × = 2
dt dy
=2
dt

dx A1 2
= 0.214 FT on
dt their 9.346
Must be correct to at least 3 sf

8(a)(i) Either B2 For correct matrices in correct order


2 1 1  2 1 or B1 if one correct matrix and a slip in
    one element of the other matrix
1 3 0 4  1 3 4
1 1  
2   2  or  1 1   
     2
0 1 3  0  0 1
3 0 1  3 0
  

Or B2 For correct matrices in correct order


2 1 1 0 3 or B1 if one correct matrix and a slip in
( 4 2 0 )  1 3 1 1 0
 one element of the other matrix
1 0 2 3 1

2 1 1 0 3
or ( 4 2 )  
1 3 1 1 0

8(a)(ii)  10  M1 For matrix multiplication of their (i), with


  at least 2 elements correct, must be in
 10  correct form, may be unsimplified
 6  or (10 10 6 2 12 )
 
 2 A1 All correct and identifying team E
 12 
 
Team E

8(b)(i) 1  4 1 B2 1  4 1
  B1 for and B1 for  
6  −2 1  6  −2 1

© UCLES 2019 Page 7 of 10


417
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

8(b)(ii) C = A-1B M1 For pre-multiplication by their inverse


from (i)

1  4 1 5 0  M1 Dep for matrix multiplication, using their


C=    inverse from (i), at least 2 elements
6  −2 1 1 −2 
correct

1  21 −2  A1
=   oe
6  −9 − 2 

9(i) πr 2 h = 1200π B1

1200 1200π B1 Must have attempt to use in an equation


h= 2
or πrh = and substitution for S
r r
into their S

 1200  B1
S = 2πr 2 +  2πr × 2 
 r 
leading to given answer

9(ii) dS 2400π M1 B
= 4πr − Must obtain the form Ar +
dr r2 r2

dS M1 Dep for equating to zero and attempt to


When = 0 , r = 3 600, 8.43 solve to obtain r = …
dr
A1 For correct r

S min = 1340 or 1341 A1

d2 S 4800π B1 For a correct method to reach a correct


Either 2
= 4π + conclusion
dr r3
If r is not calculated, then must state that
d2 S r>0
> 0 so minimum
dr 2

Or Consideration of gradient e.g. B1 Must be making a correct and convincing


r < 8.43 8.43 >8.43 argument with sufficient detail
dS
− 0 +
dr
Minimum point

© UCLES 2019 Page 8 of 10


418
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

10(i) Either M1 Attempt to use cosine rule


182 = 10 2 + 10 2 − 200 cos AOB

cos AOB = −0.62 A1 Allow unsimplified

AOB = 2.2395 or greater accuracy, so 2.24 A1 Must justify 2 dp


(to 2 dp)
or AOB = 2.239... so 2.24 (to 2 dp)
AOB = 2.240 so 2.24 (to 2 dp)

10(i) AOB 9 M1 Attempt at trig using a right angled


Or sin = triangle
2 10
AOB 9
or tan =
2 19
AOB 19
or cos =
2 10

AOB A1
= awrt 1.12
2

AOB = 2.2395 or greater accuracy, so 2.24 A1 Must justify 2 dp


(to 2 dp)
or AOB = 2.239... so 2.24 (to 2 dp)
AOB = 2.240 so 2.24 (to 2 dp)

10(ii) AOC = 2π − 2 ( 2.2395 ) or M1 For attempt to find angle AOC or ABC


AOC AOC = 2π − 2 ( their AOB )
or ABC = π − ( 2.2395 ) oe
2 ABC = π − ( their AOB ) oe

AOC = 1.804 or 1.803 A1 Condone 1.8 or 1.80

Arc length = 18.04 or 18.03 M1 For attempt at arc length using


10 × their AOC

AOC ABC M1 For attempt at AC using their AOC, or


AC = 20sin or 36sin
2 2 2π
ABC but AOC ≠ 2.24 or
or 10 2 + 10 2 − 200cos AOC 3

or 182 + 182 − 648cos ABC


= 15.69 or 15.7

Perimeter = 33.7 A1 Allow awrt 33.7

© UCLES 2019 Page 9 of 10


419
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

10(iii) Area of sector = 50 × 1.804 M1 For attempt at sector area


= 90.2 or 90.15 1
× 102 × their AOC
2
AOC must be in radians

Area of triangle =  50sin1.804  = 48.6 or 48.66 M1 For attempt at area of triangle


1
× 102 × sin their AOC
2
AOC must be in radians

Shaded area = 41.6 or 41.5 A1 Lack of accuracy is penalised here

11 dy 1 M1  dy  1
= 2 ( 3x − 1) 3 + c For  =  a ( 3 x − 1) 3 , condone
dx  dx 
omission of + c

A1 All correct, condone omission of c

6=4+c M1 Dep for attempt to find c

 dy  1 A1 All correct, may be implied by c = 2


 =  2 ( 3x − 1) 3 + 2
 dx 

1 4 M1 dy
y= ( 3x − 1) 3 + 2 x + d For attempt to integrate their
dx
to obtain
2
4
the form y = b ( 3 x − 1) 3 ( + mx + d )
A1 All correct, condone omission of d

11 = 14 + d M1 Dep for attempt to find d, a second


arbitrary constant, having used an
dy
arbitrary constant for
dx

1 4 A1
y= ( 3x − 1) 3 + 2 x − 3
2

© UCLES 2019 Page 10 of 10


420
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/13


Paper 1 October/November 2019
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published

This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the
examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the
details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have
considered the acceptability of alternative answers.

Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for
Teachers.

Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.

Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2019 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE™, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level
components.

This document consists of 9 printed pages.

© UCLES 2019 [Turn over

421
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS
Paper 1 Var. 13
MARK SCHEME

October/November 2019

422
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1(i) M1 for a Venn diagram showing at least 4


correct ‘parts’ in terms of x

A1 for all 7 ‘parts’ correct in terms of x on a


Venn diagram or in working.
May be implied by a correct equation.

80 + 24 + x + 23 − x + 3 + x = 145 M1 for forming an equation in x using sum of


50 + 28 + x + 28 − x + 24 + x = 145 ‘parts’ = 145
75 + 28 + x + 24 − x + 3 + x = 145 or
50 + 80 + 75 − ( 23 + 28 + 24 ) + x = 145 50 + 80 + 75 − ( 23 + 28 + 24 ) + x = 145
or equivalents Equations must be seen

x = 15 A1 from correct working only

1(ii) 43 B1ft for their x plus 28

2(i) B4 B1 for a maximum at ( 0, 2 )


B1 for minimums at y = −8 and no other
minimums
( )
B1 for starting at −90o , 2 and finishing

(
at 90o , 2 )
B1 for a fully correct curve with correct
shape, particularly at end points, that has
earned all three previous B marks.

2(ii) 5 B1

2(iii) 90o B1

3(i) 4 M1
( )
dy −
= kx 3 x 2 − 1 3
dx

4 A1
( )
dy 1 −
= − × 6 x 3x 2 − 1 3
dx 3

3(ii) B1 4

( )
dy 3 dy −
When x = 3, =− FT on their of the form kx 3 x 2 − 1 3
dx 8 dx
3
− p or − 0.217 p
8

© UCLES 2019 Page 4 of 9


423
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

3(iii) 1 B1 1
When x = 3, y= for y =
2 2

( )
1 8 M1 Dep on M1in part(i). An equation of the
Normal: y − = x− 3
2 3 normal using their normal gradient, 3
and their y

A1 allow unsimplified

4(i) 1  −1 − 2  B2
B1 for −
1
−   oe
13  −4 5 13
 −1 −2 
B1 for  
 −4 5

4(ii) 1  1 2  12  M1 for pre-multiplication by their inverse


   from (i)
13  4 −5  7 
1  26  M1 for correct method for matrix
=  
13  13  multiplication

 2 A1
= 
1

x = 1.11 B1

π B1
y= or 0.785
4

( ( )) =
5(i) d 2x B1
ln x 2 + 3
dx (x 2
+3 )

( ) ( )
dy 2x M1 for product rule
= x2 + 3 2 + 2 x ln x 2 + 3
dx x +3 ( )
A1 2x
FT their
(x 2
+3 )
5(ii)
(x 2
) ( ) ∫
+ 3 ln x 2 + 3 = 2 x + 2 x ln x 2 + 3 dx ( ) M1 for using their result from (i) for
(
2 x + kx ln x 2 + 3 )

∫ x ln ( x )
+ 3 dx A1
2

=
1 2
2
( ) (
x2
x + 3 ln x 2 + 3 − ( + c )
2
)

© UCLES 2019 Page 5 of 9


424
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

6(i) ln y = ln A + x 2 ln b or B1 May be implied by a table of values for


lg y = lg A + x 2 lg b x 2 and ln y or lg y or axes labelled ln y
or lg y and x 2

M1 for attempt to plot either ln y or lg y


against x 2 using an evenly spaced scale
on each axis.

A2 A2 All points on a correct line (for


1 ⩽ x2 ⩽ 9) with axes correctly labelled
A1 One point not on the correct line or a
correct line with axes not correctly
labelled.
A0 Two or more points not on the correct
line or one point not on the line and axes
incorrect

6(ii) Gradient =  lnb or lgb M1 for a complete method using the gradient
ln b ≈ 0.7 or lg b ≈ 0.3 of their straight-line graph of lgy or lny
leading to against x2 to obtain b

b = 2 (allow 1.6 – 2.4) A1 from correct working

Intercept =  ln A or lg A M1 for a complete method using intercept of


ln A ≈ 1.1 lg A ≈ 0.5 their straight-line graph of lgy or lny
against x2 to find A
leading to

A = 3 (allow 2.5 – 3.6) A1 from correct working

6(iii)
( )
100 = 3 2 x
2
M1 for a valid method to find x 2
Substitution methods should be using
or ln100 = their1.1 + their 0.7 x 2 values of A and b in range
or lg100 = their 0.5 + their 0.3 x 2
or reading from lgy = 2 to obtain x 2
or from lny = 4.6 to obtain x 2

leading to x = 2.25 A1 for an answer in range from correct


(allow 2.0 – 2.7) working

7(a)(i) 15 120 B1

7(a)(ii) 1680 B1

7(a)(iii) Total = 2310 B3 B1 1st digit is 7 or 9 1680 or 210 × 8


Method 1 B1 1st digit is 8 630 or 210 × 3

7(a)(iii) Total = 2310 B3 B1 for 5th digit is 2,4 or 6 1890 or


Method 2 210 × 9
B1 for 5th digit is 8 420 or 210 × 2

© UCLES 2019 Page 6 of 9


425
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

7(b)(i) 3003 B1

7(b)(ii) 28 B1

7(b)(iii) Total 1419 B3 B1 Including husband and wife 495


B1 Excluding husband and wife 924

8(a)(i) log a a + 2log a y + log a x M1 for log a a + log a x + log a y 2 and


log a y 2 = 2log a y

1 + 2q + p A1

8(a)(ii) 3log a x − log a y − log a a M1 for log a x 3 − (log a a + log a y ) and


log a x 3 = 3log a x

3 p − q − 1 or 3 p − ( q + 1) A1

8(a)(iii) 1 1 B1
+
p q

8(b) m − 3m2 + 4 = 0 M1 for obtaining a quadratic in m or 3x


4
m = , ( −1) M1 Dep for attempt to solve quadratic and
3
deal with 3x correctly
lg 43 ln 4 4
x= , x = 3 or lg 3
lg3 ln3 3

x = 0.262 only A1

9(i) 100 = 2r + 2rθ + 3rθ M1 for addition of 2r and two arc lengths
with at least one correct arc length

100 − 2r 20 2 A1
θ= or − oe
5r r 5

9(ii) 1 2 1 M1 for subtraction of two sector areas with at


9r θ − 4r 2θ least one sector area correct.
2 2

5r 2  100 − 2r  A1 Must expand and simplify to obtain given


  answer 50r − r 2
2  5r 

9(iii) dA M1 for differentiation and equating to zero


= 50 − 2r and obtaining r
dr
0 = 50 − 2r or for using completing the square
− ( 25 − r ) + 252
2
leading to r = 25

Max when A = 625 A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 7 of 9


426
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

9(iv) dA B1
When r = 10, = 30
dr

dr 3 M1 dr 3
= for = where their 30 has been
dt 30 dt their 30
dA
obtained from an evaluation of at
dr
r =10

dr 1 A1
= 0.1 or
dt 10

9(v) dθ 20 B1
= − 2 oe
dr r

dθ 1 M1 dr dθ
= − oe their × their
dr 5 for dt dr with both
dθ 1 1
= × − oe
dt 10 5 evaluated at r =10

dθ 1 A1
=− or − 0.02
dt 50

10(a)(i) 20 − −20 M1 for finding the gradient of the relevant


± part
5

8 A1

10(a)(ii) 7.5 B1

( 5 + 7.5) 20 +  × 2.5 × 20 
10(a)(iii) 1 1 M1 for a correct expression for total area
using their 7.5
2 2 
or
1  1 
20 × 5+  × 2.5 × 20  +  × 2.5 × 20 
 2   2 
oe

150 A1

10(b)(i) x = 3e2t + t + c M1 for ke2t + t Condone omission of c

0 = 3e0 + 0 + c M1 Dep for substitution to find c


When t = 0, x = 0 so c = −3

x = 3e2t + t − 3 A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 8 of 9


427
0606/13 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

10(b)(ii) dv M1 for ke2t equated to 24


= 12e 2t so 12e2t = 24
dt

2t = ln2 M1 Dep for correct order of operations to


obtain 2t

1 A1
t = ln 2 , ln 2 or 0.347
2

© UCLES 2019 Page 9 of 9


428
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS
Paper 1 Var. 21
MARK SCHEME

October/November 2019

429
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks


y
1(i) 6 B2 B1 shape
4 B1 Correct intersection with axes.
2

x
−2 2 4

−2

−4

1(ii) 7 = 2x – 3 → x = 5 B1

Uses 7 = 3 – 2x oe M1

x = –2 A1

2 p=2 B3 B1 for each


q=4
r=3

© UCLES 2019 Page 3 of 7


430
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

3(a) obtain e5x – 3 = 3 M1 OR Take logs → 2x + 1 = ln3 + 4 – 3x

take logs correctly M1 OR Collect like terms → 5x = 3 + ln3


→ 5x – 3 = ln3

3 + ln 3 A1
x= or x = 0.820
5

3(b)` Use of laws of logs M1


→ lg(y – 6)(y + 15) = 2

Uses 10 = 100 B1
→ [(y – 6)(y +15)] = 100

Obtain correct quadratic A1


→ y2 + 9y – 190 = 0

Solve a three term quadratic M1

y = 10 only A1

4 Eliminate x or y M1

7+5 2 1 A1
x= or y =
3+ 2 2 3+ 2 2

Multiply numerator and denominator by M1


3− 2 2

x =1+ 2 A1

y = 3− 2 2 A1

5(i) Differentiate M1 Obtain 2cos2t or − 2sin2t

v = 6cos2t − 8sin2t A1

a = −12sin2t − 16cos2t A1

5(ii) Equate v to 0 and attempt to solve M1

tan2t = 0.75 A1 or sin 2t = 0.6 or cos2t = 0.8

t = 0.32(2) A1 Must be in radians

5(iii) Insert value of t into expression for a M1 Radians or degrees

a = −20 A1 Must have used radians

© UCLES 2019 Page 4 of 7


431
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

6 Eliminate y M1

x2 − x − 5 = 0 A1

Use formula M1

1 ± 21 A1
x=
2

21 ± 21 A1
y=
2

Find mid-point M1 ( 0.5 ,10.5 )


Show that mid-point lies on x + y = 11 A1

7(a)(i) f ( 0.5 ) = 0.5 + 4.5 − 5 = 0 B1

7(a)(ii) Factorise to obtain 2 x2and 5 M1

( 2 x − 1) ( 2 x 2 + x + 5 ) A1

7(b)(i) sinx 1 M1 sinx 5


Replace tanx by and secx by 13 2
− 4sinx − =0
cosx cosx cos x cos 2 x

Uses cos2 x = 1 − sin 2 x M1 ( )


13sinx − 4sinx 1 − sin 2 x − 5 = 0

4sin 3 x + 9sinx − 5 = 0 A1 Completed correctly

7(b)(ii) 2sin 2 x + sinx + 5 = 0 no real roots B1 Suitable statement seen

2sinx − 1 = 0 M1 Attempt to solve

π A1
x=
6

5π A1
x=
6

8(i) –2e–2x seen B1

Product rule M1 Clear attempt

e −2 x (1 − 2 x ) A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 5 of 7


432
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

8(ii) dy M1 Must have two terms


Set = 0 and attempt to solve
dx

1 1  A1
 , 
 2 2e 

8(iii) dy M1
Attempt to find at x = 1
dx

1 −1 1 2 A1
y− 2
= 2 ( x − 1) or y = − 2 x + 2
e e e e

8(iv) Integrate part(i) M1


( )
xe −2 x = ∫ −2 xe −2 x + e −2 x dx

Integrate e−2 x and make ∫ xe−2 x dx the M1


subject

− xe −2 x e −2 x A1
− +c
2 4

9(i) 1 B1
3

 −3 − 2  B1
× 
 9 5

9 (ii)  10 7  B2 Minus one each error


B2 =  
 42 31

9(iii) C = B2 − BA M1

 1 1 A1
BA =  
 −15 −3 

 9 6 A1
C= 
 57 34 

9(iv) D = B2A–1 M1

1  33 15  A2 Minus one each error


D=  
3 153 71

10(i) 81 + 108x + 54 x 2 + 12 x3 + x 4 B3 B1 for coefficients


B1 for powers
B1 for all Correct

© UCLES 2019 Page 6 of 7


433
0606/21 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

10(ii) Identify and select two terms in x and M1 81 – 54p = 0


equate to zero

p = 1.5 A1

10(iii) Constant term = –108p = –162 A1 FT using their p

10(iv) Correctly identify two terms in x2 M1 x2 term = 108 – 12p

108 – 18 = 90 A1

11(i) Uses correct triangle with vw opposite 10° M1


Sides of 300 and 280 include 10°

Use cosine rule M1 vw 2 = 3002 + 2802 − 2 × 300 × 280cos10

vw = 54.3 A1

11(ii) Use sine rule M1 280 54.3


=
sinα sin10°

α = 63° or 64° A1

Bearing 117° or 116° A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 7 of 7


434
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS
Paper 1 Var. 22
MARK SCHEME

October/November 2019

435
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1 B1
A B

B1

B1

2 dy B1
= 6cos3 x
dx

−3sin3x B1

d2 y B1 dy
= −18sin 3 x − 9cos3x FT Correct derivative of their
dx 2 dx

Insert and collect like terms M1 dy d2 y


Must insert for y, their and 2
dx dx
correctly resulting in 6 terms.

k = –15 A1 Allow –15sin3x seen nfww

3(i) 14
P5 or 14 × 13 × 12 × 11 × 10 M1

240 240 A1 cao

3(ii) 3
P1 × 5 P2 × 6 P2 or 3 × (5 × 4) × (6 × 5) M1 Two of the three elements multiplied
by …

= 1800 A1

3(iii) 6
P2 × 8 P3 or (6 × 5) × (8 × 7 × 6) M1 One element multiplied by …
Clear intention to multiply

= 10 080 A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 4 of 10


436
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

4 kx + 3 = x2 + 5x + 12 M1 Equate and attempt to simplify to all


→ x2 + (5 – k)x + 9(= 0) terms on one side.

Use discriminant of their quadratic. M1 dep

(5 – k)2 – 36 oe A1 Unsimplified

k = –1 and 11 A1 Both boundary values

–1 < k < 11 A1 Must be in terms of .

OR

2x + 5 ~ k M1 Connect gradients of line and curve

y = ( 2 x + 5) x + 3 → M1 Eliminate and y.
2 x 2 + 5 x + 3 = x 2 + 5 x + 12

x2 = 9 → x = ± 3 A1

k = 11 or k = –1 A1

–1 < k < 11 A1

5(i) dy −2k B1 oe Unsimplified


=
dx ( x + 1)3

( x + 1)3 M1 Gradient of normal =


Gradient of normal = −1
2k
or gradient of tangent
Gradient of tangent = −3

8 1 2k M1 1
= or = −3 Equate gradient of normal to at
2k 3 8 3
x=1
or equate gradient of tangent to –3 at
x =1

k = 12 A1

5(ii) dy 8 −2 k B1 FT
x=2→ = − or their
dx 9 27

4 k B1 FT
y= or their
3 9

y − 43 8 8 28 B1 isw
= − or y = − x +
x−2 9 9 9

© UCLES 2019 Page 5 of 10


437
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

6(i) sin x 1
+1 M1 sin x 1
cos x
+ cos x Use tan x = and sec x =
1
cos x
+1 sin x
cos x
cos x cos x
throughout

sin x 1 + cos x M1 dep


+
1 + cos x sin x Multiply by cos

sin 2 x + 1 + 2cos x + cos 2 x M1 dep


(1 + cos x ) sin x Add their fractions correctly and
expand (1 + cosx)2 correctly

2 (1 + cos x ) M1 dep
Use sin2x + cos2x = 1 and take out a
(1 + cos x ) sin x factor of 2.

All correct AG A1 Do not award if brackets missing at


any point or missing more than
twice or misplaced. Do not credit
mixed variables.

OR

tan 2 x + ( sec x + 1) M1 Add fractions


2

tan x ( sec x + 1)

2sec 2 x + 2sec x M1 dep


=
tan x ( sec x + 1)
Expand brackets correctly and use
1 + tan2x = sec2x

2sec x M1 dep
tan x Cancel sec + 1

2 cos x M1 dep
×
cos x sin x sin x 1
Use tan x = and sec x = oe
cos x cos x

All correct AG A1 Do not award if brackets missing at


any point or missing more than
twice or misplaced. Do not credit
mixed variables.

6(ii) 3sin2x + sinx – 2 = 0 oe B1 Obtain three term quadratic.

(3sinx – 2)(sinx + 1) = 0 M1 Solve three term quadratic

41.8° awrt A1

138.2° awrt A1 Mark final answers This mark is not


awarded if there are more solutions in
the range.

© UCLES 2019 Page 6 of 10


438
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

7(a) 2 × 4 × p = 40 → p = 5 B1 May be obtained later.

(x – 2)(x – 4)(x – p) = 0 M1 Factorise cubic

a = –11 A1 Expand and identify

b = 38 A1

OR

2 × 4 × p = 40 → p = 5 B1 May be obtained later.

Obtain equations M1
4a + 2b = 32
16a + 4b = –24
and attempt to solve

a = –11 A1

b = 38 A1

7(b) Find x = –1 M1 Trial value/s and finds a root or shows


that (x + 1) or (x + 4) or (x – 10)
divides into x3 – 5x2 – 46x – 40.

(x + 1)(x2 – 6x – 40) (= 0) A1 Factorise to give linear and quadratic


or (x + 4)(x2 – 9x – 10)(= 0) factor
or (x – 10)(x2 + 5x + 4)(= 0)

(x + 1)(x + 4)(x – 10) (= 0) M1 Solve the quadratic to give 2 roots

x = –1, –4, 10 A1

OR

Uses factor theorem to find a root M1 This may be awarded for x = –4 or


(–1)3 – 5(–12) – 46(–1) – 40 x = 10.
or –1 – 5 + 46 – 40 = 0
→ x = –1

Uses factor theorem to attempt to find M1 At least two more trials.


further roots

(–4)3 – 5(–4)2 – 46(–4) – 40 A1


or – 64 – 80 + 184 – 40 = 0
→ x = –4

(10)3 – 5(10)2 – 46(10) – 40 A1


or 1000 – 500 – 460 – 40 = 0
→ x = 10

© UCLES 2019 Page 7 of 10


439
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

8(i) 52 + 12 2 = 13 M1

5 1 A1
v A = − i − 6 j or ( −5i − 12 j)
2 2

8(ii) M1 Use Pythagoras


vB = 1212 + ( −9 )
2

15 A1 Do not allow ± 15. Mark final answer.

8(iii)  20  −2.5  B1 FT on their vA only if of the form


rA =   + t   k(–5i – 12j) where k ≠ 1 or 0.
 −7   −6 
or
rA = ( 20 − 2.5t ) i + ( −7 − 6t ) j

 −67   12  B1
rB =   +t 
 11   −9 
or
rB = ( −67 + 12t ) i + (11 − 9t ) j

8(iv) 20 – 2.5t = –67 + 12t M1 Equate or coordinates. Must have


or –7 – 6t = 11 – 9t two terms in both coordinates.

t=6 A1 nfww Ignore other value of t.

 5 A1 A0 if further value of found.


r =  only
 −43 
or r = 5i – 43j

9(i) Midpoint (1, 2) B1 May be seen on diagram

3 B1
Gradient of AB= −
4

Gradient of PM M1 Use m1 × m2 = –1
−1 4
= =
their gradient of AB 3

y−2 4 M1 dep
Equation PM =
x −1 3 Attempt to find equation of line with
their midpoint and their gradient of
PM.
If y = mx + c used c must be found.

4 2 A1
y= x+
3 3

9(ii) 4 2 B1 FT
s= r+ Insert (r, s) into their linear equation to
3 3

© UCLES 2019 Page 8 of 10


440
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

obtain =…

9(iii) (r – 1)2 + (s – 2)2 = 100 oe B1 FT


Use Pythagoras with their (1, 2)

Eliminate r or s M1 From one linear and one quadratic


expression. Unsimplified

25r2 –50r – 875 = 0 oe A1


or
25s2 –100s – 1500 = 0 oe

(5r +25)(5r –35) = 0 oe M1 Solve three term quadratic


or Can be implied by correct solution.
(5s – 50)(5s + 30) = 0 oe

r = 7, s = 10 A1 Do not award if negative values of


and are also given nfww

OR Equivalent method such as:

a b 4 B1 Using distance =10 and gradient = 4 .


MP =   → a 2 + b 2 = 100 and = 3
b a 3

Eliminate a or b M1
2 A1
 4a 
a 2 +   = 100
 3 
2
 3b 
or   + b 2 = 100
 4 

→ a = (±)6 and b = (±)8 M1 Solve

r = 7, s = 10 A1

10(i) Quotient rule or product rule M1

x − 2 x ln x x − ln x.2 x A2/1/0 Minus one each error. Allow


4
or oe isw unsimplified.
x x4

10(ii) x – 2xlnx = 0 M1 dy
Set = 0 and attempt to solve. Must
dx
have two terms and obtain lnx = k
only.

x = 1.65 awrt or e A1

1 A1
y = 0.184 awrt or
2e

© UCLES 2019 Page 9 of 10


441
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

10(iii) ln x ⌠ 1 2ln x M1 Integrate their derivative from (i)


=  − 3 dx
x 2 ⌡ x3 x which must have two terms. Condone
omission of d .

−1
Find ⌠
A1 1
 3 dx
2x 2 ⌡x

⌠ ln x 1 ln x
 3 dx = − 2 − 2 + ( C )
A1 oe Rearrange and complete
⌡ x 4x 2x

10(iv) Insert limits and subtract correctly M1 dep


Must be inserting into two terms in
from (iii). Values explicitly seen if
expression is incorrect.

3 ln 2 A1
− or 0.101 awrt
16 8

11
( 5 −3 )( 5 + 3 = −4) B1 Seen anywhere

Attempt formula M1

−3 ± 5 A1
x=
2 ( 5 −3 )
Multiply by their ( 5 +3 ) M1 Attempt must be seen with a further
line of working. oe

x = 5 +3 A1 oe Mark final answer

x=
−1 ( 5 +3 ) A1 oe Mark final answer

© UCLES 2019 Page 10 of 10


442
Cambridge Assessment International Education
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS
Paper 1 Var. 23
MARK SCHEME

October/November 2019

443
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1 x=1 B1

–3x – 2 = x + 4 oe M1

x = –1.5 oe A1

2(i) 1
sin
− cos x
sin x
M1 express in terms of sinx and cosx
1 − cos x

(1 − cos x ) A1 rewrite not as a fraction within a


sin (1 − cos x )
fraction

1 A1 correct completion
= cosec x answer given
sin x

2(ii)  1 B1
sin x = 2  x = 30°
 

x = 150º nfww B1 no extra answers

3 (1 + ax)5 = 1+ 5ax + 10a2x2 + 10a3x3 soi B1 4 terms not nCr notation

[2] + (10a + b)x + (5ab + 20a2)x2 M1 obtain expansion with 2 terms in x,


2 terms in x2

equate terms in x and x2 to give two M1


equations in a and b each consisting of
three terms

10a + b = 32 A1 correct equations imply previous two


5ab + 20a2 = 210 M marks

eliminate b M1

obtain 3a2 – 16a + 21 = 0 correctly A1 answer given

a = 3 and b = 2 B1

c = 720 only B1 no additional answers

4(i) y = 2(x – 1)2 – 9 B3 a = 2, b = 1, c = –9 in correct form.


B1 for each

4(ii) minimum their –9 B1 FT from their correct form, with a > 0

when x = their 1 B1 FT from their correct form, with a > 0

© UCLES 2019 Page 4 of 7


444
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

4(iii) x= p or p = x 2 soi B1

9 M1 −c
( x − 1) = ( x − b) =
2 a
−c
or ( p −1 = ) 9
2
oe ( p −b =) a
using their values of a, b, c from (i)

p = 9.74 A1 completion not involving use of


quadratic formula

5(a)  π M1 ± 1.73…
tan  y −  = ( ± ) 3
 4

π π 2π A1 1.04(7…) or 2.09(4…)
y− = or
4 3 3

7π A1
y= or 1.83
12

11π A1
y= or 2.88
12

5(b) correctly rewrite equation in terms of sinz M1


and cosz

use sin2z = 1 – cos2z M1 appropriate use of Pythagorean identity


for forming an equation in one trig ratio

6cos2z – 7cosz + 1 = 0 oe A1

(6cosz – 1) (cosz – 1) = 0 M1 solve three term quadratic in cosz

80.4º A1

279.6º A1

6(i) 3+ 3 B1
[ tan ACB =]
3− 3

rationalise with 3 + 3 M1

simplify showing at least 3 terms in A1


numerator to 2 + 3

6(ii)
( AC ) ( ) + (3 − 3 ) M1 Pythagoras
2 2 2
= 3+ 3 oe

at least 4 terms 12 + 6 3 + 12 − 6 3 A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 5 of 7


445
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance

AC = 2 6 A1

7(i) evidence of differentiation (3x + 2)–3 M1

–12(3x + 2)–3 × 3 A1 may use PR or QR on fraction part

+1 B1

dy M1 1 –36(3x + 2)–3 = 0
set their =0
dx

x = 0.43 nfww A1

y = 0.98 only A1

7(ii) −2 B1
oe
3x + 2

1 2 B1
x
2

 −2   −2  M1 insert correct limits into their two term


 6 + 2 + 2 −  2  integral and subtract two non-zero
   
terms in correct order

2.75 nfww A1 2.75 following B1 B1implies M1

8(i) p = –4 B1

8(ii) (x – 2) (x – 3) (x + 4) M1 FT (x – 2) (x –3) (x – p)

(x2 – 5x + 6) (x + 4) A1 FT (x2 – 5x + 6) (x – p)
multiply out two factors

correctly obtain a = –1 A1 answer given


x3 – x2 – 14x + 24

b = –14 stated B1

8(iii) dy B1 FT their numerical b 3x2 – 2x + b


= 3 x 2 − 2 x − 14
dx

8(iv) dy M1 FT their numerical b


set their equal to 2
dx

x=2 A1

y = 40 only A1 no additional answers

8(v) y – 40 = 2(x + 2) (y = 2x + 44) B1


JJJG
9(i) AD = 2a + b B1

© UCLES 2019 Page 6 of 7


446
0606/23 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme October/November
PUBLISHED 2019

Question Answer Marks Guidance


JJJG
OX = a + λ ( 2a + b ) B1

JJJG
9(ii) BC = 3a − 2b B1
JJJG
OX = 2b + µ ( 3a − 2b ) B1

JJJG JJJG
9(iii) OX = OX and equate for a or b M1

1 + 2λ = 3µ and λ = 2 − 2 µ A1

solve correct equations for λ or µ M1

4 5 A1
λ= and µ =
7 7

9(iv) 4 B1 FT λ/(1 – λ) 0<λ<1


or 4 : 3
3

gf ( x ) = e (
10(i) 2 ln ( 3 x + 2 ) ) B1
−4

their gf = 5 M1

use lnap = plna or elna = a or lnea = a B1 correct use of log/exponential


relationship seen anywhere

3x + 2 = 3 or (3x + 2)2= 9 A1 3 may take the form of e0.5ln9


9 may take the form of eln9

1 A1
x= only
3

10(ii) ey − 2 M1 find x in terms of y


x=
3

ex − 2 A1 interchange x and y
3
(
= f −1 ( x ) or = y ) correct completion

10(iii) ex − 2 2x M1 their f -1 ( x ) = g ( x )
=e −4
3

3e 2 x − e x − 10 ( = 0) A1 obtain quadratic in ex
must be arranged as a three term
quadratic in order shown

( 3e x
)(
+ 5 ex − 2 ) ( = 0) M1 solve for e x

x = ln2 or 0.693 only A1

© UCLES 2019 Page 7 of 7


447
Cambridge IGCSE™

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/12


Paper 12 March 2020
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2020
PUBLISHED

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

Question Answer Marks Guidance

1(a) 3 B1 For correct shape with minimum


point in the fourth quadrant and the
maximum point in the first quadrant.
Ends of the curve must be in the 2nd
and 4th quadrants

B1 for correct x- intercepts


( −1,0 ) , ( 2,0 ) , ( 4,0 )

B1 for correct y-intercept ( 0, −24 )

1(b) x < −1 B1

2< x<4 B1

© UCLES 2020 Page 4 of 10


0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2020
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

2 2 x 2 + 4 x + k − 1 = kx + 3 2 M1 for attempt to equate the line and


curve and simplify to a 3 term
2 x2 + ( 4 − k ) x + ( k − 4) = 0 quadratic equation = 0
A1 for a correct equation, allow
equivalent form

( 4 − k )2 = 4 × 2 × ( k − 4 ) M1 Use of discriminant in any form

k 2 − 16 k + 48 = 0 2 Dep M1 on previous M mark, for


k = 12 , k = 4 attempt to solve a quadratic equation
Do not isw in k
A1 for both

Alternative 1

2 x 2 + 4 x + k − 1 = kx + 3 (2 M1 for attempt to equate the line and


curve and simplify
2 x2 + ( 4 − k ) x + ( k − 4) = 0
A1 for a correct equation, allow
equivalent form

k = 4x + 4 M1 Equating gradients and substitution to


k −4
2
k −4 obtain a quadratic equation in terms
2  + (4 − k )  + ( k − 4) = 0 of k
 4   4 

k 2 − 16 k + 48 = 0 2) Dep M1 on previous M mark, for


k = 12 and k = 4 attempt to solve a quadratic equation
Do not isw in k
A1 for both

Alternative 2

2 x 2 + 4 x + k − 1 = kx + 3 (2 M1 for attempt to equate the line and


curve and simplify
2 x2 + ( 4 − k ) x + ( k − 4) = 0 A1 for a correct equation, allow
equivalent form

k = 4x + 4 M1 Equating gradients and substitution to


2x2 − 4x = 0 obtain a quadratic equation in terms
x = 0, 2 of x and solution of this equation to
obtain 2 x values

k = 4x + 4 2) Dep M1 on previous M mark, for


k = 12 and k = 4 substitution of their x values to obtain
Do not isw k values
A1 for both
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2020
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

3 b = 243 B1 Must be evaluated

5
C1 × 34 × ( − a ) = −81 M1 Allow equivalent with no negative
signs, allow sign error

1 A1
a= oe
5

5
C2 × 33 × ( −a )
2 M1 Allow with their a 2

54 A1 Must be from correct working


c= or 10.8 oe
5

4 dy 6x x2 2 M1 for attempt to differentiate, must


= 2 − have at least one term correct
dx 3 x − 4 2
A1 All correct

dy 1 B1
When x = 2, =−
dx 2

4 B1 8
When x = 2, y = ln8 − , or exact Allow ln8 −
3 6
equivalent

Equation of tangent M1 Dep on first M mark, allow


 4 1 unsimplified, allow use of decimals
y −  ln 8 −  = − ( x − 2 ) oe
 3 2

 1 A1 1
 0, ln 8 −  , or exact equivalent Allow x = 0, y = ln8 −
 3 3

5(a) 1 M1 1
2
(
5− 3 2+ 4 3 )( ) Need to see
2
( )
10 − 18 3 − 12 or

1
(
10 − 2 3 + 20 3 − 12 ) (5 − 9 )
3 − 6 minimum for M1
2

9 3 −1 A1

5(b) 5− 3 1− 2 3 M1 Attempt at trig ratio and attempt to


tan ABC = × rationalise.
1+ 2 3 1− 2 3
Need to see 5 − 11 3 + 6 in the
5 − 3 − 10 3 + 6
= numerator as a minimum for M1
1 − 12 Allow one error only

= 3 −1 2 A1 for 3 ,
A1 for −1
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2020
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

5(c) sec 2 ABC = tan 2 ABC + 1 M1 Allow use of correct identity with
their (b)
( )
2
= 3 − 1 + 1 oe

=5−2 3 A1

Alternative

 
2 (M1 For a complete method using triangle
( ) ( )
2 2
 5 − 3 + 1+ 2 3  ABD, with sufficient detail in the
sec2 ABC =   expansions and rationalisation
 1+ 2 3 
 
41 − 6 3
leads to leads to
13 + 4 3
533 + 72 − 242 3
121

=5−2 3 A1)

6(a) Midpoint = ( 2,7 ) B1

6 B1
Gradient of AB = oe
8

4 M1 Must be using a perp gradient and a


Perp bisector: y − 7 = − ( x − 2) mid-point
3

4 x + 3 y − 29 = 0 A1 Allow in any order but must be


equated to zero.

6(b) 3 B1 FT on their (a)

6(c)   −3  M1 Allow equivalent vectors or other


Displacement vector CM =   methods. May be implied by one
 4 correct coordinate.

( −1,11) A1 Allow x = −1, y = 11


0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2020
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

7(a)  1 a 3 b M1 For attempt at an equation using


p  −  : − + − − 12 = 0
 2 8 4 2  1
either p  −  or p ( 3)
p ( 3) : 27 a + 27 + 3b − 12 = 105  2

a + 4b = −90 A1 Allow equivalent with constants


collected

9a + b = 30 A1 Allow equivalent with constants


collected

a = 6, b = −24 2 M1 for attempt to solve their


equations, dep on first M mark
A1 for both

7(b) ( 2 x + 1) ( 3x 2 − 12 ) 2 B1 for 3x 2
B1 for −12 and no extra term in x

7(c) 1 B1
x=−
2

x = ±2 B1 Dep on both B marks in part (b)

8(a)  −20  B1
 
 48 

8(b)  −20  B1 Follow through on their (a)


 t
 48 

8(c) 12   −25  B1


 +  t oe
 8   45 

8(d) 12   −5  B1
  +   t oe
 8   −3 

8(e)  2 M1 Attempt to find modulus of their (d)


PQ = (12 − 5t ) + ( 8 − 3t )
2 2
which must contain terms in t
 A1 Must see correct expansion leading to
PQ = 144 − 120t + 25t 2 + 64 − 48t + 9t 2
given answer.
PQ = 34t 2 − 168t + 208
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2020
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

8(f) 34t 2 − 168t + 204 = 0 M1 For dealing with square root correctly
and attempt to solve a 3 term
quadratic equation

2.15 only A1

9(a)(i) 360 B1

9(a)(ii) 60 B1 FT on their (b)(i) divided by 6

9(a)(iii) A complete plan for dealing with odd M1 Must be considering each case
numbers and numbers greater than 7000,
see below

Starts with 8 and ends with odd = 48 B1

Starts with 7 or 9 and ends with odd = 72 B1

120 A1

Alternative

Their answer to (a)(i) –odd numbers (M1 Must be considering each case
starting with 2–odd number starting with 3
or 5–all even numbers

All even numbers =120 2 B1 for 1 correct


Odd and starting with 2 = 48
Odd and starting with 3 or 5 = 72

120 A1)

9(b) n! B1
= 92n
( n − 3)!3!

n ( n − 1)( n − 2 ) = 552n M1 Attempt to simplify factorials

( )
n n 2 − 3n − 550 = 0 M1 Dep on previous M mark for
expansion and simplification to a
cubic or quadratic in n and attempt to
n ( n − 25 )( n + 22 ) = 0 solve

n = 25 A1 For n = 25 only

10(a) α + 45o = 144.7o , 324.7o 3 M1 for attempt to solve using a


correct order of operations, may be
implied by one correct solution
A1 for 1 correct solution
A1 for a second correct solution and
α = 99.7o , 279.7o no extras
0606/12 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2020
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Guidance

10(b)(i) ( sin θ + 1) − ( sin θ − 1) M1 For dealing with fractions


sin 2 θ − 1

2 M1 For simplification of numerator and


− cos 2 θ use of the correct identity

−2sec 2 θ A1 Must see previous line for A1


a = −2

10(b)(ii) −2sec2 3φ = −8 oe M1 For making use of (i) and attempt to


sec3φ = ±2 simplify in terms of 3φ

1 A1
cos3φ = ±
2

2π π π 2π 3 Dep M1 for attempt to solve, may be


3φ = − , − , , implied by one correct solution
3 3 3 3
2π π π 2π A1 for each pair of correct solutions
φ =− , − , ,
9 9 9 9
or
±0.349 , ±0.698 ,

11 a 2 B1 for 1 term correct


ln ( 2 x + 3) + ln ( 3x − 1) − ln x 1 B1 all correct

( ln ( 2a + 3) + ln ( 3a − 1) − ln a ) M1 Correct substitution of limits, dep on


first B1, ignore equality
− ( ln 5 + ln 2 ) Must have 3 terms involving x

( 2a + 3)( 3a − 1) = M1 For use of both addition and


ln ln 2.4 subtraction rules, ignore equality
10a
Or for use of addition rule on each
side of an equation.

6a 2 − 17 a − 3 = 0 A1

a=3 2 M1 for solution of their quadratic


A1 for a = 3 only
Cambridge IGCSE™

ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS 0606/22


Paper 22 March 2020
MARK SCHEME
Maximum Mark: 80

Published
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2020
PUBLISHED

MARK SCHEME NOTES

The following notes are intended to aid interpretation of mark schemes in general, but individual mark schemes
may include marks awarded for specific reasons outside the scope of these notes.

Types of mark

M Method marks, awarded for a valid method applied to the problem.

A Accuracy mark, awarded for a correct answer or intermediate step correctly obtained. For accuracy
marks to be given, the associated Method mark must be earned or implied.

B Mark for a correct result or statement independent of Method marks.

When a part of a question has two or more ‘method’ steps, the M marks are in principle independent unless the
scheme specifically says otherwise; and similarly where there are several B marks allocated. The notation ‘dep’
is used to indicate that a particular M or B mark is dependent on an earlier mark in the scheme.

Abbreviations

awrt answers which round to


cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
nfww not from wrong working
oe or equivalent
rot rounded or truncated
SC Special Case
soi seen or implied

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

1 Expands right hand side and attempts to M1


collect terms

Factorises or solves their 3-term quadratic M1

2 3 A1
correct CVs ,
5 2

2 3 A1 FT their CVs, provided both M marks


< x < mark final answer awarded
5 2
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2020
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

2 Valid method to find m M1


9−7  1
m= =
10 − 6  2 

Valid method to find c M1 FT their m


1
e.g. 7 = their × 6 + c
2

 1 M1
lg y =  their  x3 + their 4
 2
1
x3 + 4 A1
y = 10 2 oe, isw

3 Rewrites in quadratic form soi M1


e.g. y = 3x then y 2 − 3 y − 4 = 0
or (3x ) 2 − 3(3x ) − 4 = 0

Factorises or solves their 3-term quadratic M1


e.g. (y + 1)(y – 4) [= 0] or
(3x + 1)(3x – 4) [= 0]

3x = 4 A1 ignore 3x = −1

ln 4 A1
x = log3 4 or oe, only
ln 3
   
4 OC − OA = 4 ( OC − OB ) soi B1

  15  B2 B1 for [x = ] 15 or [ y = ] −3
[OC =]  
 −3 
 M1
OC = their152 + their ( −3) 2

1  15  A1  15 
  oe FT their   and their 234
234  −3   −3 

5(a) Correct V shape with vertex on positive x- B1


axis

(0, 7) B1

7  B1
 , 0
5 
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2020
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

5(b) x=2 B1

5 x − 7 = their ( −3) oe, soi M1


or 25 x − 35 = their ( −15) oe, soi

4 A1
x= oe
5

Alternative method

25 x 2 − 70 x + 40 = 0 oe (B1

factorising e.g. ( 5 x − 4 )( x − 2 ) M1

4 A1)
x = 2,
5

6(a) 2(6) + 6θ = 2(6 + 5π) oe M1

5 A1
θ = π oe, soi
3

1 2  5π  M1
× 6 × their  
2  3 

94.2 or 30π A1

Alternative method

arc AB = 10π (M1

10π 5 B1
sector is = of the circle
12π 6

5 M1
× 36π
6

94.2 or 30π A1)

6(b)  π  7π M2  π  7π 
2  7sin  + oe, soi M1 for 2  7sin  + their   or
 8 4  8  4 
  π   7π
their  2  7sin   +
  8  4

10.9 or 10.85 to 10.86 A1


0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2020
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

7 Eliminates one variable M1


e.g. x 2 = 5( x 2 − 2 x + 1) − 1
or y = 5 y −1− 2 5y −1 +1

Collects terms ready to solve A1


e.g. 4 x 2 − 10 x + 4 = 0
or 4 y2 − 5 y + 1 = 0

Factorises, applies the formula or completes M1


the square
e.g. 2(2 x − 1)( x − 2)
or (4 y − 1)( y − 1)

Both (0.5, 0.25) and (2, 1) A2 A1 for either (0.5, 0.25)


or (2, 1) provided nfww
or x = 0.5, 2 or y = 0.25, 1

8(a) Valid explanation e.g. B1


Each value of x is mapped to a unique value
of y.

8(b) −5  f  1 B1

8(c) a = 3, b = 0.75 oe, c = −2 B4 B1 for a = 3


B1 for c = −2
2π 8π
M1 for = oe
b 3
A1 for b = 0.75 oe
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2020
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

9 d(e3 x ) B1
= 3e3 x soi
dx

Applies product rule to e.g. numerator: M1 or to x −2 sin x : x −2 cos x + (−2 x −3 )sin x


their(3e3x)sinx + e3x cosx
or to e3 x × x −2 :
e3 x × (−2 x −3 ) + their (3e3 x ) × x −2

Correct quotient rule: M1


( )
x 2 their ( 3e3 x sin x + e 3 x cos x ) − 2 x (e 3 x sin x )
or applies product rule for a second
x4
time e.g. :
x −2 (their ( 3e3 x ) sin x + e3 x cos x) +
(−2 x −3 )(e3 x sin x)

Fully correct derivative; isw A1

 dy  M1
δy = their  ×h
 dx x =0.5 

7.14h A1
or 7.137[66...]h with coefficient rot to 4 or Answer only, without working, scores
more figs SC1
isw

10(a)(i) Correct method to find inverse M1

1 A1
g −1 ( x) = oe
x −3

10(a)(ii) g−1 ⩾ 1 or [1, ∞) B1

10(a)(iii) 3 < x  4 or (3, 4] B2 B1 for 3 and 4 in an incorrect


inequality or for
x > 3 or x ⩽ 4
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2020
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

10(b) Correct graph for h B1

h−1 the reflection of h in y = x B1 FT their h

Both graphs drawn over the correct domain B1 FT their h and h−1

h −1
B1 Correct graphs intersecting twice
h

2
3
2
3

11 1000 1000 B1
h= or r = soi
π r2 πh

 1000  M1
S = πr 2 + 2πr  2  oe or
 πr 
 1000  1000
( h ) oe
S = π  + 2π
 πh  πh

 1000  A1
S = πr 2 + 2   or better or
 r 

S=
1000
+ 2π
1000 12
h ( )
h π

dS B2 B1 FT for each term correct


= 2πr − 2000r −2 or
dr
1
dS −
= −1000h −2 + 1000π h 2
dh

dS 1000 M1
= 0, r 3 = oe or
dr π
3
dS 1000
= 0, h 2 = oe
dh π

 1000 
2 M1
2000
S = π 3  + or
 π 
3
1000
π
1

1000  1000  2
S= + 2 1000π  3 
3
1000  π 
π

439 or 439.3 to 439.4 A1


0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2020
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

12(a) v = −6t + c soi B1

v = −6t + 18 M1

−6t + 18 = 0 , t = 3 A1

12(b) −6t 2 B1
s= + 18t soi
2

( −3(3)2 + 18(3) ) − ( −3(2)2 + 18(2) ) M1 FT their s provided it is from an


attempt to integrate

3 (metres) A1 Not from wrong working

13(a)(i) a + ar = 10 soi B1

ar 2 = 9 soi B1

Solves their equations M1

3 3 A2 3 3
r= − , and a = 25, 4 A1 for either r = − , or a = 25, 4
5 2 5 2
or
3
for r = − and a = 25 or
5
3
for r = and a = 4
2

13(a)(ii) 125 5 B1
or 15.625 or 15 only
8 8
0606/22 Cambridge IGCSE – Mark Scheme March 2020
PUBLISHED

Question Answer Marks Partial Marks

13(b) d=8 B1

[ S200 − S99 =] M2 M1 for either sum correct or correct


FT their d
200
{2(−10) + 199(their8)} −
2
99
{2(−10) + 98(their8)} oe
2

119382 cao A1

Alternative method 1

d=8 (B1

u100 = −10 + 99 × 8[ = 782] and M1


u200 = −10 + 199 × 8[ = 1582] and
n = 101

1 M1
(101)(782 + 1582)
2

119382 cao A1)

Alternative method 2

d=8 (B1

u100 = −10 + 99 × 8[ = 782] and M1


n = 101

1 M1
(101)(2 × 782 + (101 − 1) × 8)
2

119382 cao A1)

You might also like